Table of Contents

 
UNITED STATES SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549
 
 
 
 
Form 10-K
 
     
(Mark One)    
þ
  ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d)
OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
    For the fiscal year ended March 31, 2009
or
o
  TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d)
OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
 
Commission file number 000-23354
FLEXTRONICS INTERNATIONAL LTD.
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)
 
     
Singapore
  Not Applicable
(State or other jurisdiction of
incorporation or organization)
  (I.R.S. Employer
Identification No.)
     
One Marina Boulevard, #28-00
Singapore
(Address of registrant’s principal executive offices)
  018989
(Zip Code)
 
Registrant’s telephone number, including area code
(65) 6890 7188
 
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:
 
     
Title of Each Class
 
Name of Each Exchange on Which Registered
 
Ordinary Shares, No Par Value   The NASDAQ Stock Market LLC
(NASDAQ Global Select Market)
 
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act — NONE
 
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.  Yes  þ      No  o
 
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Exchange Act.  Yes  o      No  þ
 
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant: (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.  Yes  þ      No  o
 
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Website, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files).  Yes  o      No  o
 
Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of the registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K.   o
 
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.
 
Large accelerated filer  þ Accelerated filer  o Non-accelerated filer  o Smaller reporting company o
 
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act).  Yes  o      No  þ
 
As of September 26, 2008, the aggregate market value of the Company’s ordinary shares held by non-affiliates of the registrant was approximately $6.2 billion based upon the closing sale price as reported on the NASDAQ Stock Market LLC (NASDAQ Global Select Market).
 
Indicate the number of shares outstanding of each of the registrant’s classes of common stock, as of the latest practicable date.
 
     
Class
 
Outstanding at May 14, 2009
 
Ordinary Shares, No Par Value
  810,176,050
 
DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE
 
     
Document
 
Parts into Which Incorporated
 
Proxy Statement to be delivered to shareholders in connection with the Registrant’s 2009 Annual General Meeting of Shareholders   Part II — “Securities Authorized For Issuance Under Equity Compensation Plans” and Part III
 


 

 
TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
             
        Page
 
    Forward-Looking Statements     3  
  Business     3  
  Risk Factors     13  
  Unresolved Staff Comments     24  
  Properties     24  
  Legal Proceedings     24  
  Submission of Matters to a Vote of Security Holders     24  
 
PART II
  Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Shareholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities     25  
  Selected Financial Data     28  
  Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations     29  
  Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk     44  
  Financial Statements and Supplementary Data     47  
  Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure     96  
  Controls and Procedures     96  
  Other Information     98  
 
PART III
  Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance     98  
  Executive Compensation     98  
  Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Shareholder Matters     98  
  Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence     98  
  Principal Accountant Fees and Services     98  
 
PART IV
  Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules     99  
Signatures     103  
  EX-10.01
  EX-10.02
  EX-10.23
  EX-10.24
  EX-10.27
  EX-10.28
  EX-10.29
  EX-21.01
  EX-23.01
  EX-31.01
  EX-31.02
  EX-32.01
  EX-32.02


2


Table of Contents

 
PART I

FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS
 
Unless otherwise specifically stated, references in this report to “Flextronics,” “the Company,” “we,” “us,” “our” and similar terms mean Flextronics International Ltd. and its subsidiaries.
 
Except for historical information contained herein, certain matters included in this annual report on Form 10-K are, or may be deemed to be forward-looking statements within the meaning of Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933. The words “will,” “may,” “designed to,” “believe,” “should,” “anticipate,” “plan,” “expect,” “intend,” “estimate” and similar expressions identify forward-looking statements, which speak only as of the date of this annual report. These forward-looking statements are contained principally under Item 1, “Business,” and under Item 7, “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.” Because these forward-looking statements are subject to risks and uncertainties, actual results could differ materially from the expectations expressed in the forward-looking statements. Important factors that could cause actual results to differ materially from the expectations reflected in the forward-looking statements include those described in Item 1A, “Risk Factors” and Item 7, “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.” In addition, new risks emerge from time to time and it is not possible for management to predict all such risk factors or to assess the impact of such risk factors on our business. Given these risks and uncertainties, the reader should not place undue reliance on these forward-looking statements. We undertake no obligation to update or revise these forward-looking statements to reflect subsequent events or circumstances.
 
ITEM 1.    BUSINESS
 
OVERVIEW
 
We are a leading global provider of vertically-integrated advanced design and electronics manufacturing services (“EMS”) to original equipment manufacturers (“OEMs”) in the following markets:
 
  •  Infrastructure, which includes networking and communications equipment, such as base stations, core routers and switches, optical and optical network terminal (“ONT”) equipment, and connected home products, such as set-top boxes and DSL/cable modems;
 
  •  Mobile communication devices, which includes handsets operating on a number of different platforms such as GSM, CDMA, TDMA and WCDMA;
 
  •  Computing, which includes products such as desktop, handheld and notebook computers, electronic games and servers;
 
  •  Consumer digital devices, which includes products such as home entertainment equipment, printers, copiers and cameras;
 
  •  Industrial, Semiconductor and White Goods, which includes products such as home appliances, industrial meters, bar code readers, self-service kiosks, solar market equipment and test equipment;
 
  •  Automotive, Marine and Aerospace, which includes products such as navigation instruments, radar components, and instrument panel and radio components; and
 
  •  Medical devices, which includes products such as drug delivery, diagnostic, telemedicine and disposable medical devices.
 
We are one of the world’s largest EMS providers, with revenue of $30.9 billion in fiscal year 2009. As of March 31, 2009, our total manufacturing capacity was approximately 27.2 million square feet. We help customers design, build, ship and service electronics products through a network of facilities in 30 countries across four continents. In fiscal year 2009, our sales in Asia, the Americas and Europe represented 49%, 33% and 18% of our total net sales, respectively, based on the location of the manufacturing site. We have established an extensive network of manufacturing facilities in the world’s major electronics markets (Asia, the Americas and Europe) in order to serve the outsourcing needs of both multinational and regional OEMs.


3


Table of Contents

Our portfolio of customers consists of many of the technology industry’s leaders, including Casio, Cisco Systems, Dell, Eastman Kodak, Ericsson, Hewlett-Packard, Microsoft, Motorola, Research in Motion, Sony, Sony-Ericsson, Sun Microsystems and Xerox.
 
We are a globally-recognized leading provider of end-to-end, vertically-integrated global supply chain services through which we design, build, ship and service a complete packaged product for our OEM customers. These vertically-integrated services increase customer competitiveness by delivering improved product quality, leading manufacturability, improved performance, faster time-to-market and reduced costs. Our OEM customers leverage our services to meet their requirements throughout their products’ entire life cycles. The services we offer across all the markets we serve include:
 
  •  Printed Circuit Board and Flexible Circuit Fabrication;
 
  •  Systems Assembly and Manufacturing;
 
  •  Logistics;
 
  •  After-Sales Services;
 
  •  Design and Engineering Services;
 
  •  Original Design Manufacturing (“ODM”) Services; and
 
  •  Components Design and Manufacturing.
 
We believe that the combination of our extensive design and engineering services, significant scale and global presence, vertically-integrated end-to-end services, advanced supply chain management, industrial campuses in low-cost geographic areas and operational track record provide us with a competitive advantage in the market for designing, manufacturing and servicing electronics products for leading multinational and regional OEMs. Through these services and facilities, we simplify the global product development and manufacturing process and provide meaningful time to market and cost savings for our OEM customers.
 
INDUSTRY OVERVIEW
 
Historically, the EMS industry experienced significant change and growth as an increasing number of companies elected to outsource some or all of their design, manufacturing, and distribution requirements. Following the 2001 – 2002 technology downturn, we saw an increase in penetration of global OEM manufacturing requirements as more and more OEMs pursued the benefits of outsourcing rather than internal manufacturing. As a result of macroeconomic conditions, the global economic crisis and related decline in demand for our customers’ products, many of our OEM customers have reduced their manufacturing and supply chain outsourcing which has negatively impacted our capacity utilization levels.
 
Despite the current economic downturn, we believe the long-term, future growth prospects for outsourcing of advanced manufacturing capabilities, design and engineering services and after-market services remain strong. The total available market for outsourcing electronics manufacturing services continues to offer opportunities for growth with current penetration rates estimated to be less than 25%. The intensely competitive nature of the electronics industry, the continually increasing complexity and sophistication of electronics products, pressure on OEMs to reduce product costs, and shorter product life cycles encourage OEMs to utilize EMS providers as part of their business and manufacturing strategies. Utilizing EMS providers allows OEMs to take advantage of the global design, manufacturing and supply chain management expertise of EMS providers, and enables OEMs to concentrate on product research, development, marketing and sales. We believe that OEMs realize the following benefits through their strategic relationships with EMS providers:
 
  •  Reduced production costs;
 
  •  Reduced design and development costs;
 
  •  Accelerated time-to-market and time-to-volume production;
 
  •  Reduced capital investment requirements and fixed costs;


4


Table of Contents

 
  •  Improved inventory management and purchasing power;
 
  •  Access to worldwide design, engineering, manufacturing, and logistics capabilities; and
 
  •  Ability to focus on core branding and R&D initiatives.
 
We believe that growth in the EMS industry will be driven largely by the needs of OEMs to respond to rapidly changing markets and technologies and to reduce product costs. Additionally, we believe that there are significant opportunities for EMS providers to win additional business from OEMs in certain markets or industry segments that have yet to substantially utilize EMS providers.
 
SERVICE OFFERINGS
 
We offer a broad range of customer-tailored, vertically-integrated services to OEMs. We believe that Flextronics has the broadest worldwide capabilities in the EMS industry, from design resources to end-to-end, vertically-integrated, global supply chain services. We believe a key competitive advantage is our ability to provide more value and innovation to our customers because we offer both global economies of scale in manufacturing, logistics and procurement, as well as market-focused expertise and capabilities in design, engineering and ODM services. As a result of our focus on specific markets, we believe we are able to better understand complex market dynamics and anticipate trends that impact our OEM customers’ businesses, and can help improve their market positioning by effectively adjusting product plans and roadmaps to deliver low-cost, high quality products and meet their time-to-market requirements. Our vertically-integrated services allow us to design, build, ship and service a complete packaged product to our OEM customers. These services include:
 
Printed Circuit Board (“PCB”) and Flexible Circuit Fabrication.   Printed circuit boards are platforms composed of laminated materials that provide the interconnection for integrated circuits, passive and other electronic components and thus are at the heart of most every electrical system. They are formed out of laminated, flame retardant and multi-layered epoxy resin systems with very fine traces and spaces and plated holes (called vias), which interconnect the different layers to an extreme dense circuitry network that carries the integrated circuits and electrical signals. Semiconductor designs are currently so complex that they often require printed circuit boards with multiple layers of narrow, densely spaced wiring or flexible circuits. As semiconductor designs become more and more complex and signal speeds increase there is an increased demand on printed circuit board integration density requiring higher layer counts, finer lines, smaller vias (microvias) and base materials with electrically very low loss characteristics. The manufacture of these complex multilayer interconnect and flexible circuit products often requires the use of sophisticated circuit interconnections between layers, and adherence to strict electrical characteristics to maintain consistent circuit transmission speeds. The global demand for wireless devices and the complexity of wireless products are driving the demand for more flexible printed circuits as the flexible circuit board facilitates a reduction in the weight of a finished electronic product. Additionally, flexible printed circuit boards allows for the elimination of bulky connections and wiring, reduces the number of components and expands the boundaries of design and packaging with its ability to fold. We also provide complete printed circuit board design services, incorporating high layer counts, advanced materials, component miniaturization technologies, signal integrity and rigid-flex requirements. We are an industry leader in high-density, multilayer and flexible printed circuit board manufacturing. We also provide our customers with rigid-flex circuit board design and manufacturing. We manufacture printed circuit boards on a low-volume, quick-turn basis, as well as on a high-volume production basis. We provide quick-turn prototype services that allow us to provide small test quantities to meet the needs of customers’ product development groups in as little as 48 hours. Our extensive range of services enables us to respond to our customers’ demands for an accelerated transition from prototype to volume production. We have printed circuit board service capabilities in North America, South America, Europe and Asia, and flexible circuit fabrication service capabilities in North America and Asia.
 
Systems Assembly and Manufacturing.   Our assembly and manufacturing operations, which generate the majority of our revenues, include printed circuit board assembly and assembly of systems and subsystems that incorporate printed circuit boards and complex electromechanical components. We often assemble electronics products with our proprietary printed circuit boards and custom electronic enclosures on either a build-to-order or configure-to-order basis. In these operations, we employ just-in-time, ship-to-stock and ship-to-line


5


Table of Contents

programs, continuous flow manufacturing, demand flow processes, and statistical process controls. As OEMs seek to provide greater functionality in smaller products, they increasingly require more sophisticated manufacturing technologies and processes. Our investment in advanced manufacturing equipment and our experience and expertise in innovative miniaturization, packaging and interconnect technologies, enables us to offer a variety of advanced manufacturing solutions. We support a wide range product demand profiles, from low-volume, high-complexity programs to high-volume production. Continuous focus on lean manufacturing allows us to increase our efficiency and flexibility to meet our customers dynamic requirements. Our systems assembly and manufacturing expertise includes the following:
 
  •  Enclosures .   We offer a comprehensive set of custom electronics enclosures and related products and services worldwide. Our services include the design, manufacture and integration of electronics packaging systems, including custom enclosure systems, power and thermal subsystems, interconnect subsystems, cabling and cases. In addition to standard sheet metal and plastic fabrication services, we assist in the design of electronics packaging systems that protect sensitive electronics and enhance functionality. Our enclosure design services focus on functionality, manufacturability and testing. These services are integrated with our other assembly and manufacturing services to provide our customers with overall improved supply chain management.
 
  •  Testing Services .   We also offer computer-aided testing services for assembled printed circuit boards, systems and subsystems. These services significantly improve our ability to deliver high-quality products on a consistent basis. Our test services include management defect analysis, in-circuit testing and functional testing as well as environmental stress tests of board and system assemblies. We offer design for test, design for manufacturing and design for environment services to our customers to jointly improve customer product design and manufacturing.
 
  •  Materials Procurement and Inventory Management .   Our manufacturing and assembly operations capitalize on our materials inventory management expertise and volume procurement capabilities. As a result, we believe that we are able to achieve highly competitive cost reductions and reduce total manufacturing cycle time for our OEM customers. Materials procurement and management consist of the planning, purchasing, expediting and warehousing of components and materials used in the manufacturing process. In addition, our strategy includes having third-party suppliers of custom components located in our industrial parks to reduce material and transportation costs, simplify logistics and facilitate inventory management. We also use a sophisticated automated manufacturing resources planning system and enhanced electronic data interchange capabilities to ensure inventory control and optimization. Through our manufacturing resources planning system, we have real-time visibility of material availability and tracking of work in process. We utilize electronic data interchange with our customers and suppliers to implement a variety of supply chain management programs. Electronic data interchange allows customers to share demand and product forecasts and deliver purchase orders and assists suppliers with satisfying just-in-time delivery and supplier-managed inventory requirements. This enables us to implement vendor managed inventory (VMI) solutions to increase flexibility and reduce overall capital allocation in the supply chain.
 
Design and Engineering Services.   We offer a comprehensive range of value-added design and engineering services that are tailored to the various markets and needs of our customers. These services can be delivered by three primary business models:
 
  •  Contract Design Services (“CDS”), where the customer purchases engineering and development services on a time and materials basis;
 
  •  Joint Development Manufacturing (“JDM”) services where Flextronics engineering and development teams work jointly with our customer’s teams to ensure product development integrity, seamless manufacturing handoffs, and faster time to market; and
 
  •  Original Design and Manufacturing (“ODM”) services, where the customer purchases a product that we design, develop and manufacture. ODM products are then sold by our OEM customers under the


6


Table of Contents

  OEMs’ brand names. We have ODM programs underway in various market segments including Computing, Industrial/Automotive, Medical, and Infrastructure.
 
Our design and engineering services are provided by our global, segment based engineering teams and cover a broad range of technical competencies:
 
  •  System Architecture , User Interface and Industrial Design :   We help our customers design and develop innovative and cost-effective products that address the needs of the user and the market. These services can include product definition, analysis and optimization of performance and functional requirements, 2-D sketch level drawings, 3-D mock-ups and proofs of concept, interaction and interface models, detailed hard models and product packaging.
 
  •  Mechanical Engineering, Technology, Enclosure Systems, Thermal and Tooling Design :   We offer detailed enclosure mechanical, structural, and thermal design solutions that encompass a wide range of plastic, metal and other material technologies. These capabilities and technologies are increasingly important to our customers product differentiation goals and are increasingly required to be successful in today’s competitive marketplace. Additionally, we provide design and development services for prototype and production tooling equipment used in manufacturing.
 
  •  Electronic System Design :   We provide complete electrical and hardware design for products ranging in size from small handheld consumer devices to large high-speed, carrier-grade, telecommunications equipment, which includes embedded microprocessor, memory, digital signal processing design, high-speed digital interfaces, analog circuit design, power management solutions, wired and wireless communication protocols, display imaging, audio/video, and radio frequency (“RF”) system and antenna design.
 
  •  DFM Reliability and Failure Analysis :   We provide comprehensive design for manufacturing, test, and reliability services using robust tools and data bases that have been developed internally. These services are important in achieving our customers time to revenue goals and leveraging the core manufacturing competencies of the company.
 
  •  Component Level Development Engineering:   We have developed substantial engineering competencies for product development and lifecycle management in support of various component technologies. These components also form a key part of our vertical integration strategy and currently include power supplies and power solutions, LCD and Touch Interface Modules, Camera Modules, and PCB and Interconnection Technologies, both rigid and flexible.
 
Component businesses. The Company offers a variety of component product solutions including:
 
  •  Display Solutions.   Our Display group is a product-driven organization focused on designing and manufacturing complete products for our OEM customers. Our capabilities include the design and manufacture of technologically advanced display solutions for the electronics market. This technology includes small and medium form factor color super-twisted nematic (“CSTN”) and active thin film transistor (“TFT”) display modules for mobile phones, MP3 players, and industrial, commercial and digital camera products. By combining innovative design capabilities with a global manufacturing footprint, we provide our OEM customers with market-leading display designs that are cost-effective and manufactured at the highest quality levels.
 
  •  Optomechatronics (Camera Modules):   Our Optomechatronics group designs and manufacturers products that combine optical, mechanical and electrical subsystems such as miniaturized camera modules for mobile phone and notebook PC applications. Our capabilities include system engineering (image science), lens and optical system design and manufacturing , ultra-compact 3-d semiconductor packaging, high manufacturing and sourcing. We actively develop and invest in key technologies for next generation product such as micro electro mechanical systems (MEMs“”) for autofocus drive and actuation applications. Building on our success in the mobile camera module space, we are actively developing new product designs in adjacent imaging markets including gaming and projection applications.
 
  •  Power Supplies:   We have a full service power supply business (“Flex Power”) specializing in high efficiency and high density power supplies and adaptors, ranging from 1 to 3,000 watts, primarily in the


7


Table of Contents

  mobile phone, consumer electronics, printer, notebook, desktop, server, storage and telecommunications markets. Customers typically engage with Flex Power for cost and physical size savings as well as our ability to accelerate a product’s time to market.
 
Logistics.   Flextronics Global Services (“FGS”) is a provider of aftermarket supply chain logistics services. Our comprehensive suite of services are fully optimized to the specific requirements of our customers primarily operating in the computing, consumer digital, infrastructure, industrial, mobile and medical markets. Our expansive global footprint consists of 22 sites and more than 13,000 employees strategically located throughout the Americas, Europe and Asia. Flextronics Global Services leverages globally-integrated operational infrastructure, supply chain network, and IT systems that have the unique capability of offering globally consistent logistics solutions for our customers’ brands. By continuously linking the flow of information from the forward and reverse supply chains we create an integrated closed-loop throughout the lifecycle of a product thus creating supply chain efficiencies and delivering tangible value to our customers.
 
By creating more cost effective and direct fulfillment and distribution channels, we reduce costs while also creating a supply chain that is more responsive and balanced to fluctuating demand patterns. We provide multiple forward logistics solutions including supplier managed inventory, inbound freight management, build/configure to order, order fulfillment and distribution, supply chain network design, collaborative control tower, and engineering services.
 
Reverse Logistics & Repair Services.   We offer a suite of integrated reverse logistics and repair solutions that are operated on globally consistent processes, which we believe increases brand loyalty in the marketplace by improving turnaround times and end-customer satisfaction levels. We maintain maximum asset value retention of our customers’ products throughout their product life cycle, while simultaneously minimizing non-value repair, inventory levels and handling in the supply chain. With our suite of end-to-end solutions we can effectively manage our customers’ returns, repair, refurbishment, recovery and recycling requirements, as well as provide critical feedback of data to their supply chain constituents while delivering continuous improvement and efficiencies for both existing and new generation products. Our reverse logistics and repair solutions include returns management, exchange programs, service parts logistics, such as unit repair and recovery, recycling and e-waste management. We provide repair expertise to multiple product lines such as consumer and midrange products, printers, PDA’s, mobile phones, consumer medical devices, notebooks, PC’s, set-top boxes, game consoles and highly complex infrastructure products.
 
Additionally, our after-sales services include our Retail Technical Services (“RTS”) business. This business provides end user technical support in a number of market sectors, including consumer electronics, small to medium size business, computing, and mobile technology. RTS offers end-to-end integrated service solutions through various venues, such as in home, in office, retail location, and via remote session. Services offered include diagnosis, repair, configuration, integration, and installation services. We believe that these offerings improve our customers’ competiveness by decreasing product returns, lowering total cost of ownership, improving end-user experience with products and increasing end-customer retention.
 
STRATEGY
 
Our strategy is to reaccelerate our growth and enhance profitability by using our market-focused expertise and capabilities and our global economies of scale to offer the most competitive vertically-integrated global supply chain services to our customers. To achieve this goal, we continue to enhance our global customer focused capabilities through the following:
 
Market-Focused Approach.   We intend to continue to refine our market-focused expertise and capabilities to ensure that we can make fast, flexible decisions in response to changing market conditions. By focusing our resources on serving specific markets and sub sectors, we are able to better understand and adapt to complex market dynamics and anticipate trends that impact our OEM customers’ businesses. We can help improve our customers market positioning by effectively adjusting product plans and roadmaps, and business requirements to deliver optimum cost, high quality products, services and solutions and meet their time-to-market requirements.


8


Table of Contents

Global Manufacturing Capabilities and Vertically-Integrated Service Offering.   One of our core strategies is to optimize and leverage our global manufacturing capabilities and vertically-integrated services and solutions to meet our customers’ requirements and expand into new markets. Through both internal development and synergistic acquisitions, we enhance our competitive position as a leading provider of comprehensive outsourcing solutions and services and are able to capture a larger portion of our customers end-to-end supply chain. We will continue to selectively pursue strategic opportunities that we believe will further enhance our business objectives and create additional shareholder value.
 
Focused Design and Engineering Capabilities.   We employ focused design and engineering resources as part of our strategy to offer services that help our OEM customers achieve time-to-market and cost savings for their products. We believe that our enhanced design offerings provide a unique market differentiator that allows us to provide a full suite of complementary design services to our customers.
 
Capitalize on Our Industrial Park Concept.   Our industrial parks are self-contained campuses where we co-locate our manufacturing and logistics operations with certain strategic suppliers in low-cost regions around the world. These industrial parks allow us to minimize logistics, distribution and transportation costs throughout the supply chain and reduce manufacturing cycle time by reducing distribution barriers, improving communications, increasing flexibility and reducing turnaround times. We intend to continue to capitalize on these industrial parks as part of our strategy to offer our customers highly-competitive cost reductions and flexible, just-in-time delivery programs.
 
Streamline Business Processes Through Information Technologies.   We use a sophisticated automated manufacturing resources planning system and enhanced business-to-business data interchange capabilities to ensure inventory control and optimization. We streamline business processes by using these information technology tools to improve order placement, tracking and fulfillment. We are also able to provide our customers with online access to product design and manufacturing process information. We continually enhance our information technology systems to support business growth, and intend to continue to drive our strategy of streamlining business processes through the use of information technologies so that we can continue to offer our customers a comprehensive solution to improve their communications and relationships across their supply chain and be more responsive to market demands.
 
COMPETITIVE STRENGTHS
 
We continue to enhance our business through the development and broadening of our various product and service offerings. Our focus is to be a flexible organization with repeatable execution, that adapts to macroeconomic changes, and creates value that increases our customers’ competitiveness. We have concentrated our strategy on market-focused expertise, capabilities, and services and our vertically-integrated global supply chain services. We believe that the following capabilities differentiate us from our competitors and enable us to better serve our customers requirements:
 
Geographic, Customer and End Market Diversification.   We believe that we have created a well-diversified and balanced company. We have diversified our business across multiple end markets, significantly expanding our available market. The world is undergoing change and macroeconomic disruptions that has lead to demand shifts and realignments. We believe that we are well positioned through our market diversification to successfully navigate through difficult economic climates. Our broad geographic footprint and experience with multiple types and complexity levels of products provides us a significant competitive advantage. We continually look for new ways to diversify our offering within each market segment. During this global demand realignment a more diversified customer base has been created as evidenced by the reduction of the concentration of sales to our ten largest customers to 50% of net sales in fiscal year 2009 from 64% of net sales in fiscal year 2007. This diversification positions us better to weather end market, customer or product downturns.
 
Significant Scale and Global Integrated System.   We believe that scale is a significant competitive advantage, as our customers’ solutions increasingly require cost structures and capabilities that can only be achieved through size and global reach.. We are a leader in global procurement, purchasing approximately $26 billion of material during our fiscal year ended March 31, 2009. As a result, we are able to use our


9


Table of Contents

worldwide supplier relationships to achieve advantageous pricing and supply chain flexibility for our OEM customers.
 
We have established an extensive, integrated network of design, manufacturing and logistics facilities in the world’s major electronics markets to serve the outsourcing needs of both multinational and regional OEMs. Our extensive global network of facilities in 30 countries with approximately 160,000 employees gives us the ability to increase the competitiveness of our customers by simplifying their global product development processes while also delivering improved product quality with improved performance and accelerated time to market. Operating and executing this complex worldwide solutions system is a competitive advantage.
 
Extensive Design and Engineering Capabilities.   We have an industry leading global design service offering with extensive product design engineering resources that provide global design services, products, and solutions to satisfy a wide array of customer requirements across all of our key market segments. We combine our design and manufacturing offering services to provide end-to-end customized solutions that include services from design layout, through product industrialization and product development including the manufacture of vertically-integrated components (such as camera modules) and complete products (such as cellular phones), which are then sold by our OEM customers under the OEMs’ brand names.
 
Vertically-Integrated End-to-End Solution.   We offer a comprehensive range of worldwide supply chain services that simplify and improve the global product development process and provide meaningful time and cost savings to our OEM customers. Our broad based, vertically-integrated, end-to-end services enable us to cost effectively design, build, ship and service a complete packaged product. We believe that our capabilities also help our customers improve product quality, manufacturability and performance, and reduce costs. We continue to expand and enhance our vertically-integrated service offering by adding capabilities in plastics, metals, rigid and flexible printed circuit boards, and power supplies, as well as by introducing new vertically-integrated capabilities in areas such as solar equipment, large format stamping and chargers.
 
Industrial Parks; Low-Cost Manufacturing Services.   We have developed self-contained campuses that co-locate our manufacturing and logistics operations with our suppliers at a single low-cost location. These industrial parks enhance our total supply chain management, while providing a low-cost, multi-technology solution for our customers. This approach increases the competitiveness of our customers by reducing logistical barriers and costs, improving communications, increasing flexibility, lowering transportation costs and reducing turnaround times. We have strategically established our large industrial parks in Brazil, China, Hungary, India, Malaysia, Mexico and Poland.
 
In addition, we have other regional manufacturing operations situated in low-cost regions of the world to provide our customers with a wide array of manufacturing solutions and the lowest manufacturing costs. As of March 31, 2009, approximately 71% of our manufacturing capacity was located in low-cost locations, such as Brazil, China, Hungary, Malaysia, Mexico, Poland, Singapore and Ukraine. We believe we are a global industry leader in low-cost production capabilities.
 
Long-Standing Customer Relationships.   We believe that our long term relationships with key customers is a fundamental requirement for our sustained market position, growth and profitability. We believe that our ability to maintain and grow these customer relationships is due to our ability to continuously create value that increases our customers’ competitiveness. We achieve this through our continued development of a broad range of vertically-integrated service offerings and solutions, and our market-focused approach, which allows us to provide innovative thinking to all of the manufacturing and related services that we provide to our customers. To achieve our quality goals, we continuously monitor our performance using a number of quality improvement and measurement techniques. We continue to receive numerous service and quality awards that further validate the success of these programs.
 
CUSTOMERS
 
Our customers include many of the world’s leading technology companies. We have focused on establishing long-term relationships with our customers and have been successful in expanding our relationships to incorporate additional product lines and services. In fiscal year 2009, our ten largest customers accounted for approximately


10


Table of Contents

50% of net sales from continuing operations. Our largest customer during fiscal year 2009 was Sony-Ericsson, which accounted for more than 10% of net sales from continuing operations. No other customer accounted for more than 10% of net sales from continuing operations in fiscal year 2009.
 
The following table lists in alphabetical order a representative sample of our largest customers in fiscal year 2009 and the products of those customers for which we provide EMS services:
 
     
Customer   End Products
 
Cisco Systems, Inc. 
  Consumer electronics products
Eastman Kodak
  Digital cameras and self-service kiosks
Ericsson Telecom AB
  Business telecommunications systems and GSM infrastructure
Hewlett-Packard Company
  Inkjet printers and storage devices
Microsoft Corporation
  Computer peripherals and consumer electronics gaming products
Motorola, Inc. 
  Cellular phones and telecommunications infrastructure
Nortel Networks Limited*
  Optical, wireless and enterprise telecommunications infrastructure
Research in Motion
  Smartphones and other mobile communication devices
Sony-Ericsson
  Cellular phones
Sun Microsystems, Inc. 
  Network computing infrastructure products
 
 
* In January 2009, Nortel Networks Limited filed for restructuring protection in various jurisdictions. Refer to the discussion under Customer Credit Risk contained within Note 2, “Summary of Accounting Policies,” of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements in Item 8, “Financial Statements and Supplementary Data” for further discussion of our restructuring activities.
 
BACKLOG
 
Although we obtain firm purchase orders from our customers, OEM customers typically do not make firm orders for delivery of products more than 30 to 90 days in advance. In addition, OEM customers may reschedule or cancel firm orders based upon contractual arrangements. Therefore, we do not believe that the backlog of expected product sales covered by firm purchase orders is a meaningful measure of future sales.
 
COMPETITION
 
The EMS market is extremely competitive and includes many companies, several of which have achieved substantial market share. We compete against numerous domestic and foreign EMS providers, as well as our current and prospective customers, who evaluate our capabilities in light of their own capabilities and cost structures. We face particular competition from Asian based competitors, including Taiwanese ODM suppliers who compete in a variety of our end markets and have a substantial share of global information technology hardware production.
 
We compete with different companies depending on the type of service we are providing or the geographic area in which an activity is taking place. We believe that the principal competitive factors in the EMS market are: quality and range of services; design and technological capabilities; cost; location of facilities; and responsiveness and flexibility.
 
SOCIAL RESPONSIBILITY
 
Our corporate social responsibility practices are broad in scope, and include a focus on disaster relief, medical aid, education, environmental protection, health and safety and the support of communities around the world. We intend to continue to invest in global communities through grant-making, financial contributions, volunteer work, support programs and donating resources.


11


Table of Contents

Our commitment to social responsibility also includes our mission to positively contribute to global communities and the environment by adhering to the highest ethical standards of practice with our customers, suppliers, partners, employees, communities and investors as well as with respect to our corporate governance policies and procedures, and by providing a safe and quality work environment for our employees.
 
EMPLOYEES
 
As of March 31, 2009, our global workforce totaled approximately 160,000 employees. In certain international locations, our employees are represented by labor unions and by work councils. We have never experienced a significant work stoppage or strike, and we believe that our employee relations are good.
 
Our success depends to a large extent upon the continued services of key managerial and technical employees. The loss of such personnel could seriously harm our business, results of operations and business prospects. To date, we have not experienced significant difficulties in attracting or retaining such personnel.
 
ENVIRONMENTAL REGULATION
 
Our operations are regulated under various federal, state, local and international laws governing the environment, including laws governing the discharge of pollutants into the air and water, the management and disposal of hazardous substances and wastes and the cleanup of contaminated sites. We have infrastructures in place to ensure that our operations are in compliance with all applicable environmental regulations. We do not believe that costs of compliance with these laws and regulations will have a material adverse effect on our capital expenditures, operating results, or competitive position. In addition, we are responsible for cleanup of contamination at some of our current and former manufacturing facilities and at some third-party sites. We engage environmental consulting firms to assist us in the evaluation of environmental liabilities of our ongoing operations, historical disposal activities and closed sites in order to establish appropriate accruals in our financial statements. We determined the amount of our accruals for environmental matters by analyzing and estimating the range of possible costs in light of information currently available. The imposition of more stringent standards or requirements under environmental laws or regulations, the results of future testing and analysis undertaken by us at our operating facilities, or a determination that we are potentially responsible for the release of hazardous substances at other sites could result in expenditures in excess of amounts currently estimated to be required for such matters. While no material exposures have been identified to date that we are aware of, there can be no assurance that additional environmental matters will not arise in the future or that costs will not be incurred with respect to sites as to which no problem is currently known.
 
We are also required to comply with an increasing number of product environmental compliance regulations focused on the restriction of certain hazardous substances. For example, the electronics industry became subject to the European Union’s Restrictions on Hazardous Substances (“RoHS”), Waste Electrical and Electronic Equipment (“WEEE”) directives beginning in 2005 and 2006, the regulation EC 1907/2006 EU Directive REACH (Regulation, Evaluation, Authorization, and restriction of Chemicals), and China RoHS entitled, Management Methods for Controlling Pollution for Electronic Information Products (“EIPs”). Similar legislation has been or may be enacted in other jurisdictions, including in the United States. Our business requires close collaboration with our customers and suppliers to mitigate risk of non-compliance. We have developed rigorous risk mitigating compliance programs designed to meet the needs of our customers as well as the regulations. These programs vary from collecting compliance data from our suppliers to full laboratory testing, and we require our supply chain to comply. Non-compliance could potentially result in significant costs and/or penalties. RoHS and other similar legislation prohibits the use of lead, mercury and certain other specified substances in electronics products and WEEE requires EU importers and/or producers to assume responsibility for the collection, recycling and management of waste electronic products and components. In the case of WEEE, although the compliance responsibility rests primarily with the EU importers and/or producers rather than with EMS companies, OEMs may turn to EMS companies for assistance in meeting their WEEE obligations.


12


Table of Contents

INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY
 
We own or license various United States and foreign patents relating to a variety of technologies. For certain of our proprietary processes, we rely on trade secret protection. We also have registered our corporate name and several other trademarks and service marks that we use in our business in the United States and other countries throughout the world. As of March 31, 2009 and 2008, the carrying value of our intellectual property was immaterial.
 
Although we believe that our intellectual property assets and licenses are sufficient for the operation of our business as we currently conduct it, we cannot assure you that third parties will not make infringement claims against us in the future. In addition, we are increasingly providing design and engineering services to our customers and designing and making our own products. As a consequence of these activities, we are required to address and allocate the ownership and responsibility for intellectual property in our customer relationships to a greater extent than in our manufacturing and assembly businesses. If a third party were to make an assertion regarding the ownership or right to use intellectual property, we could be required to either enter into licensing arrangements or to resolve the issue through litigation. Such license rights may not be available to us on commercially acceptable terms, if at all, and any such litigation may not be resolved in our favor. Additionally, litigation could be lengthy and costly and could materially harm our financial condition regardless of the outcome. We also could be required to incur substantial costs to redesign a product or re-perform design services.
 
FINANCIAL INFORMATION ABOUT GEOGRAPHIC AREAS
 
Refer to Note 14, “Segment Reporting,” to our Consolidated Financial Statements included under Item 8, “Financial Statements and Supplementary Data” for financial information about our geographic areas.
 
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
 
Our Internet address is http://www.flextronics.com. We make available through our Internet website the Company’s annual reports on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, current reports on Form 8-K and amendments to those reports filed or furnished pursuant to Section 13(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 as soon as reasonably practicable after we electronically file such material with, or furnish it to, the Securities and Exchange Commission.
 
We were incorporated in the Republic of Singapore in May 1990. Our principal corporate office is located at One Marina Boulevard, #28-00, Singapore 018989. Our U.S. corporate headquarters is located at 2090 Fortune Drive, San Jose, California, 95131.
 
ITEM 1A.    RISK FACTORS
 
The recent financial crisis and current global economic slowdown may adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition.
 
Our revenue and gross margin depend significantly on general economic conditions and the demand for products in the markets in which our customers compete. For example, the current global economic crisis and related decline in demand for our customers’ products across all of the industries we serve, has caused our OEM customers to reduce their manufacturing and supply chain outsourcing and has negatively impacted our capacity utilization levels. Continuing adverse global economic conditions in our customers’ markets would likely negatively impact our sales and margins, and consequently would have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.
 
The recent financial crisis affecting the banking system and capital markets and the going concern threats to financial institutions have resulted in a tightening in the credit markets, a low level of liquidity in many financial markets and extreme volatility in credit, fixed income and equity markets. Longer term disruptions in the capital and credit markets as a result of uncertainty, changing or increased regulation, reduced alternatives, or failures of significant financial institutions could adversely affect our access to liquidity needed for our business. If financial institutions that have extended credit commitments to us are adversely affected by the conditions of the U.S. and international capital markets, they may become unable to fund borrowings under their credit commitments to us,


13


Table of Contents

which could have an adverse impact on our financial condition and our ability to borrow additional funds, if needed, for working capital, capital expenditures, acquisitions, research and development and other corporate purposes.
 
Our exposure to financially troubled customers or suppliers may adversely affect our financial results.
 
We provide EMS services to companies and industries that have in the past, and may in the future, experience financial difficulty, particularly in light of conditions in the credit markets and the overall economy. Our suppliers may also experience financial difficulty in this environment. If our customers experience financial difficulty, we could have difficulty recovering amounts owed to us from these customers, or demand for our products from these customers could decline. Additionally, if our suppliers experience financial difficulty we could have difficulty sourcing supply necessary to fulfill production requirements and meet scheduled shipments. The current global financial crisis is continuing to adversely affect our customers’ and suppliers’ access to capital and liquidity. If one or more of our customers were to become insolvent or otherwise were unable to pay for the services provided by us on a timely basis, or at all, our operating results and financial condition could be adversely affected. Such adverse effects could include one or more of the following: a provision for doubtful accounts, a charge for inventory write-offs, a reduction in revenue, and increases in working capital requirements due to increases in days in inventory and increases in days in accounts receivable. For the year ended March 31, 2009, we recognized approximately $262.7 million in charges for provisions of accounts receivable, the write-down of inventory and recognition of related obligations for certain financially distressed customers.
 
Our debt level may create limitations
 
As of March 31, 2009 our total debt was approximately $3.0 billion. This level of indebtedness could limit our flexibility as a result of debt service requirements and restrictive covenants, and may limit our ability to access additional capital or execute business strategy.
 
We depend on industries that continually produce technologically advanced products with short life cycles and our business would be adversely affected if our customers’ products are not successful or if our customers lose market share.
 
We derive our revenues from customers in the following markets:
 
  •  Infrastructure, which includes networking and communications equipment, such as base stations, core routers and switches, optical and ONT equipment, and connected home products, such as set-top boxes and DSL/cable modems;
 
  •  Mobile communication devices, which includes handsets operating on a number of different platforms such as GSM, CDMA, TDMA and WCDMA;
 
  •  Computing, which includes products such as desktop, handheld and notebook computers, electronic games and servers;
 
  •  Consumer digital devices, which includes products such as home entertainment equipment, printers, copiers and cameras;
 
  •  Industrial, Semiconductor and White Goods, which includes products such as home appliances, industrial meters, bar code readers, self-service kiosks, solar market equipment and test equipment;
 
  •  Automotive, Marine and Aerospace, which includes products such as navigation instruments, radar components, and instrument panel and radio components; and
 
  •  Medical devices, which includes products such as drug delivery, diagnostic, telemedicine devices and disposable devices.
 
Factors affecting any of these industries in general, or our customers in particular, could seriously harm us. These factors include:
 
  •  rapid changes in technology, evolving industry standards and requirements for continuous improvement in products and services result in short product life cycles;


14


Table of Contents

 
  •  demand for our customers’ products may be seasonal;
 
  •  our customers may fail to successfully market their products, and our customers’ products may fail to gain widespread commercial acceptance;
 
  •  our customers may experience dramatic market share shifts in demand which may cause them to exit the business; and
 
  •  there may be recessionary periods in our customers’ markets, such as the recent global economic downturn.
 
Our customers may cancel their orders, change production quantities or locations, or delay production, and the inherent difficulties involved in responding to these demands could harm our business.
 
As a provider of electronics design and manufacturing services and components, we must provide increasingly rapid product turnaround time for our customers. We generally do not obtain firm, long-term purchase commitments from our customers, and we often experience reduced lead times in customer orders which may be less than the lead time we require to procure necessary components and materials.
 
Cancellations, reductions or delays by a significant customer or by a group of customers have harmed, and may continue to harm, our results of operations by reducing the volumes of products we manufacture and deliver for these customers, by causing a delay in the repayment of our expenditures for inventory in preparation for customer orders and by lowering our asset utilization resulting in lower gross margins.
 
The short-term nature of our customers’ commitments and the rapid changes in demand for their products reduce our ability to accurately estimate the future requirements of those customers. This makes it difficult to schedule production and maximize utilization of our manufacturing capacity. In that regard, we must make significant decisions, including determining the levels of business that we will seek and accept, setting production schedules, making component procurement commitments, and allocating personnel and other resources, based on our estimates of our customers’ requirements.
 
On occasion, customers require rapid increases in production or require that manufacturing of their products be transitioned from one facility to another to achieve cost or other objectives. These demands stress our resources and reduce our margins. We may not have sufficient capacity at any given time to meet our customers’ demands, and transfers from one facility to another can result in inefficiencies and costs due to excess capacity in one facility and corresponding capacity constraints at another. Due to many of our costs and operating expenses being relatively fixed, customer order fluctuations, deferrals and transfers of demand from one facility to another, as described above, have had a material adverse effect on our operating results in the past, including the third and fourth quarters in fiscal 2009, and we may experience such effects in the future.
 
Our industry is extremely competitive; if we are not able to continue to provide competitive services, we may lose business.
 
We compete with a number of different companies, depending on the type of service we provide or the location of our operations. For example, we compete with major global EMS providers, other smaller EMS companies that have a regional or product-specific focus, and ODMs with respect to some of the services that we provide. We also compete with our current and prospective customers, who evaluate our capabilities in light of their own capabilities and cost structures. Our industry is extremely competitive, many of our competitors have achieved substantial market share and some may have lower cost structures or greater design, manufacturing, financial or other resources than we do. We face particular competition from Asian-based competitors, including Taiwanese ODM suppliers who compete in a variety of our end markets and have a substantial share of global information technology hardware production. If we are unable to provide comparable manufacturing services and improved products at lower cost than the other companies in our market, our net sales could decline.


15


Table of Contents

The majority of our sales come from a small number of customers and a decline in sales to any of these customers could adversely affect our business.
 
Sales to our ten largest customers represent a significant percentage of our net sales. Our ten largest customers accounted for approximately 50%, 55% and 64% of net sales from continuing operations in fiscal years 2009, 2008 and 2007, respectively. Our largest customer during fiscal years 2009, 2008 and 2007 was Sony-Ericsson, which accounted for more than 10% of net sales from continuing operations. No other customer accounted for more than 10% of net sales from continuing operations in fiscal years 2009, 2008 or 2007. Our principal customers have varied from year to year. These customers may experience dramatic declines in their market shares or competitive position, due to economic or other forces, that may cause them to reduce their purchases from us, or, in some cases, result in the termination of their relationship with us. Significant reductions in sales to any of these customers, or the loss of major customers, would seriously harm our business. If we are not able to timely replace expired, canceled or reduced contracts with new business, our revenues could be harmed.
 
If we do not effectively manage changes in our operations, our business may be harmed; we have taken substantial restructuring charges in the past and we may need to take material restructuring charges in the future.
 
In recent years, we have experienced growth in our business through a combination of internal growth and acquisitions. Our global workforce has more than doubled in size since the beginning of fiscal year 2001. We continue to seek to expand the available market for our services. However, our business also has been affected by general economic conditions, most recently the current global economic crisis. The expansion of our business, as well as business contractions and other changes in our customers’ requirements, have in the past, and may in the future, require that we adjust our business and cost structures, including by taking restructuring charges. Restructuring activities involve reductions in our workforce at some locations and closure of certain facilities. All of these changes have in the past placed, and may in the future place, considerable strain on our management control systems and resources, including decision support, accounting management, information systems and facilities. If we do not properly manage our financial and management controls, reporting systems and procedures to manage our employees, our business could be harmed.
 
In recent years, we have undertaken initiatives to restructure our business operations through a series of restructuring activities, which were intended to realign our global capacity and infrastructure with demand by our OEM customers and thereby improve our operational efficiency. These activities included reducing excess workforce and capacity, transitioning manufacturing to lower-cost locations and eliminating redundant facilities, and consolidating and eliminating certain administrative facilities.
 
During fiscal year 2009, in response to the global economic crisis and related decline in demand for our OEM customers’ products, which impacted our capacity utilization levels, we announced further restructuring plans intended to improve our operational efficiencies by reducing excess workforce and capacity.
 
We recognized restructuring charges of approximately $179.8 million, $447.7 million and $151.9 million in fiscal years 2009, 2008, and 2007, respectively.
 
We may be required to take additional charges in the future as we continue to evaluate our operations and cost structures relative to general economic conditions, market demands, cost competitiveness, and our geographic footprint as it relates to our customers’ production requirements. We may continue to consolidate certain manufacturing facilities or transfer certain of our operations to lower cost geographies. We cannot assure you as to the timing or amount of any future restructuring charges. If we are required to take additional restructuring charges in the future, our operating results, financial condition, and cash flows may be adversely impacted. Additionally, there are other potential risks associated with our restructurings that could adversely affect us, such as delays encountered with the finalization and implementation of the restructuring activities, work stoppages, and the failure to achieve targeted cost savings.


16


Table of Contents

Our components business is dependent on our ability to quickly launch world-class components products, and our investment in development, and start-up and integration costs necessary to achieve quick launches of world-class components products may adversely affect our margins and profitability.
 
Our components business, which primarily includes camera modules, power supplies and CSTN and active TFT small and medium form factor display modules for mobile phones, is part of our strategy to improve our competitive position and to grow our future margins, profitability and shareholder returns by expanding our vertical-integration capabilities. The camera module, power supply and CSTN and active TFT small and medium form factor display modules for mobile phones industries have experienced, and are expected to continue to experience, rapid technological change. The success of our components business is dependent on our ability to design and introduce world-class components that have performance characteristics that are suitable for a broad market and that offer significant price and/or performance advantages over competitive products.
 
To create these world class components offerings, we must make substantial investments in the development of our components capabilities, in resources such as research and development, technology licensing, test and tooling equipment, facility expansions and personnel requirements. We may not be able to achieve or maintain market acceptance for any of our components offerings in any of our current or target markets. The success of our components business will also depend upon the level of market acceptance of our customers’ end products, which incorporate our components, and over which we have no control.
 
In addition, OEMs often require unique configurations or custom designs which must be developed and integrated in the OEM’s product well before the product is launched by the OEM. Thus, there is often substantial lead time between the commencement of design efforts for a customized component and the commencement of volume shipments of the component to the OEM. As a result, we may make substantial investments in the development and customization of products for our customers and no revenue may be generated from these efforts if our customers do not accept the customized component. Even if our customers accept the customized component, if our customers do not purchase anticipated levels of products, we may not realize any profits.
 
Our achievement of anticipated levels of profitability in our components business is also dependent on our ability to achieve commercially viable production yields and to manufacture components in commercial quantities to the performance specifications demanded by our OEM customers.
 
As a result of these and other risks, we have been, and in the future may be, unable to achieve anticipated levels of profitability in our components business. In addition, our components business has not, and in the future may not, result in any material revenues or contribute positively to our earnings per share.
 
If our products or components contain defects, demand for our services may decline and we may be exposed to product liability and product warranty liability.
 
Defects in the products we manufacture or design, whether caused by a design, engineering, manufacturing or component failure or deficiencies in our manufacturing processes, could result in product or component failures, which may damage our business reputation, and expose us to product liability or product warranty claims.
 
Product liability claims may include liability for personal injury or property damage. Product warranty claims may include liability to pay for the recall, repair or replacement of a product or component. Although we generally allocate liability for these claims in our contracts with our customers, even where we have allocated liability to our customers, our customers may not, or may not have the resources to, satisfy claims for costs or liabilities arising from a defective product or component for which they have assumed responsibility.
 
If we design, engineer or manufacture a product or component that is found to cause any personal injury or property damage or is otherwise found to be defective, we could spend a significant amount of money to resolve the claim. In addition, product liability and product recall insurance coverage are expensive and may not be available with respect to all of our services offerings on acceptable terms, in sufficient amounts, or at all. A successful product liability or product warranty claim in excess of our insurance coverage or any material claim for which insurance coverage is denied, limited or is not available could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.


17


Table of Contents

Our substantial investments and start-up and integration costs in our design services business may adversely affect our margins and profitability.
 
As part of our strategy to enhance our vertically-integrated end-to-end service offerings, we have expanded and continue to expand our design and engineering capabilities. Providing these services can expose us to different or greater potential risks than those we face when providing our manufacturing services.
 
Although we enter into contracts with our design services customers, we may design and develop products for these customers prior to receiving a purchase order or other firm commitment from them. We are required to make substantial investments in the resources necessary to design and develop these products, and no revenue may be generated from these efforts if our customers do not approve the designs in a timely manner or at all. Even if our customers accept our designs, if they do not then purchase anticipated levels of products, we may not realize any profits. Our design activities often require that we purchase inventory for initial production runs before we have a purchase commitment from a customer. Even after we have a contract with a customer with respect to a product, these contracts may allow the customer to delay or cancel deliveries and may not obligate the customer to any particular volume of purchases. These contracts can generally be terminated on short notice. In addition, some of the products we design and develop must satisfy safety and regulatory standards and some must receive government certifications. If we fail to obtain these approvals or certifications on a timely basis, we would be unable to sell these products, which would harm our sales, profitability and reputation.
 
Due to the increased risks associated with our design services offerings, we may not be able to achieve a high enough level of sales for this business, and the significant investments in research and development, technology licensing, test and tooling equipment, patent applications, facility expansion and recruitment that it requires, to be profitable. The initial costs of investing in the resources necessary to expand our design and engineering capabilities, and in particular to support our design services offerings, have historically adversely affected our profitability, and may continue to do so as we continue to make investments in these capabilities.
 
We may encounter difficulties with acquisitions, which could harm our business.
 
We have completed numerous acquisitions of businesses and we may acquire additional businesses in the future. In particular, on October 1, 2007, we completed our acquisition of Solectron. Any future acquisitions may require additional equity financing, which could be dilutive to our existing shareholders, or additional debt financing, which could increase our leverage and potentially affect our credit ratings. Any downgrades in our credit ratings associated with an acquisition could adversely affect our ability to borrow by resulting in more restrictive borrowing terms. As a result of the foregoing, we also may not be able to complete acquisitions or strategic customer transactions in the future to the same extent as in the past, or at all.
 
To integrate acquired businesses, we must implement our management information systems, operating systems and internal controls, and assimilate and manage the personnel of the acquired operations. The difficulties of this integration may be further complicated by geographic distances. The integration of acquired businesses may not be successful and could result in disruption to other parts of our business. In addition, the integration of acquired businesses may require that we incur significant restructuring charges.
 
In addition, acquisitions involve numerous risks and challenges, including:
 
  •  diversion of management’s attention from the normal operation of our business;
 
  •  potential loss of key employees and customers of the acquired companies, which is a particular concern in the acquisition of companies engaged in product and software design;
 
  •  difficulties managing and integrating operations in geographically dispersed locations;
 
  •  the potential for deficiencies in internal controls at acquired companies;
 
  •  increases in our expenses and working capital requirements, which reduce our return on invested capital;
 
  •  lack of experience operating in the geographic market or industry sector of the acquired business; and
 
  •  exposure to unanticipated liabilities of acquired companies.


18


Table of Contents

 
These and other factors have harmed, and in the future could harm, our ability to achieve anticipated levels of profitability at acquired operations or realize other anticipated benefits of an acquisition, and could adversely affect our business and operating results.
 
We may not meet regulatory quality standards applicable to our manufacturing and quality processes for medical devices, which could have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations.
 
As a medical device manufacturer, we are required to register with the Food and Drug Administration (“FDA”) and are subject to periodic inspection by the FDA for compliance with the FDA’s Quality System Regulation (“QSR”) requirements, which require manufacturers of medical devices to adhere to certain regulations, including testing, quality control and documentation procedures. Compliance with applicable regulatory requirements is subject to continual review and is rigorously monitored through periodic inspections and product field monitoring by the FDA. If any FDA inspection reveals noncompliance to QSR or other FDA regulations, and the Company does not address the observation adequately to the satisfaction of the FDA, the FDA may take action against us. FDA actions may include issuing a letter of inspectional observations on FDA Form 483, issuing a warning letter, imposing fines, bringing an action against the Company and its officers, requiring a recall of the products we manufactured for our customers, issuing an import detention on products entering the U.S. from an offshore facility, or shutting down a manufacturing facility. In the European Community (“EC”), we are required to maintain certain standardized certifications in order to sell our products and must undergo periodic inspections by notified bodies to obtain and maintain these certifications. Continued noncompliance to the EC regulations could stop the flow of products into the EC from us or from our customers. If any of these actions were to occur, it would harm our reputation and cause our business to suffer.
 
We conduct operations in a number of countries and are subject to risks of international operations.
 
The distances between the Americas, Asia and Europe create a number of logistical and communications challenges for us. These challenges include managing operations across multiple time zones, directing the manufacture and delivery of products across distances, coordinating procurement of components and raw materials and their delivery to multiple locations, and coordinating the activities and decisions of the core management team, which is based in a number of different countries. Facilities in several different locations may be involved at different stages of the production of a single product, leading to additional logistical difficulties.
 
Because our manufacturing operations are located in a number of countries throughout the Americas, Asia and Europe, we are subject to the risks of changes in economic and political conditions in those countries, including:
 
  •  fluctuations in the value of local currencies;
 
  •  labor unrest and difficulties in staffing;
 
  •  longer payment cycles;
 
  •  cultural differences;
 
  •  increases in duties and taxation levied on our products;
 
  •  imposition of restrictions on currency conversion or the transfer of funds;
 
  •  limitations on imports or exports of components or assembled products, or other travel restrictions;
 
  •  expropriation of private enterprises;
 
  •  exposure to infectious disease and epidemics; and
 
  •  a potential reversal of current favorable policies encouraging foreign investment or foreign trade by our host countries.
 
The attractiveness of our services to U.S. customers can be affected by changes in U.S. trade policies, such as most favored nation status and trade preferences for some Asian countries. In addition, some countries in which we operate, such as Brazil, Hungary, India, Mexico, Malaysia and Poland, have experienced periods of slow or negative


19


Table of Contents

growth, high inflation, significant currency devaluations or limited availability of foreign exchange. Furthermore, in countries such as China and Mexico, governmental authorities exercise significant influence over many aspects of the economy, and their actions could have a significant effect on us. Finally, we could be seriously harmed by inadequate infrastructure, including lack of adequate power and water supplies, transportation, raw materials and parts in countries in which we operate.
 
Operations in foreign countries also present risks associated with currency exchange and convertibility, inflation and repatriation of earnings. In some countries, economic and monetary conditions and other factors could affect our ability to convert our cash distributions to U.S. dollars or other freely convertible currencies, or to move funds from our accounts in these countries. Furthermore, the central bank of any of these countries may have the authority to suspend, restrict or otherwise impose conditions on foreign exchange transactions or to approve distributions to foreign investors.
 
We are subject to the risk of increased income taxes.
 
We have structured our operations in a manner designed to maximize income in countries where:
 
  •  tax incentives have been extended to encourage foreign investment; or
 
  •  income tax rates are low.
 
A number of countries in which we are located allow for tax holidays or provide other tax incentives to attract and retain business. Our taxes could increase if certain tax holidays or incentives are not renewed upon expiration, or if tax rates applicable to us in such jurisdictions are otherwise increased. For example, on March 16, 2007, the Chinese government passed a new unified enterprise income tax law which became effective on January 1, 2008. Among other things, the new law cancels many income tax incentives previously applicable to our subsidiaries in China. Under the new law, the tax rates applicable to the operations of most of our subsidiaries in China will be increased to 25%. The new law provides a transition rule which increases the tax rate to 25% over a 5-year period. The new law also increased the standard withholding rate on earnings distributions to between 5% and 10% depending on the residence of the shareholder. The ultimate effect of these and other changes in Chinese tax laws on our overall tax rate will be affected by, among other things, our China income, the manner in which China interprets, implements and applies the new tax provisions, and by our ability to qualify for any exceptions or new incentives.
 
In addition, the Company and its subsidiaries are regularly subject to tax return audits and examinations by various taxing jurisdictions in the United States and around the world. For example, an acquired subsidiary received an assessment pursuant to a Revenue Agent’s Report (“RAR”) from the Internal Revenue Service (“IRS”) based on an examination of its federal income tax returns for fiscal years 2001 and 2002. The RAR is not a final Statutory Notice of Deficiency, and the acquired subsidiary filed a protest to certain of the proposed adjustments with the Appeals Office of the IRS.
 
In determining the adequacy of our provision for income taxes, we regularly assess the likelihood of adverse outcomes resulting from tax examinations. While it is often difficult to predict the final outcome or the timing of the resolution of a tax examination, we believe that our reserves for uncertain tax benefits reflect the outcome of tax positions that is more likely than not to occur. However, we cannot assure you that the final determination of any tax examinations will not be materially different than that which is reflected in our income tax provisions and accruals. Should additional taxes be assessed as a result of a current or future examination, there could be a material adverse effect on our tax provision, operating results, financial position and cash flows in the period or periods for which that determination is made.
 
Intellectual property infringement claims against our customers or us could harm our business.
 
Our design and manufacturing services and components offerings involve the creation and use of intellectual property rights, which subject us to the risk of claims of intellectual property infringement from third parties, as well as claims arising from the allocation of intellectual property rights among us and our customers. In addition, our customers may require that we indemnify them against the risk of intellectual property infringement. If any claims are brought against us or our customers for such infringement, whether or not these have merit, we could be required to expend significant resources in defense of such claims. In the event of such an infringement claim, we may be


20


Table of Contents

required to spend a significant amount of money to develop non-infringing alternatives or obtain licenses. We may not be successful in developing such alternatives or obtaining such licenses on reasonable terms or at all.
 
If OEMs stop or reduce their manufacturing and supply chain management outsourcing, our business could suffer.
 
Our revenues depend on outsourcing by OEMs in which we assume manufacturing and supply chain management responsibilities from our OEM customers. Current and prospective customers continuously evaluate our capabilities against other providers as well as against the merits of manufacturing products themselves. Our business would be adversely affected if OEMs decide to perform these functions internally. Similarly, we depend on new outsourcing opportunities to mitigate against lost revenues arising from the decline in demand for our customers’ products due to the current global economic slowdown, and our business would be adversely affected if we are not successful in gaining additional business from these opportunities or if OEMs do not outsource additional manufacturing business.
 
We may be adversely affected shortages of required electronic components.
 
From time to time, we have experienced shortages of some of the electronic components that we use. These shortages can result from strong demand for those components or from problems experienced by suppliers. These unanticipated component shortages could result in curtailed production or delays in production, which may prevent us from making scheduled shipments to customers. Our inability to make scheduled shipments could cause us to experience a reduction in sales, increase in inventory levels and costs, and could adversely affect relationships with existing and prospective customers. Component shortages may also increase our cost of goods sold because we may be required to pay higher prices for components in short supply and redesign or reconfigure products to accommodate substitute components. As a result, component shortages could adversely affect our operating results. Our performance depends, in part, on our ability to incorporate changes in component costs into the selling prices for our products.
 
Fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates could increase our operating costs.
 
Our manufacturing operations and industrial parks are located in lower cost regions of the world, such as Asia, Eastern Europe and Mexico; however, most of our purchase and sale transactions are denominated in United States dollars, Japanese yen or euros. As a result, we are exposed to fluctuations in the functional currencies of our fixed cost overhead or our supply base relative to the currencies in which we conduct transactions.
 
Currency exchange rates fluctuate on a daily basis as a result of a number of factors, including changes in a country’s political and economic policies. Volatility in the functional and non-functional currencies of our entities and the United States dollar could seriously harm our business, operating results and financial condition. The primary impact of currency exchange fluctuations is on the cash, receivables, and payables of our operating entities. As part of our currency hedging strategy, we use financial instruments, primarily forward purchase and swap contracts, to hedge our United States dollar and other currency commitments in order to reduce the short-term impact of foreign currency fluctuations on current assets and liabilities. If our hedging activities are not successful or if we change or reduce these hedging activities in the future, we may experience significant unexpected expenses from fluctuations in exchange rates.
 
We are also exposed to risks related to the valuation of the Chinese currency relative to other foreign currencies. The Chinese currency is the renminbi (“RMB”). A significant increase in the value of the RMB could adversely affect our financial results and cash flows by increasing both our manufacturing costs and the costs of our local supply base.
 
We depend on our executive officers and skilled management personnel.
 
Our success depends to a large extent upon the continued services of our executive officers. Generally our employees are not bound by employment or non-competition agreements, and we cannot assure you that we will retain our executive officers and other key employees. We could be seriously harmed by the loss of any of our executive officers. In order to manage our growth, we will need to recruit and retain additional skilled management


21


Table of Contents

personnel and if we are not able to do so, our business and our ability to continue to grow could be harmed. In addition, in connection with expanding our design services offerings, we must attract and retain experienced design engineers. There is substantial competition in our industry for highly skilled employees. Our failure to recruit and retain experienced design engineers could limit the growth of our design services offerings, which could adversely affect our business.
 
Our failure to comply with environmental laws could adversely affect our business.
 
We are subject to various federal, state, local and foreign environmental laws and regulations, including regulations governing the use, storage, discharge and disposal of hazardous substances used in our manufacturing processes. We are also subject to laws and regulations governing the recyclability of products, the materials that may be included in products, and our obligations to dispose of these products after end users have finished with them. Additionally, we may be exposed to liability to our customers relating to the materials that may be included in the components that we procure for our customers’ products. Any violation or alleged violation by us of environmental laws could subject us to significant costs, fines or other penalties.
 
We are also required to comply with an increasing number of product environmental compliance regulations focused on the restriction of certain hazardous substances. For example, the electronics industry became subject to the European Union’s Restrictions on Hazardous Substances, Waste Electrical and Electronic Equipment directives beginning in 2005 and 2006, the regulation EC 1907/2006 EU Directive REACH (Regulation, Evaluation, Authorization, and restriction of Chemicals), and China RoHS entitled, Management Methods for Controlling Pollution for Electronic Information Products. Similar legislation has been or may be enacted in other jurisdictions, including in the United States. RoHS and other similar legislation prohibits the use of lead, mercury and certain other specified substances in electronics products and WEEE requires EU importers and/or producers to assume responsibility for the collection, recycling and management of waste electronic products and components. We have developed rigorous risk mitigating compliance programs designed to meet the needs of our customers as well as the regulations. These programs vary from collecting compliance data from our suppliers to full laboratory testing, and we require our supply chain to comply. Non-compliance could potentially result in significant costs and/or penalties. In the case of WEEE, the compliance responsibility rests primarily with the EU importers and/or producers rather than with EMS companies. However, OEMs may turn to EMS companies for assistance in meeting their obligations under WEEE.
 
In addition, we are responsible for cleanup of contamination at some of our current and former manufacturing facilities and at some third party sites. If more stringent compliance or cleanup standards under environmental laws or regulations are imposed, or the results of future testing and analyses at our current or former operating facilities indicate that we are responsible for the release of hazardous substances into the air, ground and/or water, we may be subject to additional liability. Additional environmental matters may arise in the future at sites where no problem is currently known or at sites that we may acquire in the future. Our failure to comply with environmental laws and regulations or adequately address contaminated sites could limit our ability to expand our facilities or could require us to incur significant expenses, which would harm our business.
 
Our operating results may fluctuate significantly due to a number of factors, many of which are beyond our control.
 
Some of the principal factors that contribute to the fluctuations in our annual and quarterly operating results are:
 
  •  significant changes in the macroeconomic environment and related changes in consumer demand;
 
  •  exposure to financially troubled customers;
 
  •  our customers may not be successful in marketing their products, their products may not gain widespread commercial acceptance, and our customers’ products have short product life cycles;
 
  •  our customers may cancel or delay orders or change production quantities;
 
  •  our customers may decide to choose internal manufacturing instead of outsourcing for their product requirements;


22


Table of Contents

 
  •  integration of acquired businesses and facilities;
 
  •  our operating results vary significantly from period to period due to the mix of the manufacturing services we are providing, the number and size of new manufacturing programs, the degree to which we utilize our manufacturing capacity, seasonal demand, shortages of components and other factors;
 
  •  our increased design services and components offerings may reduce our profitability as we are required to make substantial investments in the resources necessary to design and develop these products without guarantee of cost recovery and margin generation;
 
  •  our ability to achieve commercially viable production yields and to manufacture components in commercial quantities to the performance specifications demanded by our OEM customers; and
 
  •  managing changes in our operations.
 
Two of our significant end markets are the mobile devices market and the consumer devices market. These markets exhibit particular strength toward the end of the calendar year in connection with the holiday season. As a result, we have historically experienced stronger revenues in our third fiscal quarter as compared to our other fiscal quarters. However, due to the current economic slowdown, we had lower revenues in our 2009 fiscal third quarter. Economic or other factors leading to diminished orders in the end of the calendar year could harm our business.
 
Our strategic relationships with major customers create risks.
 
Over the past several years, we have completed numerous strategic transactions with OEM customers. Under these arrangements, we generally acquire inventory, equipment and other assets from the OEM, and lease or acquire their manufacturing facilities, while simultaneously entering into multi-year supply agreements for the production of their products. We may pursue these OEM divestiture transactions in the future. These arrangements entered into with divesting OEMs typically involve many risks, including the following:
 
  •  we may need to pay a purchase price to the divesting OEMs that exceeds the value we ultimately may realize from the future business of the OEM;
 
  •  the integration of the acquired assets and facilities into our business may be time-consuming and costly, including the incurrence of restructuring charges;
 
  •  we, rather than the divesting OEM, bear the risk of excess capacity at the facility;
 
  •  we may not achieve anticipated cost reductions and efficiencies at the facility;
 
  •  we may be unable to meet the expectations of the OEM as to volume, product quality, timeliness and cost reductions;
 
  •  our supply agreements with the OEMs generally do not require any minimum volumes of purchase by the OEMs, and the actual volume of purchases may be less than anticipated; and
 
  •  if demand for the OEMs’ products declines, the OEM may reduce its volume of purchases, and we may not be able to sufficiently reduce the expenses of operating the facility or use the facility to provide services to other OEMs.
 
As a result of these and other risks, we have been, and in the future may be, unable to achieve anticipated levels of profitability under these arrangements. In addition, these strategic arrangements have not, and in the future may not, result in any material revenues or contribute positively to our earnings per share.
 
The success of certain of our activities depends on our ability to protect our intellectual property rights.
 
We retain certain intellectual property rights to some of the technologies that we develop as part of our engineering and design activities in our design and manufacturing services and components offerings. As the level of our engineering and design activities increases, the extent to which we rely on rights to intellectual property incorporated into products is increasing. The measures we have taken to prevent unauthorized use of our technology may not be successful. If we are unable to protect our intellectual property rights, this could reduce or eliminate the competitive advantages of our proprietary technology, which would harm our business.


23


Table of Contents

It may be difficult for investors to effect services of process within the United States on us or to enforce civil liabilities under the federal securities laws of the United States against us.
 
We are incorporated in Singapore under the Companies Act, Chapter 50 of Singapore. Some of our officers reside outside the United States, and a substantial portion of our assets are located outside the United States. As a result, it may not be possible for investors to effect services of process upon us within the United States. Additionally, judgments obtained in U.S. courts based on the civil liability provisions of the U.S. federal securities laws may not be enforceable against us. Judgments of U.S. courts based on the civil liability provisions of the federal securities laws of the United States are not directly enforceable in Singapore courts, and Singapore courts may not enter judgments in original actions brought in Singapore courts based solely upon the civil liability provisions of the federal securities laws of the United States.
 
The market price of our ordinary shares is volatile.
 
The stock market in recent years has experienced significant price and volume fluctuations that have affected the market prices of technology companies. These fluctuations have often been unrelated to or disproportionately impacted by the operating performance of these companies. The market for our ordinary shares has been and may in the future be subject to similar volatility. Factors such as fluctuations in our operating results, announcements of technological innovations or events affecting other companies in the electronics industry, currency fluctuations, general market fluctuations, and macro economic conditions may cause the market price of our ordinary shares to decline.
 
ITEM 1B.    UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS
 
None.
 
ITEM 2.    PROPERTIES
 
Our facilities consist of a global network of industrial parks, regional manufacturing operations, and design, engineering and product introduction centers, providing over 27.2 million square feet of productive capacity as of March 31, 2009. We own facilities with approximately 9.4 million square feet in Asia, 3.5 million square feet in the Americas and 2.8 million square feet in Europe. We lease facilities with approximately 6.6 million square feet in Asia, 3.0 million square feet in the Americas and 1.9 million square feet in Europe.
 
Our facilities include large industrial parks, ranging in size from approximately 400,000 to 6.0 million square feet, in Brazil, China, Hungary, India, Malaysia, Mexico and Poland. We also have regional manufacturing operations, generally ranging in size from under 100,000 to approximately 1.0 million square feet, in Austria, Brazil, Canada, China, Czech Republic, Denmark, Finland, France, Germany, Hungary, India, Indonesia, Ireland, Israel, Italy, Japan, Korea, Malaysia, Mexico, Netherlands, Norway, Poland, Romania, Russia, Scotland, Singapore, Sweden, Ukraine, United Kingdom and the United States. We also have smaller design and engineering centers and product introduction centers at a number of locations in the world’s major electronics markets.
 
Our facilities are well maintained and suitable for the operations conducted. The productive capacity of our plants is adequate for current needs.
 
ITEM 3.    LEGAL PROCEEDINGS
 
We are subject to legal proceedings, claims, and litigation arising in the ordinary course of business. We defend ourselves vigorously against any such claims. Although the outcome of these matters is currently not determinable, management does not expect that the ultimate costs to resolve these matters will have a material adverse effect on our consolidated financial position, results of operations, or cash flows.
 
ITEM 4.    SUBMISSION OF MATTERS TO A VOTE OF SECURITY HOLDERS
 
None.


24


Table of Contents

 
PART II
 
ITEM 5.    MARKET FOR REGISTRANT’S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED SHAREHOLDER MATTERS AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES
 
PRICE RANGE OF ORDINARY SHARES
 
Our ordinary shares are quoted on the NASDAQ Global Select Market under the symbol “FLEX.” The following table sets forth the high and low per share sales prices for our ordinary shares since the beginning of fiscal year 2008 as reported on the NASDAQ Global Select Market.
 
                 
    High   Low
 
Fiscal Year Ended March 31, 2009
               
Fourth Quarter
  $ 3.23     $ 1.86  
Third Quarter
    7.08       1.60  
Second Quarter
    9.60       7.41  
First Quarter
    11.23       9.28  
Fiscal Year Ended March 31, 2008
               
Fourth Quarter
  $ 11.91     $ 9.26  
Third Quarter
    13.28       11.19  
Second Quarter
    12.02       10.80  
First Quarter
    11.72       10.80  
 
As of May 14, 2009 there were 4,637 holders of record of our ordinary shares and the closing sales price of our ordinary shares as reported on the NASDAQ Global Select Market was $3.50 per share.
 
DIVIDENDS
 
Since inception, we have not declared or paid any cash dividends on our ordinary shares. The terms of our outstanding Senior Subordinated Notes currently restrict our ability to pay cash dividends. For more information, please see Note 4, “Bank Borrowings and Long-term Debt” to our consolidated financial statements included under Item 8, “Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.”
 
SECURITIES AUTHORIZED FOR ISSUANCE UNDER EQUITY COMPENSATION PLANS
 
Information with respect to this item may be found in our definitive proxy statement to be delivered to shareholders in connection with our 2009 Annual General Meeting of Shareholders. Such information is incorporated by reference.


25


Table of Contents

STOCK PRICE PERFORMANCE GRAPH
 
The following stock price performance graph and accompanying information is not deemed to be “soliciting material” or to be “filed” with the SEC or subject to Regulation 14A under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 or to the liabilities of Section 18 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, and will not be deemed to be incorporated by reference into any filing under the Securities Act of 1933 or the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, regardless of any general incorporation language in any such filing.
 
The graph below compares the cumulative total shareholder return on our ordinary shares, the Standard & Poor’s 500 Stock Index and a peer group comprised of Benchmark Electronics, Inc., Celestica, Inc., Jabil Circuit, Inc., and Sanmina-SCI Corporation.
 
The graph below assumes that $100 was invested in our ordinary shares, in the Standard & Poor’s 500 Stock Index and in the peer group described above on March 31, 2004 and reflects the annual return through March 31, 2009, assuming dividend reinvestment.
 
The comparisons in the graph below are based on historical data and are not indicative of, or intended to forecast, the possible future performances of our ordinary shares.
 
COMPARISON OF 5 YEAR CUMULATIVE TOTAL RETURN*
Among Flextronics International Ltd., The S&P 500 Index
And A Peer Group
 
(PERFORMANCE GRAPH')
 
* $100 invested on March 31, 2004 in stock or index, including reinvestment of dividends. Fiscal year ending March 31.
 
                                                             
      3/04     3/05     3/06     3/07     3/08     3/09
Flextronics International Ltd. 
    $ 100.00       $ 70.45       $ 60.56       $ 64.01       $ 54.94       $ 16.91  
S&P 500 Index
      100.00         106.69         119.20         133.31         126.54         78.34  
Peer Group
      100.00         76.74         90.49         54.01         32.53         17.09  
                                                             
 
RECENT SALES OF UNREGISTERED SECURITIES
 
None.


26


Table of Contents

INCOME TAXATION UNDER SINGAPORE LAW
 
Dividends.   Singapore does not impose a withholding tax on dividends. All dividends paid on or after January 1, 2008 are tax exempt to shareholders.
 
Gains on Disposal.   Under current Singapore tax law there is no tax on capital gains, and, thus any profits from the disposal of shares are not taxable in Singapore unless the gains arising from the disposal of shares are income in nature and subject to tax, especially if they arise from activities which the Inland Revenue Authority of Singapore regards as the carrying on of a trade or business in Singapore (in which case, the profits on the sale would be taxable as trade profits rather than capital gains).
 
Shareholders who apply, or who are required to apply, the Singapore Financial Reporting Standard 39 Financial Instruments — Recognition and Measurement (“FRS 39”) for the purposes of Singapore income tax may be required to recognize gains or losses (not being gains or losses in the nature of capital) in accordance with the provisions of FRS 39 (as modified by the applicable provisions of Singapore income tax law) even though no sale or disposal of shares is made.
 
Stamp Duty.   There is no stamp duty payable for holding shares, and no duty is payable on the acquisition of newly-issued shares. When existing shares are acquired in Singapore, a stamp duty is payable on the instrument of transfer of the shares at the rate of two Singapore dollars (“S$”) for every S$1,000 of the market value of the shares. The stamp duty is borne by the purchaser unless there is an agreement to the contrary. If the instrument of transfer is executed outside of Singapore, the stamp duty must be paid only if the instrument of transfer is received in Singapore.
 
Estate Taxation.   The estate duty was recently abolished for deaths occurring on or after February 15, 2008. For deaths prior to February 15, 2008 the following rules apply:
 
If an individual who is not domiciled in Singapore dies on or after January 1, 2002, no estate tax is payable in Singapore on any of our shares held by the individual.
 
If property passing upon the death of an individual domiciled in Singapore includes our shares, Singapore estate duty is payable to the extent that the value of the shares aggregated with any other assets subject to Singapore estate duty exceeds S$600,000. Unless other exemptions apply to the other assets, for example, the separate exemption limit for residential properties, any excess beyond S$600,000 will be taxed at 5% on the first S$12,000,000 of the individual’s chargeable assets and thereafter at 10%.
 
An individual shareholder who is a U.S. citizen or resident (for U.S. estate tax purposes) will have the value of the shares included in the individual’s gross estate for U.S. estate tax purposes. An individual shareholder generally will be entitled to a tax credit against the shareholder’s U.S. estate tax to the extent the individual shareholder actually pays Singapore estate tax on the value of the shares; however, such tax credit is generally limited to the percentage of the U.S. estate tax attributable to the inclusion of the value of the shares included in the shareholder’s gross estate for U.S. estate tax purposes, adjusted further by a pro rata apportionment of available exemptions. Individuals who are domiciled in Singapore should consult their own tax advisors regarding the Singapore estate tax consequences of their investment.
 
Tax Treaties Regarding Withholding.   There is no reciprocal income tax treaty between the U.S. and Singapore regarding withholding taxes on dividends and capital gains.


27


Table of Contents

ITEM 6.    SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA
 
These historical results are not necessarily indicative of the results to be expected in the future. The following table is qualified by reference to and should be read in conjunction with Item 7, “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and Item 8, “Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.”
 
                                         
    Fiscal Year Ended March 31,  
    2009     2008(1)     2007     2006     2005  
    (In thousands, except per share amounts)  
 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS DATA:
                                       
Net sales
  $ 30,948,575     $ 27,558,135     $ 18,853,688     $ 15,287,976     $ 15,730,717  
Cost of sales
    29,513,011       25,972,787       17,777,859       14,354,461       14,720,532  
Restructuring charges(2)
    155,134       408,945       146,831       185,631       78,381  
                                         
Gross profit
    1,280,430       1,176,403       928,998       747,884       931,804  
Selling, general and administrative expenses
    979,060       807,029       547,538       463,946       525,607  
Intangible amortization(3)
    135,872       112,317       37,089       37,160       33,541  
Goodwill impairment charge(4)
    5,949,977                          
Restructuring charges(2)
    24,651       38,743       5,026       30,110       16,978  
Other charges (income), net(5)
    83,439       61,078       (77,594 )     (17,200 )     (13,491 )
Interest and other expense, net
    188,369       91,569       91,986       92,951       89,996  
Gain on divestiture of operations
                      (23,819 )      
Loss on early extinguishment of debt
                            16,328  
                                         
Income (loss) from continuing operations before income taxes
    (6,080,938 )     65,667       324,953       164,736       262,845  
Provision for (benefit from) income taxes(6)
    5,209       705,037       4,053       54,218       (68,652 )
                                         
Income (loss) from continuing operations
    (6,086,147 )     (639,370 )     320,900       110,518       331,497  
Income from discontinued operations, net of tax
                187,738       30,644       8,374  
                                         
Net income (loss)
  $ (6,086,147 )   $ (639,370 )   $ 508,638     $ 141,162     $ 339,871  
                                         
Diluted earnings (loss) per share:
                                       
Continuing operations
  $ (7.41 )   $ (0.89 )   $ 0.54     $ 0.18     $ 0.57  
                                         
Discontinued operations
  $     $     $ 0.31     $ 0.05     $ 0.01  
                                         
Total
  $ (7.41 )   $ (0.89 )   $ 0.85     $ 0.24     $ 0.58  
                                         
 
                                         
    As of March 31,  
    2009     2008(1)     2007     2006     2005  
    (In thousands)  
 
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET DATA(7):
                                       
Working capital
  $ 1,520,280     $ 2,911,922     $ 1,102,979     $ 938,632     $ 906,971  
Total assets
    11,317,480       19,524,915       12,341,374       10,958,407       11,009,766  
Total long-term debt and capital lease obligations, excluding current portion
    2,755,282       3,388,337       1,493,805       1,489,366       1,709,570  
Shareholders’ equity
    1,834,151       8,164,444       6,176,659       5,354,647       5,224,048  


28


Table of Contents

 
(1) On October 1, 2007, the Company completed its acquisition of 100% of the outstanding common stock of Solectron, a provider of value-added electronics manufacturing and supply chain services to OEMs. The results of Solectron’s operations were included in the Company’s consolidated financial results beginning on the acquisition date.
 
(2) Restructuring charges incurred during the 2009 fiscal year were primarily intended to rationalize the Company’s global manufacturing capacity and infrastructure as a result of deteriorating macroeconomic conditions and decline in demand from our OEM customers. Restructuring charges incurred during the 2008 fiscal year were primarily in connection with the acquisition and integration of Solectron. Restructuring charges incurred during the 2007 fiscal year and prior were primarily in connection with the consolidation and closure of multiple manufacturing facilities.
 
(3) The Company recognized a charge of $30.0 million during fiscal year 2008 for the write-off of certain intangible asset licenses due to technological obsolescence.
 
(4) The Company recognized a charge to impair goodwill as a result of a significant decline in its share value driven by deteriorating macroeconomic conditions that contributed to a decrease in market multiples and estimated discounted cash flows.
 
(5) The Company recognized charges of $111.5 million, $61.1 million and $8.2 million in fiscal years 2009, 2008 and 2005, respectively, for the loss on disposition, other-than-temporary impairment and other related charges on its investments in, and notes receivable from, certain non-publicly traded companies. The Company recognized a net gain of $28.1 million for the partial extinguishment of its 1% Convertible Subordinated Notes due August 1, 2010. The Company recognized $79.8 million, $20.6 million and $29.3 million of net foreign exchange gains primarily related to the liquidation of certain international entities in fiscal years 2007, 2006 and 2005, respectively. The Company also recognized $7.7 million and $7.6 million in executive separation costs in fiscal years 2006 and 2005, respectively. In fiscal year 2006, The Company recognized a net gain of $4.3 million related to its investments in certain non-publicly traded companies.
 
(6) The Company recognized non-cash tax expense of $661.3 million during fiscal year 2008, as we determined the recoverability of certain deferred tax assets was no longer more likely than not.
 
(7) Includes continuing and discontinued operations for the fiscal years ended March 31, 2006 and prior.
 
ITEM 7.    MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
 
This report on Form 10-K contains forward-looking statements within the meaning of Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended. The words “expects,” “anticipates,” “believes,” “intends,” “plans” and similar expressions identify forward-looking statements. In addition, any statements which refer to expectations, projections or other characterizations of future events or circumstances are forward-looking statements. We undertake no obligation to publicly disclose any revisions to these forward-looking statements to reflect events or circumstances occurring subsequent to filing this Form 10-K with the Securities and Exchange Commission. These forward-looking statements are subject to risks and uncertainties, including, without limitation, those discussed in this section and in Item 1A, “Risk Factors.” In addition, new risks emerge from time to time and it is not possible for management to predict all such risk factors or to assess the impact of such risk factors on our business. Accordingly, our future results may differ materially from historical results or from those discussed or implied by these forward-looking statements. Given these risks and uncertainties, the reader should not place undue reliance on these forward-looking statements.
 
OVERVIEW
 
We are a leading provider of advanced design and electronics manufacturing services (“EMS”) to original equipment manufacturers (“OEMs”) of a broad range of products in the following markets: infrastructure; mobile communication devices; computing; consumer digital devices; industrial, semiconductor and white goods; automotive, marine and aerospace; and medical devices. We provide a full range of vertically-integrated global supply chain services through which we design, build, ship and service a complete packaged product for our customers. Customers leverage our services to meet their product requirements throughout the entire product life cycle. Our vertically-integrated service offerings include: design services; rigid printed circuit board and flexible circuit fabrication; systems assembly and manufacturing; logistics; after-sales services; and multiple component product offerings.
 
On October 1, 2007, we completed the acquisition of 100% of the outstanding common stock of Solectron in a cash and stock transaction valued at approximately $3.6 billion, including estimated transaction costs. We issued approximately 221.8 million shares of our ordinary stock and paid approximately $1.1 billion in cash in connection with the acquisition. The acquisition of Solectron broadened our service offerings, strengthened our capabilities in


29


Table of Contents

the high end computing, communication and networking infrastructure market segments, increased the scale of our existing operations and diversified our customer and product mix.
 
We are one of the world’s largest EMS providers, with revenues from continuing operations of $30.9 billion in fiscal year 2009. As of March 31, 2009, our total manufacturing capacity was approximately 27.2 million square feet. We help customers design, build, ship, and service electronics products through a network of facilities in 30 countries across four continents. We have established an extensive network of manufacturing facilities in the world’s major electronics markets (Asia, the Americas and Europe) in order to serve the growing outsourcing needs of both multinational and regional OEMs. In fiscal year 2009, our net sales from continuing operations in Asia, the Americas and Europe represented approximately 49%, 33% and 18%, respectively, of our total net sales from continuing operations, based on the location of the manufacturing site.
 
We believe that the combination of our extensive design and engineering services, significant scale and global presence, vertically-integrated end-to-end services, advanced supply chain management, industrial campuses in low-cost geographic areas and operational track record provide us with a competitive advantage in the market for designing, manufacturing and servicing electronics products for leading multinational OEMs. Through these services and facilities, we simplify the global product development and manufacturing process and provide meaningful time to market and cost savings for our OEM customers.
 
Our operating results are affected by a number of factors, including the following:
 
  •  significant changes in the macroeconomic environment and related changes in consumer demand;
 
  •  exposure to financially troubled customers;
 
  •  our customers may not be successful in marketing their products, their products may not gain widespread commercial acceptance, and our customers’ products have short product life cycles;
 
  •  our customers may cancel or delay orders or change production quantities;
 
  •  our customers may decide to choose internal manufacturing instead of outsourcing for their product requirements;
 
  •  integration of acquired businesses and facilities;
 
  •  our operating results vary significantly from period to period due to the mix of the manufacturing services we are providing, the number and size of new manufacturing programs, the degree to which we utilize our manufacturing capacity, seasonal demand, shortages of components and other factors;
 
  •  our increased design services and components offerings may reduce our profitability as we are required to make substantial investments in the resources necessary to design and develop these products without guarantee of cost recovery and margin generation;
 
  •  our ability to achieve commercially viable production yields and to manufacture components in commercial quantities to the performance specifications demanded by our OEM customers; and
 
  •  managing changes in our operations.
 
We also are subject to other risks as outlined in Item 1A, “Risk Factors.”
 
Historically, the EMS industry experienced significant change and growth as an increasing number of companies elected to outsource some or all of their design and manufacturing requirements. We have seen an increase in the penetration of the global OEM manufacturing requirements since the 2001 – 2002 technology downturn as more and more OEMs pursued the benefits of outsourcing rather than internal manufacturing. In recent months, due to the dramatically deteriorating macroeconomic conditions, demand for our customers’ products has slowed in all of the industries we serve. This global economic crisis, and related decline in demand for our customers’ products, is putting pressure on certain of our OEM customers’ cost structures and causing them to reduce their manufacturing and supply chain outsourcing requirements. As a result, while our sales for fiscal year 2009 increased $3.4 billion or 12.3%, sales for the last six months of fiscal 2009 decreased $3.1 billion, or 18.5%, to $13.7 billion, compared with the $16.8 billion of sales for the last six months of fiscal 2008. This decline in


30


Table of Contents

customer demand has negatively affected our capacity utilization levels and has resulted in our recognition of approximately $150.6 million in restructuring charges during the fourth quarter of fiscal year 2009 to rationalize the Company’s global manufacturing capacity and infrastructure with the intent to improve our operational efficiencies by reducing excess workforce and capacity, and further shift manufacturing capacity to locations with higher efficiencies and, in most instances, lower costs.
 
Further, as a result of the current macroeconomic environment and associated credit market conditions, both liquidity concerns and access to capital have negatively impacted many of our customers. We have increased our efforts to proactively manage our credit exposure with our customers and are continually re-assessing the financial condition of many of our customers and suppliers to anticipate exposures and minimize our risks. During the 2009 fiscal year the Company incurred charges of $262.7 million for certain customers, most notably Nortel, that filed for bankruptcy or restructuring protection or were experiencing significant financial and liquidity difficulties. These charges related to the write-down of inventory and associated contractual obligations, and provisions for doubtful accounts. The estimates underlying the Company’s recorded provisions as well as consideration of other potential contingencies associated with the Nortel restructuring proceedings, and other customers experiencing significant financial and liquidity issues require a considerable amount of judgment and accordingly, the provisions are subject to change.
 
As a result of the significant decline in the Company’s share value, which was driven largely by deteriorating macroeconomic conditions that contributed to a considerable decrease in market multiples as well as a decline in the our estimated discounted cash flows, the Company recorded an impairment charge $5.9 billion in the third quarter of fiscal 2009 to write-off the entire carrying value of its goodwill as of the date of the charge. This non-cash charge did not affect our financial covenants or cash flows from operations.
 
We are focused on managing the controllable aspects of business during this economic downturn. We have, and will continue to seek ways to control and reduce costs as required to minimize the impact on our profit level, and continue to attract new customer business. It is management’s goal for the Company to emerge from this economic downturn healthier, leaner, and even more competitive.
 
CRITICAL ACCOUNTING POLICIES AND ESTIMATES
 
The preparation of financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“U.S. GAAP” or “GAAP”) requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements, and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results may differ from those estimates and assumptions.
 
We believe the following critical accounting policies affect our more significant judgments and estimates used in the preparation of our consolidated financial statements. For further discussion of our significant accounting policies, refer to Note 2, “Summary of Accounting Policies,” of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements in Item 8, “Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.”
 
Carrying Value of Goodwill and Other Long-Lived Assets
 
We evaluate goodwill for impairment on an annual basis. We also evaluate goodwill for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount may not be recoverable from its estimated future cash flows. Recoverability of goodwill is measured at the reporting unit level by comparing the reporting unit’s carrying amount, including goodwill, to the fair value of the reporting unit, which is measured based upon, among other factors, market multiples for comparable companies as well as a discounted cash flow analysis. We have one reporting unit: Electric Manufacturing Services. If the recorded value of the assets, including goodwill, and liabilities (“net book value”) of the reporting unit exceeds its fair value, an impairment loss may be required to be recognized. Further, to the extent the net book value of the Company as a whole is greater than its market capitalization, all, or a significant portion of its goodwill may be considered impaired. During the third fiscal quarter ended December 31, 2008, we concluded that an interim goodwill impairment analysis was required based on the significant decline in the Company’s market capitalization during the quarter. This decline in market capitalization was driven largely by deteriorating macroeconomic conditions that contributed to a considerable decrease in market


31


Table of Contents

multiples as well as a decline in the Company’s estimated discounted cash flows. We recognized a non-cash impairment charge of $5.9 billion during the quarter ended December 31, 2008 to write-off the entire carrying value of the Company’s goodwill as of the date of the assessment. As of March 31, 2009, the Company had $36.8 million of goodwill recorded on its Consolidated Balance Sheet, arising from transactions that occurred subsequent to December 31, 2008. For further discussion of the goodwill impairment charge, see Note 2, “Summary of Accounting Policies — Goodwill and Other Intangibles” in Item 8, “Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.”
 
We review property and equipment and acquired amortizable intangible assets for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of the asset may not be recoverable. For example, during the third and fourth quarters of fiscal year 2009, we reviewed the carrying value of long-lived assets, including intangible assets, for impairment due to the deterioration in the global macroeconomic environment. An impairment loss is recognized when the carrying amount of these long-lived assets exceeds their fair value. Recoverability of property and equipment and acquired amortizable intangible assets are measured by comparing their carrying amount to the projected cash flows the assets are expected to generate. If such assets are considered to be impaired, the impairment loss recognized, if any, is the amount by which the carrying amount of the property and equipment and acquired amortizable intangible assets exceeds fair value.
 
In fiscal year 2008, we recognized an impairment charge of approximately $30.0 million due to the write-off of certain intangible asset licenses due to technological obsolescence. This charge is included in intangible amortization in the Consolidated Statement of Operations for the fiscal year ended March 31, 2008
 
Customer Credit Risk
 
We have an established customer credit policy, through which we manage customer credit exposures through credit evaluations, credit limit setting, monitoring, and enforcement of credit limits for new and existing customers. We perform ongoing credit evaluations of our customers’ financial condition and makes provisions for doubtful accounts based on the outcome of those credit evaluations. We evaluate the collectability of accounts receivable based on specific customer circumstances, current economic trends, historical experience with collections and the age of past due receivables. To the extent we identify exposures as a result of credit or customer evaluations, we also review other customer related exposures, including but not limited to inventory and related contractual obligations. During fiscal year 2009, the Company incurred $262.7 million of charges for Nortel and other customers that filed for bankruptcy or restructuring protection or otherwise were experiencing significant financial and liquidity difficulties. These charges related to the write-down of inventory and associated contractual obligations, and provisions for doubtful accounts. In developing the provision for the receivables, we considered various mitigating factors including existing provisions, off-setting obligations and amounts subject to administrative priority claims. As it is early in the restructuring proceedings for Nortel, the estimates underlying the Company’s recorded provisions as well as consideration of other potential contingencies associated with the Nortel restructuring proceedings require a considerable amount of judgment and accordingly, the provisions are subject to change.
 
Restructuring Charges
 
We recognize restructuring charges related to our plans to close or consolidate duplicate manufacturing and administrative facilities. In connection with these activities, we recognize restructuring charges for employee termination costs, long-lived asset impairment and other restructuring-related costs.
 
The recognition of these restructuring charges require that we make certain judgments and estimates regarding the nature, timing and amount of costs associated with the planned exit activity. To the extent our actual results in exiting these facilities differ from our estimates and assumptions, we may be required to revise the estimates of future liabilities, requiring the recognition of additional restructuring charges or the reduction of liabilities already recognized. At the end of each reporting period, we evaluate the remaining accrued balances to ensure that no excess accruals are retained and the utilization of the provisions are for their intended purpose in accordance with developed exit plans.
 
Refer to Note 9, “Restructuring Charges,” of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements in Item 8, “Financial Statements and Supplementary Data” for further discussion of our restructuring activities.


32


Table of Contents

Long-term Investments and Notes Receivable
 
We have certain investments in, and notes receivable from, non-publicly traded companies, which are included within other assets in our Consolidated Balance Sheets. Non-majority-owned investments are accounted for using the equity method when we have an ownership percentage equal to or greater than 20%, or have the ability to significantly influence the operating decisions of the issuer; otherwise the cost method is used. We monitor these investments for impairment and make appropriate reductions in carrying values if we determine an impairment charge is required, based primarily on the financial condition and near-term prospects of these companies. Our ongoing consideration of these factors could result in additional impairment charges in the future, which could adversely affect our net income. During fiscal year 2009, we recorded charges of $37.5 million for other-than-temporary impairment of our investments in certain non-publicly traded companies, and also recognized a $74.1 million charge for the other-than-temporary impairment of notes receivable. During fiscal year 2008, we recorded charges of $61.1 million for other-than-temporary impairment of our investments in certain non-publicly traded companies. Impairment charges for fiscal year 2007 were not material.
 
Revenue Recognition
 
We recognize manufacturing revenue when we ship goods or the goods are received by our customer, title and risk of ownership have passed, the price to the buyer is fixed or determinable and recoverability is reasonably assured. Generally, there are no formal customer acceptance requirements or further obligations related to manufacturing services. If such requirements or obligations exist, then we recognize the related revenues at the time when such requirements are completed and the obligations are fulfilled. We make provisions for estimated sales returns and other adjustments at the time revenue is recognized based upon contractual terms and an analysis of historical returns. These provisions were not material to our consolidated financial statements for the 2009, 2008 and 2007 fiscal years.
 
During fiscal year 2009, the Company incurred charges for Nortel and other customers that filed for bankruptcy or restructuring protection or otherwise were experiencing significant financial and liquidity difficulties. Based on all information available through December 31, 2008, including discussions with Nortel and its financial advisors, we believed that payment of receivables from Nortel was reasonably assured at the time of shipment, and accordingly, the Company recorded revenues on sales to Nortel at the time of shipment during the period. During the period from January 1, 2009 through approximately January 13, 2009 (based on the dates Nortel filed for restructuring protection in various jurisdictions) the Company only recognized revenues for amounts estimated as collectible on sales to Nortel at the time of shipment. The resulting reduction in revenues during this period was not material to the Company’s revenues or results of operations. For all other customers experiencing significant financial and liquidity difficulties and for which the Company recognized associated charges during fiscal year 2009, the Company recognizes revenues from these customers only when it collects cash for the services, assuming all other criteria for revenue recognition have been met. The amount of revenue deferred and not recognized due to collectability concerns was not material at March 31, 2009 and 2008.
 
We provide a comprehensive suite of services for our customers that range from contract design services to original product design to repair services. We recognize service revenue when the services have been performed, and the related costs are expensed as incurred. Our net sales for services from continuing operations were less than 10% of our total sales from continuing operations during the 2009, 2008 and 2007 fiscal years, and accordingly, are included in net sales in the consolidated statements of operations.
 
Accounting for Business and Asset Acquisitions
 
We have completed numerous business and asset acquisitions, which were accounted for using the purchase method of accounting in accordance with SFAS No. 141, “ Business Combinations” (“SFAS 141”). The fair value of the net assets acquired and the results of the acquired businesses are included in the Consolidated Financial Statements from the acquisition dates forward. SFAS 141 required us to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and results of operations during the reporting period. Estimates were used in accounting for, among other things, the fair value of acquired net operating assets, property and equipment, intangible assets and related deferred tax liabilities, useful lives of plant and equipment and amortizable lives for


33


Table of Contents

acquired intangible assets. Any excess of the purchase consideration over the identified fair value of the assets and liabilities acquired was recognized as goodwill. Additionally, recognize liabilities for anticipated restructuring costs that were necessary due to the elimination of excess capacity, redundant assets or unnecessary functions.
 
We estimate the preliminary fair value of acquired assets and liabilities as of the date of acquisition based on information available at that time. The valuation of these tangible and identifiable intangible assets and liabilities are subject to further management review and could change materially between the preliminary allocation and end of the purchase price allocation period. Any changes in these estimates may have a material impact on our consolidated operating results or financial condition. Effective April 1, 2009, we adopted SFAS 141(R), “ Business Combinations” (“SFAS 141(R)”). As such, future adjustments to the estimates used in determining the fair values of our acquired assets and assumed liabilities could impact our consolidated operating results or financial condition. Also included in the provisions of SFAS 141(R) is an amendment to SFAS No. 109 “Accounting for Income Taxes” (“SFAS 109”) to require adjustments to valuation allowances for acquired deferred tax assets and income tax positions to be recognized as an adjustment to the provision for, or benefit from, income taxes.
 
Stock-Based Compensation
 
We account for stock-based compensation in accordance with the provisions of SFAS No. 123 (Revised 2004), “Share-Based Payment” (“SFAS 123(R)”). Under the fair value recognition provisions of SFAS 123(R), stock-based compensation cost is measured at the grant date based on the fair value of the award and is recognized as expense ratably over the requisite service period of the award. Determining the appropriate fair value model and calculating the fair value of stock-based awards at the grant date requires judgment, including estimating stock price volatility and expected option life. If actual forfeitures differ significantly from our estimates, adjustments to compensation cost may be required in future periods.
 
Income Taxes
 
Our deferred income tax assets represent temporary differences between the carrying amount and the tax basis of existing assets and liabilities which will result in deductible amounts in future years, including net operating loss carryforwards. Based on estimates, the carrying value of our net deferred tax assets assumes that it is more likely than not that we will be able to generate sufficient future taxable income in certain tax jurisdictions to realize these deferred income tax assets. Our judgments regarding future profitability may change due to future market conditions, changes in U.S. or international tax laws and other factors. If these estimates and related assumptions change in the future, we may be required to increase or decrease our valuation allowance against deferred tax assets previously recognized, resulting in additional or lesser income tax expense.
 
We recognized non-cash tax expense of $661.3 million during the 2008 fiscal year. This expense principally resulted from management’s re-evaluation of previously recorded deferred tax assets in the United States, which are primarily comprised of tax loss carry forwards. We believed that the likelihood certain deferred tax assets will be realized decreased as we expected future projected taxable income in the United States will be lower as a result of increased interest expense resulting from the term loan entered into as part of the acquisition of Solectron.
 
We are regularly subject to tax return audits and examinations by various taxing jurisdictions in the United States and around the world, and there can be no assurance that the final determination of any tax examinations will not be materially different than that which is reflected in our income tax provisions and accruals. Should additional taxes be assessed as a result of a current or future examination, there could be a material adverse effect on our tax position, operating results, financial position and cash flows. Refer to Note 8 “Income Taxes” of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements in Item 8, “Financial Statements and Supplementary Data” for further discussion of our tax position.
 
Inventory Valuation
 
Our inventories are stated at the lower of cost (on a first-in, first-out basis) or market value. Our industry is characterized by rapid technological change, short-term customer commitments and rapid changes in demand. We make provisions for estimated excess and obsolete inventory based on our regular reviews of inventory quantities on hand, and the latest forecasts of product demand and production requirements from our customers. If actual market


34


Table of Contents

conditions or our customers’ product demands are less favorable than those projected, additional provisions may be required. In addition, unanticipated changes in the liquidity or financial position of our customers and/or changes in economic conditions may require additional provisions for inventories due to our customers’ inability to fulfill their contractual obligations with regard to inventory procured to fulfill customer demand.
 
RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
 
The following table sets forth, for the periods indicated, certain statements of operations data expressed as a percentage of net sales. The financial information and the discussion below should be read in conjunction with the consolidated financial statements and notes thereto included in Item 8, “Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.” The data below, and discussion that follows, represents our results from continuing operations.
 
                         
    Fiscal Year Ended March 31,
    2009   2008   2007
 
Net sales
    100.0 %     100.0 %     100.0 %
Cost of sales
    95.4       94.2       94.3  
Restructuring charges
    0.5       1.5       0.8  
                         
Gross profit
    4.1       4.3       4.9  
Selling, general and administrative expenses
    3.2       2.9       2.9  
Intangible amortization
    0.4       0.4       0.2  
Goodwill impairment charge
    19.2              
Restructuring charges
    0.1       0.1        
Other charges (income), net
    0.3       0.2       (0.4 )
Interest and other expense, net
    0.6       0.4       0.5  
                         
Income (loss) from continuing operations before income taxes
    (19.7 )     0.3       1.7  
Provision for income taxes
          2.6        
                         
Income (loss) from continuing operations
    (19.7 )     (2.3 )     1.7  
Discontinued operations:
                       
Income from discontinued operations, net of tax
                1.0  
                         
Net income (loss)
    (19.7 )%     (2.3 )%     2.7 %
                         
 
Net sales
 
Net sales during fiscal year 2009 totaled $30.9 billion, representing an increase of $3.4 billion, or 12.3%, from $27.6 billion during fiscal year 2008, primarily due to the acquisition of Solectron and other companies that were not individually significant, and to new program wins from various existing customers across multiple markets. These factors were offset in part by reduced customer demand during the second half of fiscal year 2009 due to the weakening macroeconomic environment. As a result, while our sales for fiscal year 2009 increased, sales for the last six months of fiscal 2009 decreased $3.1 billion or 18.5%, to $13.7 billion, compared with sales of $16.8 billion for the last six months of fiscal 2008. Sales during fiscal year 2009 increased $1.5 billion in the computing market, $1.2 billion in the infrastructure market and $1.1 billion in the industrial, medical, automotive and other markets. Sales decreased $350.2 million in the mobile communications market and $17.9 million in the consumer digital market. Net sales during fiscal year 2009 increased by $2.6 billion in the Americas and $1.1 billion in Europe, and decreased $297.0 million in Asia.
 
Net sales during fiscal year 2008 totaled $27.6 billion, representing an increase of $8.7 billion, or 46%, from $18.9 billion during fiscal year 2007, primarily due to the acquisition of Solectron and to new program wins from various existing customers across multiple markets. Sales increased across all of the markets we serve, including; (i) $4.3 billion in the infrastructure market, (ii) $2.1 billion in the computing market, (iii) $1.5 billion in the industrial, medical, automotive and other markets, (iv) $472.3 million in the consumer digital market, and


35


Table of Contents

(v) $328.2 million in the mobile communications market. Net sales during fiscal year 2008 increased by $3.9 billion in Asia, $3.6 billion in the Americas, and $1.2 billion in Europe.
 
Our ten largest customers during fiscal years 2009, 2008 and 2007 accounted for approximately 50%, 55% and 64% of net sales, respectively, with one customer, Sony-Ericsson, accounting for greater than 10% of our net sales during all three years.
 
Gross profit
 
Gross profit is affected by a number of factors, including the number and size of new manufacturing programs, product mix, component costs and availability, product life cycles, unit volumes, pricing, competition, new product introductions, capacity utilization and the expansion and consolidation of manufacturing facilities. In the cases of new programs, profitability lags revenue growth due to product start-up costs, lower manufacturing program volumes in the start-up phase, operational inefficiencies, and under-absorbed overhead. Gross margin often improves over time as manufacturing program volumes increase, as our utilization rates and overhead absorption improves, and as we increase the level of vertically-integrated manufacturing services content. As a result of these various factors, our gross margin varies from period to period.
 
Gross profit during fiscal year 2009 increased $104.0 million to $1.3 billion from $1.2 billion during fiscal year 2008. Gross margin decreased to 4.1% of net sales in fiscal 2009 as compared with 4.3% in fiscal 2008. The 20 basis point decrease in gross margin was primarily attributable to a 60 basis point increase in cost of sales during fiscal year 2009 for inventory write-downs and associated contractual obligations related to certain financially distressed customers, and an approximate 60 basis point decrease in margin primarily attributable to lower capacity utilization as a result of current macroeconomic conditions and related decline in customer demand. The factors contributing to the decrease in gross margin were offset in part by $253.8 million, or 100 basis points, of lower restructuring charges attributable to cost of sales recognized during fiscal 2009 as compared to fiscal year 2008.
 
Gross profit during fiscal year 2008 increased $247.4 million to $1.2 billion from $929.0 million during fiscal year 2007. Gross margin decreased to 4.3% of net sales in fiscal 2008 as compared with 4.9% in fiscal 2007. The 60 basis point decrease in gross margin was primarily attributable to a 70 basis point increase in restructuring charges attributable to cost of sales recognized during fiscal 2008. The restructuring charges were principally incurred in connection with the Solectron acquisition and were related to restructuring activities for operations that were associated with the Company prior to the acquisition of Solectron. The decrease in gross margin was partially offset by an approximate 10 basis point increase in margin during fiscal 2008 related to favorable changes in customer and product mix, and increased operational efficiencies.
 
Restructuring charges
 
We recognized restructuring charges of approximately $179.8 million during fiscal year 2009 primarily related to rationalizing the Company’s global manufacturing capacity and infrastructure as a result of deteriorating macroeconomic conditions. This global economic crisis and related decline in demand for our customers’ products across all of the industries the Company serves, has caused our OEM customers to reduce their manufacturing and supply chain outsourcing and has negatively impacted the Company’s capacity utilization levels. Our restructuring activities are intended to improve the Company’s operational efficiencies by reducing excess workforce and capacity. In addition to the cost reductions, these activities will result in a further shift of manufacturing capacity to locations with higher efficiencies and, in most instances, lower costs. The costs associated with these restructuring activities included employee severance, costs related to owned and leased facilities and equipment that is no longer in use and is to be disposed of, and other costs associated with the exit of certain contractual arrangements due to facility closures. We classified approximately $155.1 million of these charges as cost of sales and approximately $24.7 million of these charges as selling, general and administrative expenses during fiscal year 2009. The charges recognized by reportable geographic region amounted to $96.9 million, $56.7 million and $26.2 million for Asia, the Americas and Europe, respectively. Approximately $55.8 million of these restructuring charges were non-cash. As of March 31, 2009, accrued severance and facility closure costs related to restructuring charges incurred during fiscal year 2009 were approximately $79.0 million, of which approximately $4.8 million was classified as a long-term obligation.


36


Table of Contents

The Company does not anticipate a significant change to its previously announced restructuring plan and anticipates an additional charge between $70 million and $100 million in fiscal year 2010.
 
During fiscal year 2008, we recognized restructuring charges of approximately $447.7 million primarily related to the Company’s acquisition of Solectron. These charges were related to restructuring activities which included closing, consolidating and relocating certain manufacturing, design, and administrative operations, eliminating redundant assets and reducing excess workforce and capacity, and encompassed over 25 different manufacturing and design locations. The activities associated with these charges involved multiple actions at each location, were completed in multiple steps and generally within one year of the commitment dates of the respective activities, except for certain long-term contractual obligations. We classified approximately $408.9 million of these charges as a component of cost of sales. The fiscal year 2008 restructuring charge of approximately $447.7 million is net of approximately $52.9 million of customer reimbursements earned in accordance with the various agreements with Nortel. The reimbursement was included as a component of cost of sales during fiscal year 2008,was included in other current assets in the Company’s Consolidated Balance Sheet as of March 31, 2008 and collected during fiscal year 2009. The charges recognized by reportable geographic region, before the Nortel reimbursement, amounted to $178.9 million, $175.2 million and $146.5 million for Asia, Europe and the Americas, respectively. Approximately $202.5 million of these restructuring charges were non-cash. As of March 31, 2009, accrued facility closure costs related to restructuring charges incurred during fiscal year 2008 were approximately $60.2 million, of which approximately $19.3 million was classified as a long-term obligation.
 
During fiscal year 2007, we recognized restructuring charges of approximately $151.9 million associated with the consolidation and closure of several manufacturing facilities including the related impairment of certain long-lived assets; and other charges primarily related to the exit of certain real estate owned and leased by us in order to reduce our investment in property, plant and equipment. Approximately $146.8 million of the charges were classified as a component of cost of sales. The charges recognized by reportable geographic region amounted to $59.0 million, $49.6 million and $43.3 million for the Americas, Asia and Europe, respectively. As of March 31, 2009, accrued facility closure costs related to restructuring charges incurred during fiscal year 2007 were approximately $13.2 million, of which approximately $7.5 million was classified as a long-term obligation.
 
Refer to Note 9, “Restructuring Charges,” of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements in Item 8, “Financial Statements and Supplementary Data” for further discussion of our restructuring activities.
 
Selling, general and administrative expenses
 
Selling, general and administrative expenses, or SG&A, totaled $979.1 million, or 3.2% of net sales, during fiscal year 2009, compared to $807.0 million, or 2.9% of net sales, during fiscal year 2008. The increase in SG&A as a percentage of net sales during fiscal year 2009 was primarily the result of the recognition of provisions for accounts receivable from financially distressed customers of $73.3 million incurred during fiscal 2009. The increase in absolute dollars of SG&A was primarily the result of our acquisition of Solectron as well as other business and asset acquisitions over the past 12 months, continued investments in resources and investments in certain technologies to enhance our overall design and engineering competencies, and provisions for accounts receivable from distressed customers.
 
SG&A totaled $807.0 million, or 2.9% of net sales, during fiscal year 2008, compared to $547.5 million, or 2.9% of net sales, during fiscal year 2007. The increase in absolute dollars of SG&A during fiscal year 2008 was primarily the result of our acquisition of Solectron as well as other business and asset acquisitions over the past year, continued investments in resources necessary to support our revenue growth, investments in certain technologies to enhance our overall design and engineering competencies and an increase in stock-based compensation expense.
 
Goodwill impairment
 
During our third fiscal quarter ended December 31, 2008, we concluded that an interim goodwill impairment assessment was required due to the significant decline in the Company’s market capitalization, which was driven largely by deteriorating macroeconomic conditions that contributed to a considerable decrease in market multiples as well as a decline in the Company’s estimated discounted cash flows. As a result of our analysis, we recorded a non-cash impairment charge to goodwill in the amount of $5.9 billion during the quarter ended December 31, 2008


37


Table of Contents

to eliminate the entire carrying value of our goodwill as of the date of the assessment. The non-cash goodwill impairment charge did not impact our debt covenant compliance. For further discussion of goodwill impairment charges recorded, see Note 2, “Summary of Accounting Policies — Goodwill and Other Intangibles” of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements in Item 8, “Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.”
 
Intangible amortization
 
Amortization of intangible assets in fiscal year 2009 increased by $23.6 million to $135.9 million from $112.3 million in fiscal year 2008. The increase in expense was primarily attributable to the increase in intangibles arising from the Company’s acquisition of Solectron on October 1, 2007, including $9.3 million of increased expense for cumulative adjustments related to purchase accounting adjustments recognized during fiscal 2009. The increase in expense was also due to a lesser extent to intangibles arising from other acquisitions completed in fiscal years 2009 and 2008 that were individually not significant and for which a full year’s amortization would not have been recognized in fiscal year 2008. This increase in expense was offset, in part, by $30.0 million in expense recognized during fiscal year 2008 for the write-off of certain intangible asset licenses due to technological obsolescence.
 
Amortization of intangible assets in fiscal year 2008 increased by $75.2 million to $112.3 million from $37.1 million in fiscal year 2007. The increase in expense was principally attributable to the increase in intangibles arising from the Company’s acquisition of Solectron in fiscal year 2008, the acquisitions of IDW and Nortel’s system house operations in Calgary, Canada in fiscal year 2007, and other smaller businesses that were not individually significant to our consolidated results, and the amortization of other acquired licenses. Additionally, amortization expense during fiscal year 2008 includes approximately $30.0 million for the write-off of certain intangible asset licenses due to technological obsolescence.
 
Other charges (income), net
 
During fiscal year 2009, we recognized approximately $74.1 million in charges to write-down certain notes receivable from Relacom Holding AB (“Relacom”) to the expected recoverable amount, and approximately $37.5 million in charges for the other-than-temporary impairment of certain of the Company’s investments in companies that were experiencing significant financial and liquidity difficulties. These charges were offset to some extent by a gain of $28.1 million resulting from the partial extinguishment of $260.0 million in principal amount of the Company’s 1% Convertible Subordinated Notes, net of approximately $5.7 million for estimated transaction costs and the write-off of related debt issuance costs.
 
During fiscal year 2008, the Company recognized approximately $61.1 million in other charges related to the other-than-temporary impairment and related charges on certain of the Company’s investments. Of this amount, approximately $57.6 million was attributable to the sale of its investment in Relacom, which was liquidated in January 2008 for approximately $57.4 million of cash proceeds. Relacom’s expansion geographically into Eastern Europe and Latin America led Relacom to recognize significant restructuring charges and other costs and resulted in continued losses and diminished cash flows, which reduced the fair value of the investment. Although we believed this degradation in the fair value of our investment in Relacom was temporary, we decided to sell our interest in this non core investment to the majority holder in December 2007 rather than participate in a new equity round of financing by Relacom to support its need for additional capital. As a result, we recognized an impairment loss of approximately $48.5 million in the quarter ended December 31, 2007 based on the price at which it was sold on January 7, 2008.
 
During fiscal year 2007, we recognized a foreign exchange gain of approximately $79.8 million from the liquidation of a certain international entity.
 
Interest and other expense, net
 
Interest and other expense, net was $188.4 million during fiscal year 2009 compared to $91.6 million during fiscal year 2008, an increase of $96.8 million. The increase in expense was primarily the result of $50.5 million in additional interest expense on the $1.7 billion in borrowings under the Company’s term loan facility used to finance the acquisition of Solectron, as well as the refinancing of certain Solectron outstanding debt obligations, and a


38


Table of Contents

$39.4 million unfavorable movement in net foreign exchange as a result of the U.S. dollar appreciating against our primary foreign currencies.
 
Interest and other expense, net was $91.6 million during fiscal year 2008 compared to $92.0 million during fiscal year 2007, a decrease of $0.4 million. We experienced an increase in interest expense during fiscal year 2008 of $44.8 million, which was primarily attributable to the $1.7 billion in borrowings under the Company’s term loan facility used to finance its acquisition of Solectron as well as the refinancing of certain of Solectron’s outstanding debt obligations. The increase in interest expense was partially offset by interest and other income earned on the $250.0 million face value promissory note and certain other agreements received in connection with the divestiture of the Software Development and Solutions business during the second quarter of fiscal year 2007, and interest income earned on higher cash balances. We also recognized a $9.7 million gain on the divestiture of an international entity during fiscal year 2008, which also offset the increase in interest expense.
 
Income taxes
 
Certain of our subsidiaries have, at various times, been granted tax relief in their respective countries, resulting in lower income taxes than would otherwise be the case under ordinary tax rates. The consolidated effective tax rate for a particular period varies depending on the amount of earnings from different jurisdictions, operating loss carryforwards, income tax credits, changes in previously established valuation allowances for deferred tax assets based upon our current analysis of the realizability of these deferred tax assets, as well as certain tax holidays and incentives granted to our subsidiaries primarily in China, Malaysia, Israel, Poland and Singapore. In evaluating the realizability of deferred tax assets, we consider our recent history of operating income and losses by jurisdiction, exclusive of items that we believe are non-recurring in nature such as restructuring charges. We also consider the future projected operating income in the relevant jurisdiction and the effect of any tax planning strategies. Based on this analysis, we believe that the current valuation allowance is adequate.
 
The Company has tax loss carryforwards for which the Company has recognized deferred tax assets. Our policy is to provide a reserve against those deferred tax assets that in our estimate are not more likely than not to be realized. During the twelve-month period ended March 31, 2009, the provision for income taxes includes a benefit of approximately $50.2 million for the reversal of valuation allowances. The Company received no tax benefit from the impairment of goodwill or distressed customer charges.
 
In connection with our acquisition of Solectron, we re-evaluated previously recorded deferred tax assets in the United States, which are primarily comprised of tax loss carryforwards. We believe that the likelihood certain deferred tax assets will be realized has decreased because we expect future projected taxable income in the United States will be lower as a result of increased interest expense resulting from the term loan entered into as part of the acquisition of Solectron. Accordingly, we determined that the recoverability of our deferred tax assets is no longer more likely than not, and thus we recognized tax expense of approximately $661.3 million during fiscal year 2008. There is no incremental cash expenditure relating to this increase in tax expense.
 
The provision for income taxes in fiscal year 2007 includes an approximate $23.0 million benefit related to the restructuring and other charges we recognized during the 2007 fiscal year.
 
In June 2006, the FASB issued Interpretation FIN 48 as an interpretation of SFAS 109. We adopted FIN 48 in the first quarter of fiscal year 2008 and did not recognize any adjustments to the liability for unrecognized tax benefits as a result of the implementation of FIN 48. We are regularly subject to tax return audits and examinations by various taxing jurisdictions in the United States and around the world, and there can be no assurance that the final determination of any tax examinations will not be materially different than that which is reflected in our income tax provisions and accruals. Should additional taxes be assessed as a result of a current or future examination, there could be a material adverse effect on our tax position, operating results, financial position and cash flows.
 
See Note 8, “Income Taxes,” of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included in Item 8, “Financial Statements and Supplementary Data” for further discussion.


39


Table of Contents

LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES — CONTINUING AND DISCONTINUED OPERATIONS
 
As of March 31, 2009, the Company had cash and cash equivalents of $1.8 billion and bank and other borrowings of $3.0 billion. The Company also had a $2.0 billion revolving credit facility, under which there were no borrowings outstanding as of March 31, 2009. The $2.0 billion credit facility and other various credit facilities are subject to compliance with certain financial covenants. As of March 31, 2009, we were in compliance with the covenants under the Company’s indentures and credit facilities.
 
Fiscal Year 2009
 
Cash provided by operating activities was $1.3 billion during fiscal year 2009. This resulted primarily from a $6.1 billion net loss for the period before adjustments to include approximately $6.7 billion of non-cash items, primarily consisting of a $5.9 billion goodwill impairment charge, as well as other non-cash items such as depreciation, amortization, restructuring and distressed customer charges, investment and notes receivable impairment charges, stock-based compensation expense, accretion of interest on notes receivable, and the gain recognized on the partial extinguishment of the Company’s 1% Convertible Subordinated Notes due August 2010. The Company’s working capital accounts decreased $800.1 million on a net basis as a result of overall lower business volume, which also contributed to cash provided by operating activities. Net working capital overall decreased to approximately $1.5 billion as of March 31, 2009 from $2.9 billion as of March 31, 2008. The primary difference between the $1.4 billion overall decrease in working capital and the $800.1 million contribution to cash provided from operations was primarily from $212.3 million in purchase accounting adjustments and acquired working capital balances attributable to acquisitions, and the reclassification of $195.0 million principal amount of the Company’s Zero Coupon Convertible Junior Subordinated Notes due July 31, 2009 to a current obligation.
 
Cash used in investing activities during fiscal year 2009 was $644.9 million. This resulted primarily from $462.1 million in net capital expenditures for equipment, $200.0 million for the acquisitions of businesses, and $14.8 million for contingent purchase price payments related to past acquisitions.
 
Cash used in financing activities was $646.8 million during fiscal year 2009. This resulted primarily from $260.1 million in payments for the repurchase of 29.8 million of the Company’s ordinary shares, $226.2 million used to repurchase an aggregate principal amount of $260.0 million of the 1% Convertible Subordinated Notes due August 1, 2010 and $161.0 million used to repay borrowings outstanding under the $2.0 billion credit facility.
 
Fiscal Year 2008
 
Cash provided by operating activities was $1.0 billion during fiscal year 2008. This resulted primarily from a $639.4 million net loss for the period before adjustments to include approximately $1.4 billion of non-cash items, primarily consisting of a $661.3 million deferred tax expense for the Company’s re-evaluation of previously recorded deferred tax assets in the United States in connection with its acquisition of Solectron, as well as other non-cash items such as depreciation, amortization, restructuring charges, investment impairment charges, stock-based compensation expense, and accretion of interest on notes receivable. The Company’s working capital accounts decreased $275.4 million, which also contributed to cash provided by operating activities. This decrease in working capital was driven primarily by a decrease in inventory and an increase in accounts payable from working capital management, offset to some extent by an increase in accounts receivable due to increased overall business activity. Net working capital overall increased to approximately $2.9 billion as of March 31, 2008 from $1.1 billion as of March 31, 2007. The primary difference between the $1.8 billion overall increase in working capital and the $275.4 million contribution to cash provided from operations was primarily from purchase accounting adjustments and acquired working capital balances related to the Company’s acquisition of Solectron.
 
Cash used in investing activities during fiscal year 2008 was $935.4 million. This resulted primarily from $612.0 million in cash paid for acquisitions net of cash acquired, which was mostly comprised of $423.5 for the Company’s acquisition of Solectron, and $327.5 million in net capital expenditures for equipment and the expansion of various low-cost, high-volume manufacturing facilities and industrial parks as well as of our printed circuit board operations and components business.


40


Table of Contents

Cash provided by financing activities was $962.1 million during fiscal year 2008. This resulted primarily from the $1.7 billion borrowed by the Company under the term loan facility entered into in connection with its acquisition of Solectron and proceeds from $161.0 million borrowed under the Company’s revolving credit facility, offset by approximately $942.4 million used to repurchase or redeem debt assumed in connection with the Company’s acquisitions, which was mostly attributable to Solectron.
 
Fiscal Year 2007
 
Cash provided by operating activities was $276.4 million during fiscal year 2007. This resulted primarily from $508.6 million net income for the period before adjustments to include approximately $149.6 million of non-cash items, such as depreciation, amortization, gains on divestitures and liquidations of businesses, restructuring charges, stock-based compensation expense, and accretion of interest on notes receivable. The Company’s working capital accounts increased $425.0 million, which reduced cash provided by operating activities. This increase in working capital was driven primarily by increases in inventory and accounts receivable, offset to some extent by an increase in accounts payable due to increased overall business activity and anticipation of future growth.
 
Cash used in investing activities during fiscal year 2007 was $391.5 million. This resulted primarily from $569.4 million in net capital expenditures for equipment and the expansion of various low-cost, high-volume manufacturing facilities and industrial parks as well as of our printed circuit board operations and components business, $356.4 million in cash paid for acquisitions net of cash acquired, including $215.0 for the Nortel transaction, offset in part by proceeds of $579.9 million from the divestiture of our Software Development and solutions business, net of cash held by the business of $108.6 million.
 
Cash used in financing activities was $101.0 million during fiscal year 2007. This resulted primarily from $121.9 million in net cash used to repay short-term and other borrowings outstanding as of the 2006 fiscal year end.
 
We continue to assess our capital structure, and evaluate the merits of redeploying available cash to reduce existing debt or repurchase ordinary shares. During July 2008, our Board of Directors authorized the repurchase of up to ten percent of the Company’s outstanding ordinary shares, and we repurchased approximately 29.8 million shares under this plan through September 2008. The impairment of the Company’s goodwill limits our ability to repurchase additional shares under the current provisions of our debt facilities. In December 2008, we repurchased $260.0 million principal amount of the Company’s 1% Convertible Subordinated Notes, which become due in August 2010. The Company has approximately $3.0 billion in total debt outstanding as of March 31, 2009 and the Company’s $195.0 million principal amount of its Zero Coupon Convertible Junior Subordinated Notes become due in July 2009. We currently expect to fund the retirement of these notes with existing cash balances and anticipated cash flows from operations. The Company has no significant additional borrowings outstanding that are due within the next twelve months.
 
Liquidity is affected by many factors, some of which are based on normal ongoing operations of the business and some of which arise from fluctuations related to global economics and markets. As evidenced by the recent turmoil in the financial markets, credit has tightened. We are reviewing our debt and capital structure to minimize any impact on the Company, and will attempt to mitigate any reductions in cash flow as a result of an economic slowdown by reducing capital expenditures, acquisitions, and other discretionary spending. Cash balances are generated and held in many locations throughout the world. Local government regulations may restrict the ability to move cash balances to meet cash needs under certain circumstances. We do not currently expect such regulations and restrictions to impact our ability to pay vendors and conduct operations throughout the global organization. We believe that our existing cash balances, together with anticipated cash flows from operations and borrowings available under our credit facilities, will be sufficient to fund our operations through at least the next twelve months.
 
Future liquidity needs will depend on fluctuations in levels of inventory, accounts receivable and accounts payable, the timing of capital expenditures for new equipment, the extent to which we utilize operating leases for new facilities and equipment, and the levels of shipments and changes in the volumes of customer orders. Liquidity needs are also dependent upon the extent of cash charges associated with restructuring and integration activities, including historical obligations assumed by the Company in connection with its acquisition of Solectron. During fiscal year 2010, we expect to pay between $150.0 million and $200.0 million in cash for these activities.


41


Table of Contents

Historically, we have funded operations from cash and cash equivalents generated from operations, proceeds from public offerings of equity and debt securities, bank debt and lease financings. We also continuously sell a designated pool of trade receivables under asset backed securitization programs, including a $300.0 million facility entered into by the Company on September 25, 2008, and sell certain trade receivables, which are in addition to the trade receivables sold in connection with these securitization agreements, to certain third-party banking institutions with limited recourse. As of March 31, 2009 and 2008, we had sold receivables totaling $643.6 million and $752.7 million, respectively, net of our participation through asset-backed security and other financing arrangements, which are not included in our Consolidated Balance Sheet. Our asset backed securitization programs include certain limits on customer default rates. Given the current macroeconomic environment, it is possible that we will experience default rates in excess of those limits, which, if not waived by the counterparty, could impair our ability to sell receivables under these arrangements in the future.
 
We anticipate that we will enter into debt and equity financings, sales of accounts receivable and lease transactions to fund acquisitions and anticipated growth. The sale or issuance of equity or convertible debt securities could result in dilution to current shareholders. Further, we may issue debt securities that have rights and privileges senior to those of holders of ordinary shares, and the terms of this debt could impose restrictions on operations and could increase debt service obligations. This increased indebtedness could limit the Company’s flexibility as a result of debt service requirements and restrictive covenants, potentially affect our credit ratings, and may limit the company’s ability to access additional capital or execute its business strategy. Any downgrades in credit ratings could adversely affect our ability to borrow by resulting in more restrictive borrowing terms.
 
CONTRACTUAL OBLIGATIONS AND COMMITMENTS
 
The Company has a $2.0 billion revolving credit facility that expires in May 2012. As of March 31, 2009, there were no borrowings outstanding under the credit facility. The credit facility requires that the Company maintain a maximum ratio of total indebtedness to EBITDA (earnings before interest expense, taxes, depreciation and amortization), and a minimum fixed charge coverage ratio, as defined. As of March 31, 2009, the Company was in compliance with the covenants under the credit facility.
 
The Company and certain of its subsidiaries also have various uncommitted revolving credit facilities, lines of credit and other loans in the amount of $275.8 million in the aggregate under which there were approximately $1.9 million of borrowings outstanding as of March 31, 2009.
 
The Company has approximately $1.7 billion of borrowings outstanding under a term loan facility as of March 31, 2009. Of this amount, approximately $500.0 million matures in October 2012, and the remainder matures in October 2014. Loans under the facility amortize in quarterly installments in an amount equal to 1% per annum with the balance due at the end of the fifth or seventh year, as applicable. The facility requires the Company maintain a maximum ratio of total indebtedness to EBITDA, and as of March 31, 2009, the Company was in compliance with the financial covenants under the facility.
 
The Company has approximately $801.7 million outstanding under senior subordinated notes as of March 31, 2009. Of this amount, $399.6 million bears interest at 6.5% and is due in May 2013, and $402.1 million bears interest at 6.25% and is due in November 2014.
 
The Company also has approximately $435.0 million outstanding under convertible subordinated notes as of March 31, 2009. Of this amount, $195.0 million is zero coupon and due in July 2009, and $240.0 million bears interest at 1% and is due in August 2010.
 
Refer to the discussion in Note 4, “Bank Borrowings and Long-Term Debt” of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for further details of the Company’s debt obligations.
 
We have purchase obligations that arise in the normal course of business, primarily consisting of binding purchase orders for inventory related items and capital expenditures. Additionally, we have leased certain of our equipment under capital lease commitments, and certain of our facilities and equipment under operating lease commitments.


42


Table of Contents

Future payments due under our purchase obligations, debt and related interest obligations and operating lease contracts are as follows:
 
                                         
          Less Than
                Greater Than
 
    Total     1 Year     1 - 3 Years     4 - 5 Years     5 Years  
    (In thousands)  
 
Contractual Obligations:
                                       
Purchase obligations
  $ 1,704,151     $ 1,704,151     $     $     $  
Long-term debt obligations
    1,410,041       213,946       281,354       901,012       13,729  
Interest on long-term debt obligations
    547,768       133,440       229,541       146,733       38,054  
Operating leases, net of subleases
    581,934       125,986       179,262       105,910       170,776  
                                         
Total contractual obligations
  $ 4,243,894     $ 2,177,523     $ 690,157     $ 1,153,655     $ 222,559  
                                         
 
Borrowings under our term loan agreement bear interest, at the Company’s option, either at (i) the base rate (the greater of the agent’s prime rate or the federal funds rate plus 0.50%) plus a margin of 1.25%; or (ii) LIBOR plus a margin of 2.25%. Estimated interest for the term loan facility is based on the applicable fixed rate plus a margin of 2.25% for the approximately $1.1 billion on which the floating interest payment has been swapped for fixed interest payments, and is based on LIBOR plus a margin of 2.25% for the remaining amounts outstanding.
 
We have excluded $221.4 million of FIN 48 liabilities for unrecognized tax benefits from the contractual obligations table because we cannot make a reasonably reliable estimate of the periodic cash settlements with the respective taxing authorities. See Note 8, “Income Taxes” of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for further details.
 
Our purchase obligations can fluctuate significantly from period-to-period and can materially impact our future operating asset and liability balances, and our future working capital requirements. We intend to use our existing cash balances, together with anticipated cash flows from operations to fund our existing and future contractual obligations.
 
OFF-BALANCE SHEET ARRANGEMENTS
 
We continuously sell a designated pool of trade receivables to a third-party qualified special purpose entity, which in turn sells an undivided ownership interest to an investment conduit administered by an unaffiliated financial institution. In addition to this financial institution, the Company participates in the securitization agreement as an investor in the conduit. The fair value of the Company’s investment participation, together with its recourse obligation that approximates 5% of the total receivables sold, was approximately $123.8 million and $89.4 million as of March 31, 2009 and 2008, respectively. The increase in the Company’s investment participation was attributable to an increase in receivables sold to the qualified special purpose entity during the twelve-month period ended March 31, 2009. Refer to Note 6, “Trade Receivables Securitization” of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for further discussion.
 
NEW ACCOUNTING PRONOUNCEMENTS
 
In December 2007, the FASB issued SFAS No. 160, “ Non-controlling Interests in Consolidated Financial Statements — an amendment of Accounting Research Bulletin No. 51 ” (“SFAS 160”), which establishes accounting and reporting standards for ownership interests in subsidiaries held by parties other than the parent, the amount of consolidated net income attributable to the parent and to the non-controlling interest, changes in a parent’s ownership interest and the valuation of retained non-controlling equity investments when a subsidiary is deconsolidated. The Statement also establishes reporting requirements that provide sufficient disclosures that clearly identify and distinguish between the interests of the parent and the interests of the non-controlling owners.


43


Table of Contents

SFAS 160 is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2008, and is required to be adopted by the Company in the first quarter of fiscal year 2010. The Company’s minority interests, and associated minority owners’ interest in the income or losses of the related companies has not been material to its results of operations for fiscal years 2009, 2008, and 2007. Accordingly, we do not expect the adoption of the provisions of SFAS 160 to have a material impact on the Company’s reported consolidated results of operations, financial condition and cash flows.
 
In September 2006, the FASB issued SFAS No. 157, “ Fair Value Measurements” (“SFAS 157”), which defines fair value, establishes a framework for measuring fair value under generally accepted accounting principles, and expands the requisite disclosures for fair value measurements. SFAS 157 is effective in fiscal years beginning after November 15, 2007 for financial assets and liabilities, as well as for any other assets and liabilities that are carried at fair value on a recurring basis, and should be applied prospectively. The adoption of the provisions of SFAS 157 related to financial assets and liabilities, and other assets and liabilities that are carried at fair value on a recurring basis during fiscal year 2009 did not materially impact the Company’s consolidated financial position, results of operations and cash flows. The FASB provided for a one-year deferral of the provisions of SFAS 157 for non-financial assets and liabilities that are recognized or disclosed at fair value in the consolidated financial statements on a non-recurring basis and is required to be applied by the Company in the first quarter of fiscal year 2010. We do not expect the application of SFAS 157 to non-financial assets and liabilities will have a material impact on the Company’s reported consolidated results of operations, financial condition and cash flows.
 
In December 2007, the FASB issued SFAS No. 141 (revised 2007), “ Business Combinations ” (“SFAS 141(R)”), which replaces SFAS No. 141. SFAS 141(R) establishes principles and requirements for how an acquirer recognizes and measures in its financial statements the identifiable assets acquired, the liabilities assumed, any non-controlling interest in the acquiree and the goodwill acquired. SFAS 141(R) also establishes disclosure requirements which are intended to enable users to evaluate the nature and financial effects of the business combination. SFAS 141(R) is effective for fiscal years that begin after December 15, 2008, and is required to be applied prospectively for all business combinations entered into after the date of adoption, which is April 1, 2009 for the Company. We do not expect the initial adoption of SFAS 141(R) will have a material impact on the Company’s reported consolidated results of operations, financial condition and cash flows, however application of this standard to future acquisitions will result in the recognition of certain cash expenditures and non-cash write-offs as period expenses rather than as a component of the purchase price consideration, as was specified by SFAS No. 141. Also included in the provisions of SFAS 141(R) is an amendment to SFAS No. 109 “Accounting for Income Taxes” (“SFAS 109”) to require adjustments to valuation allowances for acquired deferred tax assets and uncertain tax positions to be recognized as an adjustment to the provision for, or benefit from, income taxes.
 
In May 2008, the FASB issued FASB Staff Position No. APB 14-1, “Accounting for Convertible Debt Instruments That May Be Settled in Cash upon Conversion (Including Partial Cash Settlement)” (“FSP APB 14-1”). FSP APB 14-1 requires that issuers of convertible debt instruments that may be settled in cash upon conversion separately account for the liability and equity components in a manner that will reflect the entity’s nonconvertible debt borrowing rate when the interest cost is recognized in subsequent periods. FSP APB 14-1 is effective for fiscal years, and interim periods within those fiscal years, beginning after December 15, 2008 and is required to be adopted by the Company beginning April 1, 2009. Retrospective application is required. Upon adoption of FSP APB 14-1, the Company will reduce the carrying value of its Zero Coupon Convertible Junior Subordinated Notes due July 31, 2009 and its 1% Convertible Subordinated Notes due August 1, 2010 by $27.6 million in the aggregate with a corresponding decrease in equity. Further, the Company expects to incur related non-cash interest expense of approximately $21.4 million for its 2010 fiscal year.
 
ITEM 7A.    QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK
 
INTEREST RATE RISK
 
A portion of our exposure to market risk for changes in interest rates relates to our investment portfolio, which consists of highly liquid investments with maturities of three months or less from original dates of purchase. We do not use derivative financial instruments in our investment portfolio. We place cash and cash equivalents with various major financial institutions and limit the amount of credit exposure to the greater of 20% of the total investment portfolio or $10.0 million in any single institution. We protect our invested principal by limiting default risk, market


44


Table of Contents

risk and reinvestment risk. We mitigate default risk by investing in investment grade securities and by constantly positioning the portfolio to respond appropriately to a reduction in credit rating of any investment issuer, guarantor or depository to levels below the credit ratings dictated by our investment policy. The portfolio includes only marketable securities with active secondary or resale markets to ensure portfolio liquidity. Maturities of short-term investments are timed, whenever possible, to correspond with debt payments and capital investments. As of March 31, 2009, the outstanding amount in the investment portfolio was $797.2 million, comprised mainly of money market funds with an average return of 1.40%. A hypothetical 10% change in interest rates would not be expected to have a material effect on our financial position, results of operations and cash flows over the next fiscal year.
 
We had fixed and variable rate debt outstanding of approximately $3.0 billion as of March 31, 2009, of which approximately $1.3 billion related to fixed rate debt obligations. As of March 31, 2009, the Company’s fixed rate debt consisted primarily of $809.4 million of Senior Subordinated Notes with a weighted average interest rate of 6.41%, $240.0 million of 1% Coupon Convertible Subordinated Notes, and $195.0 million of Zero Coupon, Zero Yield, Convertible Junior Subordinated Notes.
 
Variable rate debt obligations were approximately $1.7 billion, which primarily consisted of borrowings under the previously discussed term loan facility. Interest on the term loan facility is based at our option on either (i) the base rate (the greater of the agent’s prime rate or the federal funds rate plus 0.50%) plus a margin of 1.25%; or (ii) LIBOR plus a margin of 2.25%. As discussed further below, the floating interest rate on approximately $1.1 billion of the approximately $1.7 billion outstanding under the term loan facility has been swapped for fixed interest rates over approximately the next one to two years. The Company also has a $2.0 billion credit facility. Interest on this facility is based at our option on either (i) the base rate (the greater of the agent’s prime rate or the federal funds rate plus 0.50%); or (ii) LIBOR plus the applicable margin for LIBOR loans ranging between 0.50% and 1.25%, based on the Company’s credit ratings. Variable rate debt also included demand notes and certain variable lines of credit. These credit lines are located throughout the world and variable interest is generally based on a spread over that country’s inter-bank offering rate.
 
As of March 31, 2009, the Company has eight interest rate swap transactions to effectively convert the floating interest rate on approximately $1.1 billion of the $1.7 billion outstanding under the term loan facility to fixed interest rates ranging between approximately 1.0% and 3.6% for remaining terms ranging from nine to 22 months. The Company receives floating interest payments at rates equal to the three-month LIBOR on $347.0 million of the swaps, and equal to the one-month LIBOR on $800.0 million of the swaps. In January 2010, $200.0 million of the swaps with fixed interest rates ranging between 1.94% to 2.45% will expire. In March and April 2010, an aggregate $200.0 million of the swaps with a fixed interest rate of 1.0% will expire. In October 2010, $500.0 million of the swaps with fixed interest rates of 3.61% will expire. In January 2011, the remaining $247.0 million of the swaps with fixed interest rates of approximately 3.6% will expire.
 
The Company’s variable rate debt instruments create exposures for us related to interest rate risk. Primarily because the floating interest on approximately $1.1 billion of the $1.7 billion in variable rate debt obligations as of March 31, 2009 has effectively been converted to fixed, a hypothetical 10% change in interest rates would not be expected to have a material effect on the Company’s financial position, results of operations and cash flows over the next fiscal year.
 
As of March 31, 2009, the approximate fair values of the Company’s 6.5% Senior Subordinated Notes, 6.25% Senior Subordinated Notes, 1% Convertible Subordinated Notes and debt outstanding under its Term Loan Agreement were 88.0%, 84.5%, 91.70% and 68.96% of the face values of the debt obligations, respectively, based on broker trading prices. Due to the short remaining maturity, the carrying amount of the Zero Coupon Convertible Junior Subordinated Notes approximates fair value.
 
FOREIGN CURRENCY EXCHANGE RISK
 
We transact business in various foreign countries and are, therefore, subject to risk of foreign currency exchange rate fluctuations. We have established a foreign currency risk management policy to manage this risk. To the extent possible, we manage our foreign currency exposure by evaluating and using non-financial techniques, such as currency of invoice, leading and lagging payments and receivables management. In addition, we borrow in


45


Table of Contents

various foreign currencies and enter into short-term foreign currency forward and swap contracts to hedge only those currency exposures associated with certain assets and liabilities, mainly accounts receivable and accounts payable, and cash flows denominated in non-functional currencies.
 
We try to maintain a fully hedged position for certain transaction exposures. These exposures are primarily, but not limited to, revenues, customer and vendor payments and inter-company balances in currencies other than the functional currency unit of the operating entity. The credit risk of our foreign currency forward and swap contracts is minimized since all contracts are with large financial institutions. The gains and losses on forward and swap contracts generally offset the losses and gains on the assets, liabilities and transactions hedged. The fair value of currency forward and swap contracts is reported on the balance sheet. The aggregate notional amount of outstanding contracts as of March 31, 2009 amounted to $1.7 billion and the recorded fair value was not material. The majority of these foreign exchange contracts expire in less than three months and all expire within one year. They will settle in Australian dollar, Brazilian real, British pound, Canadian dollar, China renminbi, Czech koruna, Danish krone, Euro, Hong Kong dollar, Hungarian forint, Israel shekel, Indian rupee, Japanese yen, Malaysian ringgit, Mexican peso, Norwegian krone, Polish zloty, Romanian leu, Singapore dollar, Swedish krona, and U.S. dollar.
 
Based on our overall currency rate exposures as of March 31, 2009, including derivative financial instruments and nonfunctional currency-denominated receivables and payables, a near-term 10% appreciation or depreciation of the U.S. dollar from its cross-functional rates would not have a material effect on our financial position, results of operations and cash flows over the next fiscal year.


46


Table of Contents

ITEM 8.    FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA
 
REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
 
To the Board of Directors and Stockholders of
Flextronics International Ltd.
Singapore
 
We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Flextronics International Ltd. and subsidiaries (the “Company”) as of March 31, 2009 and 2008, and the related consolidated statements of operations, comprehensive income (loss), shareholders’ equity, and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended March 31, 2009. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.
 
We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
 
In our opinion, such consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Flextronics International Ltd. and subsidiaries as of March 31, 2009 and 2008, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended March 31, 2009, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.
 
We have also audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of March 31, 2009, based on the criteria established in Internal Control — Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission and our report dated May 20, 2009 expressed an unqualified opinion on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting.
 
DELOITTE & TOUCHE LLP
 
San Jose, California
May 20, 2009


47


Table of Contents

FLEXTRONICS INTERNATIONAL LTD.
 
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
 
                 
    As of March 31,  
    2009     2008  
    (In thousands, except share amounts)  
 
ASSETS
Current assets:
               
Cash and cash equivalents
  $ 1,821,886     $ 1,719,948  
Accounts receivable, net of allowance for doubtful accounts of $29,020 and $16,732 as of March 31, 2009 and 2008, respectively
    2,316,939       3,550,942  
Inventories
    2,996,785       4,118,550  
Other current assets
    799,396       923,497  
                 
Total current assets
    7,935,006       10,312,937  
Property and equipment, net
    2,333,781       2,465,656  
Goodwill
    36,776       5,559,351  
Other intangible assets, net
    254,715       317,390  
Other assets
    757,202       869,581  
                 
Total assets
  $ 11,317,480     $ 19,524,915  
                 
 
LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY
Current liabilities:
               
Bank borrowings, current portion of long-term debt and capital lease obligations
  $ 214,358     $ 28,591  
Accounts payable
    4,049,534       5,311,337  
Accrued payroll
    336,123       399,718  
Other current liabilities
    1,814,711       1,661,369  
                 
Total current liabilities
    6,414,726       7,401,015  
Long-term debt and capital lease obligations, net of current portion
    2,755,282       3,388,337  
Other liabilities
    313,321       571,119  
Commitments and contingencies (Note 7)
               
Shareholders’ equity
               
Ordinary shares, no par value; 839,412,939 and 835,202,669 shares issued, and 809,633,217 and 835,202,669 outstanding as of March 31, 2009 and 2008, respectively
    8,609,991       8,538,723  
Treasury stock, at cost; 29,779,722 shares as of March 31, 2009
    (260,074 )      
Accumulated deficit
    (6,458,317 )     (372,170 )
Accumulated other comprehensive loss
    (57,449 )     (2,109 )
                 
Total shareholders’ equity
    1,834,151       8,164,444  
                 
Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity
  $ 11,317,480     $ 19,524,915  
                 
 
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.


48


Table of Contents

FLEXTRONICS INTERNATIONAL LTD.
 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
 
                         
    Fiscal Year Ended March 31,  
    2009     2008     2007  
    (In thousands, except per share amounts)  
 
Net sales
  $ 30,948,575     $ 27,558,135     $ 18,853,688  
Cost of sales
    29,513,011       25,972,787       17,777,859  
Restructuring charges
    155,134       408,945       146,831  
                         
Gross profit
    1,280,430       1,176,403       928,998  
Selling, general and administrative expenses
    979,060       807,029       547,538  
Intangible amortization
    135,872       112,317       37,089  
Goodwill impairment charge
    5,949,977              
Restructuring charges
    24,651       38,743       5,026  
Other charges (income), net
    83,439       61,078       (77,594 )
Interest and other expense, net
    188,369       91,569       91,986  
                         
Income (loss) from continuing operations before income taxes
    (6,080,938 )     65,667       324,953  
Provision for income taxes
    5,209       705,037       4,053  
                         
Income (loss) from continuing operations
  $ (6,086,147 )   $ (639,370 )   $ 320,900  
Income from discontinued operations, net of tax
                187,738  
                         
Net income (loss)
  $ (6,086,147 )   $ (639,370 )   $ 508,638  
                         
Earnings (loss) per share:
                       
Income (loss) from continuing operations:
                       
Basic
  $ (7.41 )   $ (0.89 )   $ 0.55  
                         
Diluted
  $ (7.41 )   $ (0.89 )   $ 0.54  
                         
Income from discontinued operations:
                       
Basic
  $     $     $ 0.32  
                         
Diluted
  $     $     $ 0.31  
                         
Net income (loss):
                       
Basic
  $ (7.41 )   $ (0.89 )   $ 0.86  
                         
Diluted
  $ (7.41 )   $ (0.89 )   $ 0.85  
                         
Weighted-average shares used in computing per share amounts:
                       
Basic
    820,955       720,523       588,593  
                         
Diluted
    820,955       720,523       596,851  
                         
 
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.


49


Table of Contents

FLEXTRONICS INTERNATIONAL LTD.
 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (LOSS)
 
                         
    Fiscal Year Ended March 31,  
    2009     2008     2007  
    (In thousands)  
 
Net income (loss)
  $ (6,086,147 )   $ (639,370 )   $ 508,638  
Other comprehensive income:
                       
Foreign currency translation adjustment
    (32,357 )     24,935       (40,081 )
Unrealized gain (loss) on derivative instruments, and other income (loss), net of taxes
    (22,983 )     (12,704 )     (1,824 )
                         
Comprehensive income (loss)
  $ (6,141,487 )   $   (627,139 )   $    466,733  
                         
 
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.


50


Table of Contents

FLEXTRONICS INTERNATIONAL LTD.
 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY
 
                                                 
    Ordinary Shares     Retained
    Accumulated Other
          Total
 
    Shares
          Earnings
    Comprehensive
    Deferred
    Shareholders’
 
    Outstanding     Amount     (Deficit)     Income (Loss)     Compensation     Equity  
    (In thousands)  
 
BALANCE AT MARCH 31, 2006
    578,142     $ 5,572,574     $ (241,438 )   $ 27,565     $ (4,054 )   $ 5,354,647  
Issuance of ordinary shares for acquisitions
    26,212       299,608                         299,608  
Exercise of stock options
    2,844       21,153                         21,153  
Issuance of vested shares under share bonus awards
    347                                
Net income
                508,638                   508,638  
Stock-based compensation, net of tax
          34,518                         34,518  
Reversal of deferred stock compensation upon adoption of SFAS 123(R)
          (4,054 )                 4,054        
Unrealized gain (loss) on derivative instruments, other income (loss),
net of taxes
                      (1,824 )           (1,824 )
Foreign currency translation
                      (40,081 )           (40,081 )
                                                 
BALANCE AT MARCH 31, 2007
    607,545       5,923,799       267,200       (14,340 )           6,176,659  
Issuance of ordinary shares for acquisitions
    221,802       2,519,670                         2,519,670  
Fair value of vested options assumed for acquisition
          11,282                         11,282  
Exercise of stock options
    4,291       35,911                         35,911  
Issuance of vested shares under share bonus awards
    1,565                                
Net loss
                (639,370 )                 (639,370 )
Stock-based compensation, net of tax
          48,061                         48,061  
Unrealized gain (loss) on derivative instruments, and other income (loss),
net of taxes
                      (12,704 )           (12,704 )
Foreign currency translation
                      24,935             24,935  
                                                 
BALANCE AT MARCH 31, 2008
    835,203       8,538,723       (372,170 )     (2,109 )           8,164,444  
Repurchase of ordinary shares at cost
    (29,780 )     (260,074 )                       (260,074 )
Issuance of ordinary shares for acquisitions
    141       270                         270  
Exercise of stock options
    2,243       13,848                         13,848  
Issuance of vested shares under share bonus awards
    1,826                                
Net loss
                (6,086,147 )                 (6,086,147 )
Stock-based compensation, net of tax
          57,150                         57,150  
Unrealized gain (loss) on derivative instruments, and other income (loss),
net of taxes
                      (22,983 )           (22,983 )
Foreign currency translation
                      (32,357 )           (32,357 )
                                                 
BALANCE AT MARCH 31, 2009
    809,633     $ 8,349,917     $ (6,458,317 )   $ (57,449 )   $     $ 1,834,151  
                                                 
 
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.


51


Table of Contents

 
FLEXTRONICS INTERNATIONAL LTD.
 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
 
                         
    Fiscal Year Ended March 31,  
    2009     2008     2007  
    (In thousands)  
 
Cash flows from operating activities:
                       
Net income (loss)
  $ (6,086,147 )   $ (639,370 )   $ 508,638  
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:
                       
Depreciation, amortization and other impairment charges
    693,597       712,840       421,740  
Goodwill impairment charge
    5,949,977              
Gain on repurchase of 1% Convertible Subordinated Notes
    (28,148 )            
Provision for doubtful accounts
    73,845       1,090       11,037  
Foreign currency gain on liquidation
    (6,862 )           (79,844 )
Non-cash interest income and other
    (49,914 )     (35,194 )     (27,947 )
Stock compensation
    56,914       47,641       32,325  
Deferred income taxes
    (19,899 )     633,850       (26,492 )
Gain on divestitures of operations
          (9,733 )     (181,228 )
Changes in operating assets and liabilities, net of acquisitions:
                       
Accounts receivable
    1,025,434       (241,959 )     (199,498 )
Inventories
    1,128,936       205,584       (628,024 )
Other current and noncurrent assets
    242,525       (82,506 )     34,586  
Accounts payable
    (1,212,108 )     335,356       560,082  
Other current and noncurrent liabilities
    (451,371 )     115,234       (148,999 )
                         
Net cash provided by operating activities
    1,316,779       1,042,833       276,376  
                         
Cash flows from investing activities:
                       
Purchases of property and equipment, net of disposition
    (462,079 )     (327,547 )     (569,424 )
Acquisition of businesses, net of cash acquired
    (214,496 )     (629,182 )     (356,422 )
Proceeds from divestitures of operations, net of cash held in divested operations of $0 for fiscal years 2009 and 2008, and $108,624 for fiscal year 2007
    5,269       11,138       579,850  
Other investments and notes receivable, net
    26,450       10,220       (45,499 )
                         
Net cash used in investing activities
    (644,856 )     (935,371 )     (391,495 )
                         
Cash flows from financing activities:
                       
Proceeds from bank borrowings and long-term debt
    11,259,472       7,861,739       7,470,432  
Repayments of bank borrowings and long-term debt
    (11,433,848 )     (6,935,508 )     (7,592,550 )
Payments for repurchase of long-term debt
    (226,199 )            
Payments for repurchases of ordinary shares
    (260,074 )            
Proceeds from exercise of stock options and Employee Stock
                       
Purchase Plan
    13,848       35,911       21,153  
                         
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities
    (646,801 )     962,142       (100,965 )
                         
Effect of exchange rates on cash
    76,816       (64,181 )     (12,250 )
                         
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents
    101,938       1,005,423       (228,334 )
Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of year
    1,719,948       714,525       942,859  
                         
Cash and cash equivalents, end of year
  $ 1,821,886     $ 1,719,948     $ 714,525  
                         
 
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.


52


Table of Contents

FLEXTRONICS INTERNATIONAL LTD.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 
1.   ORGANIZATION OF THE COMPANY
 
Flextronics International Ltd. (“Flextronics” or the “Company”) was incorporated in the Republic of Singapore in May 1990. The Company is a leading provider of advanced design and electronics manufacturing services (“EMS”) to original equipment manufacturers (“OEMs”) of a broad range of products in the following markets: infrastructure; mobile communication devices; computing; consumer digital devices; industrial, semiconductor and white goods; automotive, marine and aerospace; and medical devices. The Company’s strategy is to provide customers with a full range of vertically-integrated global supply chain services through which the Company designs, builds, ships and services a complete packaged product for its OEM customers. OEM customers leverage the Company’s services to meet their product requirements throughout the entire product life cycle.
 
The Company’s service offerings include rigid printed circuit board and flexible circuit fabrication, systems assembly and manufacturing (including enclosures, testing services, materials procurement and inventory management), logistics, after-sales services (including product repair, re-manufacturing and maintenance) and multiple component product offerings. Additionally, the Company provides market-specific design and engineering services ranging from contract design services (“CDM”), where the customer purchases services on a time and materials basis, to original product design and manufacturing services, where the customer purchases a product that was designed, developed and manufactured by the Company (commonly referred to as original design manufacturing, or “ODM”). ODM products are then sold by the Company’s OEM customers under the OEM’s brand names. The Company’s CDM and ODM services include user interface and industrial design, mechanical engineering and tooling design, electronic system design and printed circuit board design. The Company also provides after market services such as logistics, repair and warranty services.
 
2.   SUMMARY OF ACCOUNTING POLICIES
 
Basis of Presentation and Principles of Consolidation
 
The Company’s third fiscal quarter ends on December 31, and the fourth fiscal quarter and year ends on March 31 of each year. The first fiscal quarter ended on June 27, 2008, June 29, 2007 and June 30, 2006, respectively and the second fiscal quarter ended on September 26, 2008, September 28, 2007 and September 30, 2006, respectively. Amounts included in the consolidated financial statements are expressed in U.S. dollars unless otherwise designated.
 
The accompanying consolidated financial statements include the accounts of Flextronics and its majority-owned subsidiaries, after elimination of intercompany accounts and transactions. The Company consolidates all majority-owned subsidiaries and investments in entities in which the Company has a controlling interest. For consolidated majority-owned subsidiaries in which the Company owns less than 100%, the Company recognizes a minority interest for the ownership of the minority owners. As of March 31, 2009 and 2008, minority interest was not material. The associated minority owners’ interest in the income or losses of these companies has not been material to the Company’s results of operations for fiscal years 2009, 2008 and 2007, and has been classified, as applicable, within income from discontinued operations or as interest and other expense, net, in the consolidated statements of operations.
 
Use of Estimates
 
The preparation of financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“U.S. GAAP” or “GAAP”) requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements, and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Estimates are used in accounting for, among other things: allowances for doubtful accounts; inventory write-downs; valuation allowances for deferred tax assets; uncertain tax positions; valuation and useful lives of long-lived assets including property, equipment, intangible assets and goodwill; asset impairments; fair values of financial instruments


53


Table of Contents

 
FLEXTRONICS INTERNATIONAL LTD.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
including investments, notes receivable and derivative instruments; restructuring charges; contingencies; fair values of assets and liabilities obtained in business combinations and the fair values of options granted under the Company’s stock-based compensation plans. Actual results may differ from previously estimated amounts, and such differences may be material to the consolidated financial statements. Estimates and assumptions are reviewed periodically, and the effects of revisions are reflected in the period they occur.
 
Translation of Foreign Currencies
 
The financial position and results of operations for certain of the Company’s subsidiaries are measured using a currency other than the U.S. dollar as their functional currency. Accordingly, all assets and liabilities for these subsidiaries are translated into U.S. dollars at the current exchange rates as of the respective balance sheet date. Revenue and expense items are translated at the average exchange rates prevailing during the period. Cumulative gains and losses from the translation of these subsidiaries’ financial statements are reported as a separate component of shareholders’ equity. Foreign exchange gains and losses arising from transactions denominated in a currency other than the functional currency of the entity involved, and re-measurement adjustments for foreign operations where the U.S. dollar is the functional currency, are included in operating results. Non-functional transaction gains and losses, and re-measurement adjustments were not material to the Company’s consolidated results of operations for fiscal years 2009, 2008 and 2007, and have been classified as a component of interest and other expense, net in the consolidated statement of operations.
 
The Company realized a foreign exchange gain of $79.8 million during fiscal year 2007 from the liquidation of a certain international entity. This gain was previously recorded within other comprehensive income, and reclassified to other charges (income), net, in the consolidated statement of operations during the period when the international entity was substantially liquidated.
 
Revenue Recognition
 
The Company recognizes manufacturing revenue when it ships goods or the goods are received by its customer, title and risk of ownership have passed, the price to the buyer is fixed or determinable and recoverability is reasonably assured. Generally, there are no formal customer acceptance requirements or further obligations related to manufacturing services. If such requirements or obligations exist, then the Company recognizes the related revenues at the time when such requirements are completed and the obligations are fulfilled. The Company makes provisions for estimated sales returns and other adjustments at the time revenue is recognized based upon contractual terms and an analysis of historical returns. These provisions were not material to the consolidated financial statements for the 2009, 2008 and 2007 fiscal years.
 
The Company provides services for its customers that range from contract design to original product design to repair services. The Company recognizes service revenue when the services have been performed, and the related costs are expensed as incurred. Net sales for services from continuing operations were less than 10% of the Company’s total sales from continuing operations in the 2009, 2008 and 2007 fiscal years, and accordingly, are included in net sales in the consolidated statements of operations.
 
Customer Credit Risk
 
The Company has an established customer credit policy, through which it manages customer credit exposures through credit evaluations, credit limit setting, monitoring, and enforcement of credit limits for new and existing customers. The Company performs ongoing credit evaluations of its customers’ financial condition and makes provisions for doubtful accounts based on the outcome of those credit evaluations. The Company evaluates the collectability of its accounts receivable based on specific customer circumstances, current economic trends, historical experience with collections and the age of past due receivables. To the extent the Company identifies exposures as a result of credit or customer evaluations, the Company also reviews other customer related exposures, including but not limited to inventory and related contractual obligations. During fiscal year 2009, the Company


54


Table of Contents

 
FLEXTRONICS INTERNATIONAL LTD.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
incurred $262.7 million of charges relating to Nortel and other customers that filed for bankruptcy or restructuring protection or otherwise were experiencing significant financial and liquidity difficulties. Of these charges, the Company classified approximately $189.5 million in cost of sales related to the write-down of inventory and associated contractual obligations and $73.3 million as selling, general and administrative expenses for provisions for doubtful accounts during fiscal year 2009. In addition to assessing the estimated Nortel demand that would impact the recoverability of inventory, the Company considered its negotiated agreement requiring Nortel to purchase $120.0 million of existing inventory by July 1, 2009 in determining the charge to cost of sales. This agreement has received preliminary approval by the Ontario Superior Court of Justice and $100.0 million has been collected under the arrangement as of April 1, 2009.
 
Based on all information available through December 31, 2008, including discussions with Nortel and its financial advisors, the Company believed that payment of receivables from Nortel was reasonably assured at the time of shipment, and accordingly, the Company recorded revenues on sales to Nortel at the time of shipment during the period. During the period from January 1, 2009 through approximately January 13, 2009 (based on the dates Nortel filed for restructuring protection in various jurisdictions) the Company only recognized revenues for amounts estimated as collectible on sales to Nortel at the time of shipment. The resulting reduction in revenues during this period was not material to the Company’s revenues or results of operations. As part of the contractual arrangement discussed above, the Company also secured five day payment terms on all post-bankruptcy petition and post-CCCA (Companies’ Creditors Arrangement act) filing shipments for Nortel. The Company reclassified approximately $109.3 million of trade receivables and other claims from Nortel, net of a $61.8 million reserve, to other assets as of March 31, 2009, as the Company does not expect the net balance to be collected within one year. In developing the provision for these receivables, the Company considered various mitigating factors including existing provisions for Nortel, off-setting obligations from Nortel and amounts subject to administrative priority claims. As it is early in the restructuring proceedings, the estimates underlying the Company’s recorded provisions as well as consideration of other potential contingencies associated with the Nortel restructuring proceedings require a considerable amount of judgment and accordingly, the provisions are subject to change.
 
For all other customers experiencing significant financial and liquidity difficulties and for which the Company recognized associated charges during fiscal year 2009, the Company recognizes revenues from these customers only when it collects cash for the services, assuming all other criteria for revenue recognition have been met. The amount of revenue deferred and not recognized due to collectability concerns was not material as of March 31, 2009 and 2008.
 
Concentration of Credit Risk
 
Financial instruments, which potentially subject the Company to concentrations of credit risk, are primarily accounts receivable, cash and cash equivalents, investments, and derivative instruments.
 
The following table summarizes the activity in the Company’s allowance for doubtful accounts during fiscal years 2009, 2008 and 2007:
 
                                 
    Balance at
  Charged to
      Balance at
    Beginning
  Costs and
  Deductions/
  End of
    of Year   Expenses   Write-Offs   Year
    (In thousands)
 
Allowance for doubtful accounts:
                               
Year ended March 31, 2007
  $ 17,749     $ 12,709     $ (13,384 )   $ 17,074  
Year ended March 31, 2008
  $ 17,074     $ 1,326     $ (1,668 )   $ 16,732  
Year ended March 31, 2009
  $ 16,732     $ 73,845     $ (61,557 )   $ 29,020  
 
The amount charged to costs and expenses and deductions/write-offs for the fiscal year ended March 31, 2009 includes $52.6 million attributable to Nortel discussed under Customer Credit Risk above for which the reserve was reclassified together with the related trade receivables and other claims to other assets as of March 31, 2009.


55


Table of Contents

 
FLEXTRONICS INTERNATIONAL LTD.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
One customer accounted for approximately 11%, 16% and 20% of the Company’s net sales in fiscal years 2009, 2008, and 2007, respectively. The Company’s ten largest customers accounted for approximately 50%, 55% and 64% of its net sales, in fiscal years 2009, 2008, and 2007, respectively. As of March 31, 2009 and 2008, no single customer accounted for greater than 10% of the Company’s total accounts receivable.
 
The Company maintains cash and cash equivalents with various financial institutions that management believes to be of high credit quality. These financial institutions are located in many different locations throughout the world. The Company’s cash equivalents are primarily comprised of cash deposited in checking and money market accounts. The Company’s investment policy limits the amount of credit exposure to 20% of the total investment portfolio in any single issuer.
 
The amount subject to credit risk related to derivative instruments is generally limited to the amount, if any, by which a counterparty’s obligations exceed the obligations of the Company with that counterparty. To manage counterparty risk, the Company limits its derivative transactions to those with recognized financial institutions. See additional discussion of derivatives at Note 5.
 
Cash and Cash Equivalents
 
All highly liquid investments with maturities of three months or less from original dates of purchase are carried at cost, which approximates fair market value, and considered to be cash equivalents. Cash and cash equivalents consist of cash deposited in checking accounts, money market funds and time deposits.
 
Cash and cash equivalents consisted of the following:
 
                 
    As of March 31,  
    2009     2008  
    (In thousands)  
 
Cash and bank balances
  $ 1,024,694     $ 1,213,285  
Money market funds and time deposits
    797,192       506,663  
                 
    $ 1,821,886     $ 1,719,948  
                 
 
Inventories
 
Inventories are stated at the lower of cost (on a first-in, first-out basis) or market value. The stated cost is comprised of direct materials, labor and overhead. The components of inventories, net of applicable lower of cost or market write-downs, were as follows:
 
                 
    As of March 31,  
    2009     2008  
    (In thousands)  
 
Raw materials
  $ 1,907,584     $ 2,435,066  
Work-in-progress
    524,038       764,860  
Finished goods
    565,163       918,624  
                 
    $ 2,996,785     $ 4,118,550  
                 
 
Property and Equipment
 
Property and equipment are stated at cost. Depreciation and amortization is recognized on a straight-line basis over the estimated useful lives of the related assets, with the exception of building leasehold improvements, which


56


Table of Contents

 
FLEXTRONICS INTERNATIONAL LTD.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
are amortized over the term of the lease, if shorter. Repairs and maintenance costs are expensed as incurred. Property and equipment was comprised of the following:
 
                     
    Depreciable
           
    Life
  As of March 31,  
    (In Years)   2009     2008  
        (In thousands)  
 
Machinery and equipment
  3-10   $ 2,335,273     $ 2,119,590  
Buildings
  30     1,019,454       1,066,791  
Leasehold improvements
  up to 30     237,136       219,053  
Furniture, fixtures, computer equipment and software
  3-7     404,477       396,757  
Land
      150,204       94,534  
Construction-in-progress
      97,565       262,434  
                     
          4,244,109       4,159,159  
Accumulated depreciation and amortization
        (1,910,328 )     (1,693,503 )
                     
Property and equipment, net
      $ 2,333,781     $ 2,465,656  
                     
 
Total depreciation expense associated with property and equipment related to continuing operations amounted to approximately $385.5 million, $338.4 million and $280.7 million in fiscal years 2009, 2008 and 2007, respectively. Proceeds from the disposition of property and equipment were $51.9 million, $140.3 million and $167.7 million in fiscal years 2009, 2008 and 2007, respectively, and are presented net with purchases of property and equipment within cash flows from investing activities in the consolidated statements of cash flows. Property and equipment excludes assets no longer in use and held for sale as a result of restructuring activities, as discussed in Note 9.
 
The Company reviews property and equipment for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset may not be recoverable. Recoverability of property and equipment is measured by comparing its carrying amount to the projected undiscounted cash flows the property and equipment are expected to generate. An impairment loss is recognized when the carrying amount of a long-lived asset exceeds its fair value. Refer to Note 9, “Restructuring Charges” for a discussion of impairment charges recorded in fiscal years 2009, 2008 and 2007.
 
Deferred Income Taxes
 
The Company provides for income taxes in accordance with the asset and liability method of accounting for income taxes. Under this method, deferred income taxes are recognized for the tax consequences of temporary differences between the carrying amount and the tax basis of existing assets and liabilities by applying the applicable statutory tax rate to such differences.
 
Accounting for Business and Asset Acquisitions
 
The Company has actively pursued business and asset acquisitions, which are accounted for using the purchase method of accounting in accordance with SFAS No. 141, Business Combinations (“SFAS 141”). The fair value of the net assets acquired and the results of the acquired businesses are included in the Company’s Consolidated Financial Statements from the acquisition dates forward. The Company is required to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and results of operations during the reporting period. Estimates are used in accounting for, among other things, the fair value of acquired net operating assets, property and equipment, intangible assets and related deferred tax liabilities, useful lives of plant and equipment and amortizable lives for acquired intangible assets. Any excess of the purchase consideration over the identified fair value of the assets and liabilities acquired is recognized as goodwill. Additionally, the Company may be


57


Table of Contents

 
FLEXTRONICS INTERNATIONAL LTD.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
required to recognize liabilities for anticipated restructuring costs that will be necessary due to the elimination of excess capacity, redundant assets or unnecessary functions.
 
The Company estimates the preliminary fair value of acquired assets and liabilities as of the date of acquisition based on information available at that time. The valuation of these tangible and identifiable intangible assets and liabilities is subject to further management review and may change materially between the preliminary allocation and end of the purchase price allocation period. Any changes in these estimates may have a material effect on the Company’s consolidated operating results or financial position.
 
Goodwill and Other Intangibles
 
Goodwill of the Company’s reporting units is tested for impairment each year as of January 31, and whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of goodwill may not be recoverable. Recoverability of goodwill is measured at the reporting unit level by comparing the reporting unit’s carrying amount, including goodwill, to the fair value of the reporting unit, which is measured based upon, among other factors, market multiples for comparable companies as well as a discounted cash flow analysis. The Company has one reporting unit: Electronic Manufacturing Services. If the recorded value of the assets, including goodwill, and liabilities (“net book value”) of the reporting unit exceeds its fair value, an impairment loss may be required to be recognized. Further, to the extent the net book value of the Company as a whole is greater than its market capitalization, all, or a significant portion of its goodwill may be considered impaired.
 
During its third fiscal quarter ended December 31, 2008, the Company concluded that an interim goodwill impairment analysis was required based on the significant decline in the Company’s market capitalization during the quarter. This decline in market capitalization was driven largely by deteriorating macroeconomic conditions that contributed to a considerable decrease in market multiples as well as a decline in the Company’s estimated discounted cash flows.
 
Pursuant to the guidance in SFAS 142, Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets (“SFAS 142”), the measurement of impairment of goodwill consists of two steps. In the first step, the fair value of the Company is compared to its carrying value. In connection with the preparation of interim financial statements for the period ended December 31, 2008, management completed a valuation of the Company, which incorporated existing market-based considerations as well as a discounted cash flow methodology based on current results and projections, and concluded the estimated fair value of the Company was less than its net book value. Accordingly the guidance in SFAS 142 required a second step to determine the implied fair value of the Company’s goodwill, and to compare it to the carrying value of the Company’s goodwill. This second step included valuing all of the tangible and intangible assets and liabilities of the Company as if it had been acquired in a business combination, including valuing all of the Company’s intangible assets even if they were not currently recorded to determine the implied fair value of goodwill. The result of this assessment indicated that the implied fair value of goodwill as of that date was zero. As a result, the Company recognized a non-cash impairment charge of approximately $5.9 billion during the quarter ended December 31, 2008 to write-off the entire carrying value of its goodwill.
 
On March 31, 2009, the Company recognized an additional $36.8 million of goodwill primarily for contingent purchase price considerations associated with historical acquisitions, and concurrently evaluated whether the amount recognized should be impaired by comparing the net book value of the Company against its estimated fair value. Because the estimated fair value exceeded its net book value the Company concluded no impairment of this additional goodwill was required.


58


Table of Contents

 
FLEXTRONICS INTERNATIONAL LTD.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
The following table summarizes the activity in the Company’s goodwill account during fiscal years 2009 and 2008:
 
                 
    As of March 31,  
    2009     2008  
    (In thousands)  
 
Balance, beginning of the year
  $   5,559,351     $   3,076,400  
Additions(1)
    118,240       2,433,639  
Impairment
    (5,949,978 )      
Purchase accounting adjustments and reclassification to other intangibles(2)
    385,276       (18,696 )
Foreign currency translation adjustments
    (76,113 )     68,008  
                 
Balance, end of the year
  $ 36,776     $ 5,559,351  
                 
 
 
(1) For fiscal year 2009, additions were attributable to certain acquisitions that were not individually, nor in the aggregate, significant to the Company. For fiscal year 2008, additions include approximately $2.2 billion attributable to the Company’s October 2007 acquisition of Solectron and $265.9 million attributable to certain acquisitions that were not individually significant to the Company. Refer to the discussion of the Company’s acquisitions in Note 12, “Business and Asset Acquisitions and Divestitures.”
 
(2) Includes adjustments and reclassifications resulting from management’s review and finalization of the valuation of tangible and identifiable intangible assets and liabilities acquired through certain business combinations completed in a period subsequent to the respective acquisition. Adjustments and reclassifications during fiscal year 2009 included approximately $362.5 million attributable to the Company’s October 2007 acquisition of Solectron, and other purchase accounting adjustments for certain acquisitions that were not individually significant to the Company. Adjustments and reclassifications during fiscal year 2008 included approximately $13.7 million attributable to the Company’s November 2006 acquisition of IDW, and other purchase accounting adjustments for certain acquisitions that were not individually significant to the Company. Refer to the discussion of the Company’s acquisitions in Note 12, “Business and Asset Acquisitions and Divestitures.”
 
The Company’s acquired intangible assets are subject to amortization over their estimated useful lives and are reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an intangible may not be recoverable. An impairment loss is recognized when the carrying amount of an intangible asset exceeds its fair value. The Company reviewed the carrying value of its intangible assets concurrent with its testing of goodwill for impairment for the period ended December 31, 2008 and concluded that such amounts continued to be recoverable. During the twelve-month period ended March 31, 2008, amortization expense included approximately $30.0 million for the write-off of a certain license due to technological obsolescence.
 
Intangible assets are comprised of customer-related intangibles, which primarily include contractual agreements and customer relationships; and licenses and other intangibles, which is primarily comprised of licenses and also includes patents and trademarks, and developed technologies. Customer-related intangibles are amortized on an accelerated method based on expected cash flows, generally over a period of up to eight years, and licenses and other intangibles generally over a period of up to seven years. No residual value is estimated for any intangible assets. During fiscal years 2009 and 2008, the Company added approximately $71.6 million and $239.6 million of intangible assets, respectively. Additions during fiscal years 2009 and 2008 were comprised of approximately $56.8 million and $213.4 million related to customer related intangible assets, respectively, and approximately $14.8 million and $26.2 million related to acquired licenses and other intangibles, respectively. Additions during fiscal year 2008 included $191.6 million attributable to the Company’s acquisition of Solectron. The fair value of the Company’s intangible assets purchased through business combinations is principally determined based on management’s estimates of cash flow and recoverability. The Company is in the process of determining the fair value of its intangible assets acquired from certain acquisitions made in fiscal 2009. Such valuations will be completed within one year of purchase. Accordingly, these amounts represent preliminary estimates, which are


59


Table of Contents

 
FLEXTRONICS INTERNATIONAL LTD.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
subject to change upon finalization of purchase accounting, and any such change may have a material effect on the Company’s results of operations. The components of acquired intangible assets are as follows:
 
                                                 
    As of March 31, 2009     As of March 31, 2008  
    Gross
          Net
    Gross
          Net
 
    Carrying
    Accumulated
    Carrying
    Carrying
    Accumulated
    Carrying
 
    Amount     Amortization     Amount     Amount     Amortization     Amount  
          (In thousands)                 (In thousands)        
 
Intangible assets:
                                               
Customer-related intangibles
  $ 506,449     $ (280,046 )   $ 226,403     $ 449,623     $ (160,971 )   $ 288,652  
Licenses and other intangibles
    54,559       (26,247 )     28,312       39,797       (11,059 )     28,738  
                                                 
Total
  $ 561,008     $ (306,293 )   $ 254,715     $ 489,420     $ (172,030 )   $ 317,390  
                                                 
 
Total intangible amortization expense recognized from continuing operations during fiscal years 2009, 2008, and 2007 was $135.9 million, $112.3 million, and $37.1 million, respectively. As of March 31, 2009, the weighted-average remaining useful lives of the Company’s intangible assets were approximately 2.4 years and 3.1 years for customer-related intangibles, and licenses and other intangibles, respectively. The estimated future annual amortization expense for acquired intangible assets is as follows:
 
         
Fiscal Year Ending March 31,
  Amount  
    (In thousands)  
 
2010
  $ 88,038  
2011
    63,007  
2012
    41,526  
2013
    28,103  
2014
    18,314  
Thereafter
    15,727  
         
Total amortization expense
  $ 254,715  
         
 
Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities
 
All derivative instruments are recognized on the consolidated balance sheet at fair value. If the derivative instrument is designated as a cash flow hedge, effectiveness is measured quarterly based on a regression of the forward rate on the derivative instrument against the forward rate for the furthest time period the hedged item can be recognized and still be within the documented hedge period. The effective portion of changes in the fair value of the derivative instrument is recognized in shareholders’ equity as a separate component of accumulated other comprehensive income, and recognized in the consolidated statement of operations when the hedged item affects earnings. Ineffective portions of changes in the fair value of cash flow hedges are recognized in earnings immediately. If the derivative instrument is designated as a fair value hedge, the changes in the fair value of the derivative instrument and of the hedged item attributable to the hedged risk are recognized in earnings in the current period. Additional information is included in Note 5.
 
Other Assets
 
The Company has certain equity investments in, and notes receivable from, non-publicly traded companies, which are included within other assets in the Company’s consolidated balance sheets. Non-majority-owned investments are accounted for using the equity method when the Company has an ownership percentage equal to or greater than 20%, or has the ability to significantly influence the operating decisions of the issuer; otherwise the cost method is used. The Company monitors these investments for impairment and makes appropriate reductions in carrying values as required.


60


Table of Contents

 
FLEXTRONICS INTERNATIONAL LTD.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
As of March 31, 2009 and 2008, the Company’s equity investments in non-majority owned companies totaled $120.7 million and $177.2 million, respectively, of which $7.0 million and $15.3 million, respectively, were accounted for using the equity method. During the 2009 fiscal year, the Company recognized $37.5 million for the other-than-temporary impairment of certain of the Company’s investments in companies that are experiencing significant financial and liquidity difficulties. Of the amount recognized, $10.0 million was associated with a financially distressed customer as discussed under Customer Credit Risk above.
 
In January 2008, the Company liquidated all of its approximately 35% investment in the common stock of Relacom Holding AB (“Relacom”), which was accounted for under the equity method. The Company decided to sell its interest in Relacom to the majority holder rather than participate in a new equity round of financing by Relacom. The Company received approximately $57.4 million of cash proceeds in connection with the divestiture of this equity investment and recognized an impairment loss of approximately $48.5 million based on the price at which it was sold. The equity in the earnings or losses of the Company’s equity method investments were not material to its consolidated results of operations for fiscal years 2009, 2008 and 2007.
 
As of March 31, 2009 and 2008, notes receivable from Relacom and another non-majority owned investment totaled $352.9 million and $388.1 million, respectively. In connection with the sale of its equity investment in January 2008, the Company reviewed the cash flow projections for Relacom and determined that these notes would be realizable when held to maturity. During the fiscal fourth quarter ended March 31, 2009, the Company was approached by a third party and is currently engaged in discussions for a potential sale of these notes, the outcome of which is not certain. The Company has recognized an approximate $74.1 million impairment charge to write-down the notes receivable to the expected recoverable amount, which is included in other charges (income), net in the consolidated statements of operations.
 
Other assets also include the Company’s investment participation in its trade receivables securitization program as discussed further in Note 6, “Trade Receivables Securitization.”
 
Restructuring Charges
 
The Company recognizes restructuring charges related to its plans to close or consolidate excess manufacturing and administrative facilities. In connection with these activities, the Company records restructuring charges for employee termination costs, long-lived asset impairment and other exit-related costs.
 
The recognition of restructuring charges requires the Company to make certain judgments and estimates regarding the nature, timing and amount of costs associated with the planned exit activity. To the extent the Company’s actual results differ from its estimates and assumptions, the Company may be required to revise the estimates of future liabilities, requiring the recognition of additional restructuring charges or the reduction of liabilities already recognized. Such changes to previously estimated amounts may be material to the consolidated financial statements. At the end of each reporting period, the Company evaluates the remaining accrued balances to ensure that no excess accruals are retained and the utilization of the provisions are for their intended purpose in accordance with developed exit plans. See Note 9 for additional information regarding restructuring charges.
 
Stock-Based Compensation
 
Equity Compensation Plans
 
As of March 31, 2009, the Company grants equity compensation awards from four plans: the 2001 Equity Incentive Plan (the “2001 Plan”), the 2002 Interim Incentive Plan (the “2002 Plan”), the 2004 Award Plan for New Employees (the “2004 Plan”) and the Solectron Corporation 2002 Stock Plan, which was assumed by the Company


61


Table of Contents

 
FLEXTRONICS INTERNATIONAL LTD.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
as a result of its acquisition of Solectron. These plans are collectively referred to as the Company’s equity compensation plans below.
 
  •  The 2001 Plan provides for grants of up to 62.0 million ordinary shares (plus shares available under prior Company plans and assumed plans consolidated into the 2001 Plan), after the Company’s shareholders approved a 20.0 million share increase on September 30, 2008. The 2001 Plan provides for grants of incentive and nonqualified stock options and share bonus awards to employees, officers and non-employee directors, and also contains an automatic option grant program for non-employee directors. Options issued to employees under the 2001 Plan generally vest over four years and generally expire either seven or ten years from the date of grant. Options granted to non-employee directors expire five years from the date of grant.
 
  •  The 2002 Plan provides for grants of up to 20.0 million ordinary shares. The 2002 Plan provides for grants of nonqualified stock options and share bonus awards to employees and officers. Options issued under the 2002 Plan generally vest over four years and generally expire either seven or ten years from the date of grant.
 
  •  The 2004 Plan provides for grants of up to 10.0 million ordinary shares. The 2004 Plan provides for grants of nonqualified stock options and share bonus awards to new employees. Options issued under the 2004 Plan generally vest over four years and generally expire either seven or ten years from the date of grant.
 
  •  In connection with the acquisition of Solectron (see Note 12), the Company assumed the Solectron corporation 2002 Stock Plan (the “SLR Plan”), including all options to purchase Solectron common stock with exercise prices equal to, or less than, $5.00 per share of Solectron common stock outstanding under such plan. Each option assumed was converted into an option to acquire the Company’s ordinary shares and the Company assumed approximately 7.4 million vested and unvested options with exercise prices ranging between $5.45 and $14.41 per Flextronics ordinary share. Further, there were approximately 19.4 million shares available for grant under the SLR Plan when it was assumed by the Company.
 
The SLR plan provides for grants of nonqualified stock options to new employees and to legacy Solectron employees who joined the Company in connection with the acquisition. Options issued under the SLR Plan generally vest over four years and generally expire either seven or ten years from the date of grant.
 
The exercise price of options granted under the Company’s equity compensation plans is determined by the Company’s Board of Directors or the Compensation Committee and typically equals or exceeds the closing price of the Company’s ordinary shares on the date of grant.
 
The Company grants share bonus awards under its equity compensation plans. Share bonus awards are rights to acquire a specified number of ordinary shares for no cash consideration in exchange for continued service with the Company. Share bonus awards generally vest in installments over a three- to five-year period and unvested share bonus awards are forfeited upon termination of employment. Vesting for certain share bonus awards is contingent upon both service and performance criteria.
 
Stock-Based Compensation Expense
 
The following table summarizes the Company’s stock-based compensation expense:
 
                         
    Fiscal Year Ended March 31,  
    2009     2008     2007  
    (In thousands)  
 
Cost of sales
  $ 9,283     $ 6,850     $ 3,884  
Selling, general and administrative expenses
    47,631       40,791       27,884  
Discontinued operations
                2,264  
                         
Total stock-based compensation expense
  $      56,914     $      47,641     $      34,032  
                         


62


Table of Contents

 
FLEXTRONICS INTERNATIONAL LTD.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
As required by SFAS 123(R), management made an estimate of expected forfeitures and is recognizing compensation costs only for those equity awards expected to vest. When estimating forfeitures, the Company considers voluntary termination behavior as well as an analysis of actual option forfeitures. Total stock-based compensation capitalized as part of inventory during the fiscal years ended March 31, 2009 and 2008 was not material.
 
As of March 31, 2009, the total compensation cost related to unvested stock options granted to employees under the Company’s equity compensation plans, but not yet recognized, was approximately $110.0 million, net of estimated forfeitures of $8.6 million. This cost will be amortized on a straight-line basis over a weighted-average period of approximately 3.0 years and will be adjusted for subsequent changes in estimated forfeitures. As of March 31, 2009, the total unrecognized compensation cost related to unvested share bonus awards granted to employees under the Company’s equity compensation plans was approximately $87.1 million, net of estimated forfeitures of approximately $3.6 million. This cost will be amortized generally on a straight-line basis over a weighted-average period of approximately 2.1 years and will be adjusted for subsequent changes in estimated forfeitures. Approximately $29.6 million of the unrecognized compensation cost is related to awards where vesting is contingent upon meeting both a service requirement and achievement of longer-term goals. As further discussed below, this cost will not be recognized unless it is determined that vesting of these awards is probable.
 
In accordance with SFAS 123(R), cash flows resulting from excess tax benefits (tax benefits related to the excess of proceeds from employee exercises of stock options over the stock-based compensation cost recognized for those options) are classified as financing cash flows. During fiscal years 2009, 2008 and 2007, the Company did not recognize any excess tax benefits as a financing cash inflow related to its equity compensation plans.
 
Determining Fair Value
 
Valuation and Amortization Method  — The Company estimates the fair value of stock options granted using the Black-Scholes option-pricing formula and a single option award approach. This fair value is then amortized on a straight-line basis over the requisite service periods of the awards, which is generally the vesting period. The fair market value of share bonus awards granted is the closing price of the Company’s ordinary shares on the date of grant and is generally recognized as compensation expense on a straight-line basis over the respective vesting period. For share bonus awards where vesting is contingent upon both a service and a performance condition, compensation expense is recognized on a graded attribute basis over the respective requisite service period of the award when achievement of the performance condition is considered probable.
 
Expected Term  — The Company’s expected term used in the Black-Scholes valuation method represents the period that the Company’s stock options are expected to be outstanding and is determined based on historical experience of similar awards, giving consideration to the contractual terms of the stock options, vesting schedules and expectations of future employee behavior as influenced by changes to the terms of its stock options.
 
Expected Volatility  — The Company’s expected volatility used in the Black-Scholes valuation method is derived from a combination of implied volatility related to publicly traded options to purchase Flextronics ordinary shares and historical variability in the Company’s periodic stock price.
 
Expected Dividend  — The Company has never paid dividends on its ordinary shares and currently does not intend to do so, and accordingly, the dividend yield percentage is zero for all periods.
 
Risk-Free Interest Rate  — The Company bases the risk-free interest rate used in the Black-Scholes valuation method on the implied yield currently available on U.S. Treasury constant maturities issued with a term equivalent to the expected term of the option.


63


Table of Contents

 
FLEXTRONICS INTERNATIONAL LTD.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
The fair value of the Company’s stock options granted to employees for fiscal years 2009, 2008 and 2007, other than those with market criteria discussed below, was estimated using the following weighted-average assumptions:
 
                         
    Fiscal Year Ended March 31,
    2009   2008   2007
 
Expected term
    4.2 years       4.6 years       4.7 years  
Expected volatility
    51.0 %     36.2 %     38.0 %
Expected dividends
    0.0 %     0.0 %     0.0 %
Risk-free interest rate
    2.2 %     4.2 %     4.6 %
Weighted-average fair value
  $ 2.22     $ 4.29     $ 4.64  
 
Options issued during the 2009 fiscal year have contractual lives of seven years, and options issued during the fiscal years ended 2008 and 2007 have contractual lives of ten years.
 
During the 2009 fiscal year, 2.7 million options were granted to certain key employees which vest over a period of four years. These options expire seven years from the date of grant and are exercisable only when the Company’s stock price is $12.50 per share, or above. The fair value of these options was estimated to be $4.25 per share and was calculated using a lattice model.
 
Stock-Based Awards Activity
 
The following is a summary of option activity for the Company’s equity compensation plans, excluding unvested share bonus awards (“Price” reflects the weighted-average exercise price):
 
                                                 
    As of March 31, 2009     As of March 31, 2008     As of March 31, 2007  
    Options     Price     Options     Price     Options     Price  
 
Outstanding, beginning of fiscal year
    52,541,413     $ 11.67       51,821,915     $ 11.63       55,042,556     $ 12.04  
Granted
    43,586,251       6.21       5,391,475       11.66       10,039,250       11.09  
Assumed in business combination (Note 12)
                7,355,133       10.68              
Exercised
    (2,242,639 )     6.13       (4,291,426 )     8.39       (2,842,770 )     7.44  
Forfeited
    (11,957,146 )     10.16       (7,735,684 )     12.31       (10,417,121 )     14.42  
                                                 
Outstanding, end of fiscal year
    81,927,879     $ 9.13       52,541,413     $ 11.67       51,821,915     $ 11.63  
                                                 
Options exercisable, end of fiscal year
    34,329,956     $ 12.51       39,931,387     $ 11.80       35,692,029     $ 12.12  
                                                 
 
The aggregate intrinsic value of options exercised (calculated as the difference between the exercise price of the underlying award and the price of the Company’s ordinary shares determined as of the time of option exercise) under the Company’s equity compensation plans was $6.3 million, $14.5 million and $12.8 million during fiscal years 2009, 2008 and 2007, respectively.
 
Cash received from option exercises under all equity compensation plans was $13.8 million, $35.9 million and $21.1 million for fiscal years 2009, 2008 and 2007, respectively.


64


Table of Contents

 
FLEXTRONICS INTERNATIONAL LTD.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
The following table presents the composition of options outstanding and exercisable as of March 31, 2009:
 
                                         
    Options Outstanding     Options Exercisable  
          Weighted
                   
          Average
                   
          Remaining
    Weighted
          Weighted
 
    Number of
    Contractual
    Average
    Number of
    Average
 
    Shares
    Life
    Exercise
    Shares
    Exercise
 
Range of Exercise Prices
  Outstanding     (In Years)     Price     Exercisable     Price  
 
$ 1.94 – $ 2.26
    22,465,648       6.71     $ 2.23       1,000     $ 2.26  
$ 4.57 – $10.45
    9,112,907       5.00       8.87       7,465,960       8.72  
$10.53 – $10.59
    20,235,527       6.22       10.59       541,285       10.53  
$10.67 – $11.41
    8,301,337       6.76       11.13       6,244,011       11.09  
$11.45 – $12.47
    9,538,091       6.34       12.09       8,133,056       12.08  
$12.62 – $17.37
    9,036,557       4.39       14.79       8,706,832       14.85  
$17.38 – $29.94
    3,237,812       3.38       19.10       3,237,812       19.10  
                                         
$ 1.94 – $29.94
    81,927,879       5.97     $ 9.13       34,329,956     $ 12.51  
                                         
Options vested and expected to vest
    79,292,751       5.95     $ 9.23                  
                                         
 
As of March 31, 2009, the aggregate intrinsic value for options outstanding, vested and expected to vest (which includes adjustments for expected forfeitures), and exercisable were $14.9 million, $14.0 million and $0, respectively. The aggregate intrinsic value is calculated as the difference between the exercise price of the underlying awards and the quoted price of the Company’s ordinary shares as of March 31, 2009 for the approximately 22.5 million options that were in-the-money at March 31, 2009. As of March 31, 2009, the weighted average remaining contractual life for options exercisable was 5.1 years.
 
The following table summarizes the Company’s share bonus award activity (“Price” reflects the weighted-average grant-date fair value):
 
                                                 
    As of March 31, 2009     As of March 31, 2008     As of March 31, 2007  
    Shares     Price     Shares     Price     Shares     Price  
 
Unvested share bonus awards outstanding, beginning of fiscal year
    8,866,364     $ 10.70       4,332,500     $ 8.11       646,000     $ 8.40  
Granted
    4,364,194       9.30       6,540,197       11.42       4,281,512       8.28  
Vested
    (1,825,252 )     9.41       (1,564,733 )     6.71       (347,012 )     8.90  
Forfeited
    (948,401 )     11.08       (441,600 )     10.24       (248,000 )     10.57  
                                                 
Unvested share bonus awards outstanding, end of fiscal year
    10,456,905     $ 10.31       8,866,364     $ 10.70       4,332,500     $ 8.11  
                                                 
 
Of the unvested share bonus awards granted under the Company’s equity compensation plans during fiscal years 2009, 2008 and 2007, 1,930,000, 1,162,500 and 987,500, respectively, were granted to certain key employees whereby vesting is contingent upon both a service requirement and the Company’s achievement of certain longer-term goals over a period of three to five years. As a result of the dramatically deteriorating macroeconomic conditions, which has slowed demand for the Company’s customers’ products across all the industries it serves and resulted in a decrease in the Company’s expected operating results, management believes that achievement of these longer-term goals is no longer probable. Accordingly, approximately 3.1 million of these unvested share bonus awards are not expected to vest. As a result, approximately $8.9 million in cumulative compensation expense previously recognized through December 31, 2008 (including $4.7 million recognized in fiscal years 2008 and


65


Table of Contents

 
FLEXTRONICS INTERNATIONAL LTD.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
prior) for share bonus awards with both a service requirement and a performance condition was reversed during the fourth quarter of fiscal year 2009. Compensation expense will not be recognized for these share bonus awards unless management determines it is again probable these share bonus awards will vest for which a cumulative catch-up of expense would be recorded.
 
The weighted-average closing price of the Company’s ordinary shares on the date of grant of unvested share bonus awards was $10.82 during fiscal year 2007. The Company granted 1,715,000 unvested share bonus awards to certain key employees during fiscal year 2007 in exchange for 3,150,000 fully vested options to purchase the ordinary shares of the Company with a weighted-average exercise price of $17.08 per ordinary share. The aggregate fair value of the options surrendered was approximately $11.8 million, or $3.74 per option, resulting in additional compensation of approximately $7.8 million, or $4.52 per share, for the unvested share bonus awards granted in exchange. The fiscal year 2007 weighted-average grant-date fair value of $8.28 per unvested share as reflected in the table above includes only the incremental compensation attributable to the modified awards. These share bonus awards vest over a period between three to five years.
 
The total intrinsic value of shares vested under the Company’s equity compensation plans was $17.2 million, $17.7 million and $3.8 million during fiscal years 2009, 2008 and 2007, respectively, based on the closing price of the Company’s ordinary shares on the date vested.
 
Earnings (Loss) Per Share
 
SFAS No. 128, “Earnings Per Share” (“SFAS 128”), requires entities to present both basic and diluted earnings per share. Basic earnings per share exclude dilution and is computed by dividing net income by the weighted-average number of ordinary shares outstanding during the applicable periods.
 
Diluted earnings per share reflects the potential dilution from stock options, share bonus awards and convertible securities. The potential dilution from stock options exercisable into ordinary share equivalents and share bonus awards was computed using the treasury stock method based on the average fair market value of the Company’s ordinary shares for the period. The potential dilution from the conversion spread (excess of conversion value over face value) of the Subordinated Notes convertible into ordinary share equivalents was calculated as the quotient of the conversion spread and the average fair market value of the Company’s ordinary shares for the period.


66


Table of Contents

 
FLEXTRONICS INTERNATIONAL LTD.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
The following table reflects the basic weighted-average ordinary shares outstanding and diluted weighted-average ordinary share equivalents used to calculate basic and diluted income per share from continuing operations:
 
                         
    Fiscal Year Ended March 31,  
    2009     2008     2007  
    (In thousands, except per share amounts)  
 
Basic earnings (loss) from continuing operations per share:
                       
Income (loss) from continuing operations
  $ (6,086,147 )   $ (639,370 )   $ 320,900  
Shares used in computation:
                       
Weighted-average ordinary shares outstanding
    820,955       720,523       588,593  
                         
Basic earnings (loss) from continuing operations per share
  $ (7.41 )   $ (0.89 )   $ 0.55  
                         
Diluted earnings (loss) from continuing operations per share:
                       
Income (loss) from continuing operations
  $ (6,086,147 )   $ (639,370 )   $ 320,900  
Shares used in computation:
                       
Weighted-average ordinary shares outstanding
    820,955       720,523       588,593  
Weighted-average ordinary share equivalents from stock options and awards(1)
                6,739  
Weighted-average ordinary share equivalents from convertible notes(2)
                1,519  
                         
Weighted-average ordinary shares and ordinary share equivalents outstanding
    820,955       720,523       596,851  
                         
Diluted earnings (loss) from continuing operations per share
  $ (7.41 )   $ (0.89 )   $ 0.54  
                         
 
 
(1) As a result of the Company’s net loss from continuing operations, ordinary share equivalents from approximately 1.6 million and 5.7 million options and share bonus awards were excluded from the calculation of diluted earnings (loss) from continuing operations per share during the twelve-month period ended March 31, 2009 and 2008, respectively. Additionally, ordinary share equivalents from stock options to purchase approximately 61.5 million, 39.4 million and 39.5 million shares during fiscal years 2009, 2008 and 2007, respectively, were excluded from the computation of diluted earnings per share primarily because the exercise price of these options was greater than the average market price of the Company’s ordinary shares during the respective periods.
 
(2) As the Company has the positive intent and ability to settle the principal amount of its Zero Coupon Convertible Junior Subordinated Notes due July 31, 2009 in cash, approximately 18.6 million ordinary share equivalents related to the principal portion of these notes are excluded from the computation of diluted earnings per share, during fiscal years 2009, 2008 and 2007. The Company intends to settle any conversion spread (excess of the conversion value over face value) in stock. During fiscal year 2009, the conversion obligation was less than the principal portion of the these notes and accordingly, no additional shares were included as ordinary share equivalents. As a result of the Company’s reported net loss from continuing operations, ordinary share equivalents from the conversion spread of approximately 1.2 million shares were excluded from the calculation of diluted earnings (loss) from continuing operations per share during the twelve-month period ended March 31, 2008. Approximately 1.5 million ordinary share equivalents from the conversion spread have been included as common stock equivalents during fiscal year 2007.
 
As discussed below in Note 4, “Bank Borrowings and Long-Term Debt, “during December 2008 the Company purchased an aggregate principal amount of $260.0 million of its outstanding 1% Convertible Subordinated Notes due August 1, 2010. The repurchase of these notes resulted in a reduction of the ordinary share equivalents into which such notes were convertible from approximately 32.2 million to approximately 15.5 million. As the Company has the positive intent and ability to settle the principal amount of these notes in cash, all ordinary share equivalents related to the principal portion of these notes are excluded from the computation of diluted earnings per share for fiscal years 2009, 2008 and 2007. The Company intends to settle any conversion spread (excess of the conversion value over face value) in stock. During fiscal years 2009, 2008 and 2007 the conversion obligation was less than the principal portion of these notes and accordingly, no additional shares were included as ordinary share equivalents.
 
Recent Accounting Pronouncements
 
In December 2007, the FASB issued SFAS No. 160, “ Non-controlling Interests in Consolidated Financial Statements — an amendment of Accounting Research Bulletin No. 51 ” (“SFAS 160”), which establishes accounting


67


Table of Contents

 
FLEXTRONICS INTERNATIONAL LTD.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
and reporting standards for ownership interests in subsidiaries held by parties other than the parent, the amount of consolidated net income attributable to the parent and to the non-controlling interest, changes in a parent’s ownership interest and the valuation of retained non-controlling equity investments when a subsidiary is deconsolidated. The Statement also establishes reporting requirements that provide sufficient disclosures that clearly identify and distinguish between the interests of the parent and the interests of the non-controlling owners. SFAS 160 is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2008, and is required to be adopted by the Company in the first quarter of fiscal year 2010. As previously discussed, the Company’s minority interests, and associated minority owners’ interest in the income or losses of the related companies has not been material to its results of operations for fiscal years 2009, 2008, and 2007. Accordingly, the Company does not expect the adoption of the provisions of SFAS 160 will have a material impact on its reported consolidated results of operations, financial condition and cash flows.
 
In September 2006, the FASB issued SFAS No. 157, “ Fair Value Measurements” (“SFAS 157”), which defines fair value, establishes a framework for measuring fair value under generally accepted accounting principles, and expands the requisite disclosures for fair value measurements. SFAS 157 is effective in fiscal years beginning after November 15, 2007 for financial assets and liabilities, as well as for any other assets and liabilities that are carried at fair value on a recurring basis, and should be applied prospectively. The adoption of the provisions of SFAS 157 related to financial assets and liabilities, and other assets and liabilities that are carried at fair value on a recurring basis during fiscal year 2009 did not materially impact the Company’s consolidated financial position, results of operations and cash flows. The FASB provided for a one-year deferral of the provisions of SFAS 157 for non-financial assets and liabilities that are recognized or disclosed at fair value in the consolidated financial statements on a non-recurring basis and is required to be applied by the Company in the first quarter of fiscal year 2010. The Company does not expect the application of SFAS 157 to non-financial assets and liabilities will have a material impact on its reported consolidated results of operations, financial condition and cash flows.
 
In December 2007, the FASB issued SFAS No. 141 (revised 2007), “ Business Combinations ” (“SFAS 141(R)”), which replaces SFAS No. 141. SFAS 141(R) establishes principles and requirements for how an acquirer recognizes and measures in its financial statements the identifiable assets acquired, the liabilities assumed, any non-controlling interest in the acquiree and the goodwill acquired. SFAS 141(R) also establishes disclosure requirements which are intended to enable users to evaluate the nature and financial effects of the business combination. SFAS 141(R) is effective for fiscal years that begin after December 15, 2008, and is required to be applied prospectively for all business combinations entered into after the date of adoption, which is April 1, 2009 for the Company. The Company does not expect the initial adoption of SFAS 141(R) will have a material impact on its reported consolidated results of operations, financial condition and cash flows, however application of this standard to future acquisitions will result in the recognition of certain cash expenditures and non-cash write-offs as period expenses rather than as a component of the purchase price consideration, as was specified by SFAS No. 141. Also included in the provisions of SFAS 141(R) is an amendment to SFAS No. 109 “Accounting for Income Taxes” (“SFAS 109”) to require adjustments to valuation allowances for acquired deferred tax assets and income tax positions to be recognized as an adjustment to the provision for, or benefit from, income taxes.
 
In May 2008, the FASB issued FASB Staff Position No. APB 14-1, “Accounting for Convertible Debt Instruments That May Be Settled in Cash upon Conversion (Including Partial Cash Settlement)” (“FSP APB 14-1”). FSP APB 14-1 requires that issuers of convertible debt instruments that may be settled in cash upon conversion separately account for the liability and equity components in a manner that will reflect the entity’s nonconvertible debt borrowing rate when the interest cost is recognized in subsequent periods. FSP APB 14-1 is effective for fiscal years, and interim periods within those fiscal years, beginning after December 15, 2008 and is required to be adopted by the Company beginning April 1, 2009. Retrospective application is required. Upon adoption of FSP APB 14-1, the Company will reduce the carrying value of its Zero Coupon Convertible Junior Subordinated Notes due July 31, 2009 and its 1% Convertible Subordinated Notes due August 1, 2010 by $27.6 million in the aggregate with a corresponding decrease in equity, and will record non-cash interest expense retroactively of


68


Table of Contents

 
FLEXTRONICS INTERNATIONAL LTD.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
$49.4 million and $42.0 million for fiscal years 2009 and 2008, respectively. Further, the Company expects to incur related non-cash interest expense of approximately $21.4 million for its 2010 fiscal year.
 
3.   SUPPLEMENTAL CASH FLOW DISCLOSURES
 
The following table represents supplemental cash flow disclosures and non-cash investing and financing activities:
 
                         
    Fiscal Year Ended March 31,
    2009   2008   2007
        (In thousands)    
 
Net cash paid (received) for:
                       
Interest
  $ 178,641     $ 126,975     $ 109,729  
Income taxes
  $ (56,315 )   $ 59,553     $ 34,248  
Non-cash investing and financing activities:
                       
Fair value of seller notes received from sale of divested operations
  $     $     $ 204,920  
Issuance of ordinary shares for acquisition of businesses
  $ 270     $ 2,519,670     $ 299,608  
Fair value of vested options assumed in acquisition of business
  $     $ 11,282     $  
 
4.   BANK BORROWINGS AND LONG-TERM DEBT
 
Bank borrowings and long-term debt are as follows:
 
                         
    As of March 31,  
    2009           2008  
    (In thousands)  
 
Short term bank borrowings
  $ 1,854             $ 10,766  
Revolving lines of credit
                  161,000  
0.00% convertible junior subordinated notes due July 2009
    195,000               195,000  
1.00% convertible subordinated notes due August 2010
    239,993               500,000  
6.50% senior subordinated notes due May 2013
    399,622               399,622  
6.25% senior subordinated notes due November 2014
    402,090               402,090  
Term Loan Agreement, including current portion, due in installments through October 2014
    1,709,116               1,726,456  
Other
    21,416               19,626  
                         
      2,969,091               3,414,560  
Current portion
    (213,946 )             (27,966 )
                         
Non-current portion
  $ 2,755,145             $ 3,386,594  
                         


69


Table of Contents

 
FLEXTRONICS INTERNATIONAL LTD.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
Maturities for the Company’s long-term debt are as follows:
 
         
Fiscal Year Ending March 31,
  Amount  
    (In thousands)  
 
2010
  $ 213,946  
2011
    264,602  
2012
    16,752  
2013
    489,702  
2014
    411,310  
2015
    1,559,050  
Thereafter
    13,729  
         
Total
  $ 2,969,091  
         
 
Revolving Credit Facilities and Other Credit Lines
 
On May 10, 2007, the Company entered into a five-year $2.0 billion credit facility that expires in May 2012. As of March 31, 2009 and 2008, there was zero and $161.0 million outstanding under the credit facility. Borrowings under the credit facility bear interest, at the Company’s option, either at (i) the base rate (the greater of the agent’s prime rate or the federal funds rate plus 0.50%); or (ii) LIBOR plus the applicable margin for LIBOR loans ranging between 0.50% and 1.25%, based on the Company’s credit ratings. The Company is required to pay a quarterly commitment fee ranging from 0.10% to 0.20% per annum on the unutilized portion of the credit facility based on the Company’s credit ratings and, if the utilized portion of the credit facility exceeds 50% of the total commitments, a quarterly utilization fee of 0.125% on such utilized portion. The Company is also required to pay letter of credit usage fees ranging between 0.50% and 1.25% per annum (based on the Company’s credit ratings) on the amount of the daily average outstanding letters of credit and a fronting fee of (i) in the case of commercial letters of credit, 0.125% of the amount available to be drawn under such letters of credit, and (ii) in the case of standby letters of credit, 0.125% per annum on the daily average undrawn amount of such letters of credit.
 
The credit facility is unsecured, and contains customary restrictions on the Company’s and its subsidiaries’ ability to (i) incur certain debt, (ii) make certain investments, (iii) make certain acquisitions of other entities, (iv) incur liens, (v) dispose of assets, (vi) make non-cash distributions to shareholders, and (vii) engage in transactions with affiliates. These covenants are subject to a number of significant exceptions and limitations. The facility also requires that the Company maintain a maximum ratio of total indebtedness to EBITDA (earnings before interest expense, taxes, depreciation and amortization), and a minimum fixed charge coverage ratio, as defined, during the term of the credit facility. Borrowings under the credit facility are guaranteed by the Company and certain of its subsidiaries. As of March 31, 2009, the Company was in compliance with the covenants under the credit facility.
 
The Company and certain of its subsidiaries also have various uncommitted revolving credit facilities, lines of credit and other loans in the amount of $275.8 million in the aggregate, under which there were approximately $1.9 million and $10.8 million of borrowings outstanding as of March 31, 2009 and 2008, respectively. These facilities, lines of credit and other loans bear annual interest at the respective country’s inter — bank offering rate, plus an applicable margin, and generally have maturities that expire on various dates through fiscal year 2009. The credit facilities are unsecured and the lines of credit and other loans are primarily secured by accounts receivable.
 
Zero Coupon Convertible Junior Subordinated Notes
 
The Zero Coupon Convertible Junior Subordinated Notes are due in July 2009, and may not be converted or redeemed prior to maturity, other than in connection with certain change of control transactions. These notes will be settled upon maturity by the payment of cash equal to the face amount of the notes and the issuance of shares to


70


Table of Contents

 
FLEXTRONICS INTERNATIONAL LTD.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
settle any conversion spread (excess of conversion value over face amount of $10.50 per share). As of March 31, 2009, the $195.0 million aggregate principal amount of these notes was classified as current liabilities and included in “Bank borrowings, current portion of long-term debt and capital lease obligations” in the Consolidated Balance Sheets.
 
1% Convertible Subordinated Notes
 
The 1% Convertible Subordinated Notes are due in August 2010 and are convertible at any time prior to maturity into ordinary shares of the Company at a conversion price of $15.525 (subject to certain adjustments). During December 2008, the Company paid approximately $226.2 million to purchase an aggregate principal amount of $260.0 million of these notes under a modified Dutch auction procedure. The Company recognized a gain of approximately $28.1 million during the fiscal year ended March 31, 2009 associated with the partial extinguishment of the notes net of approximately $5.7 million for estimated transaction costs and the write-off of related debt issuance costs, which is recorded in Other charges (income), net in the Consolidated Statements of Operations.
 
6.5% Senior Subordinated Notes
 
The Company may redeem its 6.5% Senior Subordinated Notes that are due May 2013 in whole or in part at redemption prices of 102.167% and 101.083% of the principal amount thereof if the redemption occurs during the respective 12-month periods beginning on May 15 of the years 2009 and 2010, respectively, and at a redemption price of 100% of the principal amount thereof on and after May 15, 2011, in each case, plus any accrued and unpaid interest to the redemption date.
 
The indenture governing the Company’s outstanding 6.5% Senior Subordinated Notes contain certain covenants that, among other things, limit the ability of the Company and its restricted subsidiaries to (i) incur additional debt, (ii) issue or sell stock of certain subsidiaries, (iii) engage in certain asset sales, (iv) make distributions or pay dividends, (v) purchase or redeem capital stock, or (vi) engage in transactions with affiliates. The covenants are subject to a number of significant exceptions and limitations. As of March 31, 2009, the Company was in compliance with the covenants under this indenture.
 
6.25% Senior Subordinated Notes
 
The Company may redeem its 6.25% Senior Subordinated Notes that are due on November 15, 2014 in whole or in part at redemption prices of 103.125%, 102.083% and 101.042% of the principal amount thereof if the redemption occurs during the respective 12-month periods beginning on November 15 of the years 2009, 2010 and 2011, respectively, and at a redemption price of 100% of the principal amount thereof on and after November 15, 2012, in each case, plus any accrued and unpaid interest to the redemption date.
 
The indenture governing the Company’s outstanding 6.25% Senior Subordinated Notes contain certain covenants that, among other things, limit the ability of the Company and its restricted subsidiaries to (i) incur additional debt, (ii) issue or sell stock of certain subsidiaries, (iii) engage in certain asset sales, (iv) make distributions or pay dividends, (v) purchase or redeem capital stock, or (vi) engage in transactions with affiliates. The covenants are subject to a number of significant exceptions and limitations. As of March 31, 2009, the Company was in compliance with the covenants under this indenture.
 
Term Loan Agreement
 
In connection with the Company’s acquisition of Solectron Corporation (“Solectron”), the Company entered into a $1.759 billion term loan facility, dated as of October 1, 2007, and subsequently amended as of December 28, 2007 (the “Term Loan Agreement”). The Term Loan Agreement was obtained for the purposes of consummating the acquisition, to pay the applicable repurchase or redemption price for Solectron’s 8% Senior Subordinated Notes


71


Table of Contents

 
FLEXTRONICS INTERNATIONAL LTD.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
due 2016 (the “8% Notes”) and 0.5% Senior Convertible Notes due 2034 (“Convertible Notes”) in connection with the acquisition (the “Solectron Notes”), and to pay any related fees and expenses including acquisition-related costs.
 
On October 1, 2007, the Company borrowed $1.109 billion under the Term Loan Agreement to pay the cash consideration in the acquisition and acquisition-related fees and expenses. Of this amount, $500.0 million matures five years from the date of the Term Loan Agreement and the remainder matures in seven years. On October 15, 2007, the Company borrowed an additional $175.0 million to fund its repurchase and redemption of the 8% Notes as discussed further below. On February 29, 2008, the Company borrowed the remaining $450.0 million available under the Term Loan Agreement to fund its repurchase of the Convertible Notes as discussed further below. The maturity date of these loans is seven years from the date of the Term Loan Agreement. Loans will amortize in quarterly installments in an amount equal to 1% per annum with the balance due at the end of the fifth or seventh year, as applicable. The Company may prepay the loans at any time at 100% of par for any loan with a five year maturity and at 101% of par for the first year and 100% of par thereafter, for any loan with a seven year maturity, in each case plus accrued and unpaid interest and reimbursement of the lender’s redeployment costs.
 
Borrowings under the Term Loan Agreement bear interest, at the Company’s option, either at (i) the base rate (the greater of the agent’s prime rate or the federal funds rate plus 0.50%) plus a margin of 1.25%; or (ii) LIBOR plus a margin of 2.25%.
 
The Term Loan Agreement is unsecured, and contains customary restrictions on the ability of the Company and its subsidiaries to, among other things, (i) incur certain debt, (ii) make certain investments, (iii) make certain acquisitions of other entities, (iv) incur liens, (v) dispose of assets, (vi) make non-cash distributions to shareholders, and (vii) engage in transactions with affiliates. These covenants are subject to a number of significant exceptions and limitations. The Term Loan Agreement also requires that the Company maintain a maximum ratio of total indebtedness to EBITDA, during the term of the Term Loan Agreement. Borrowings under the Term Loan Agreement are guaranteed by the Company and certain of its subsidiaries. As of March 31, 2009, the Company was in compliance with the financial covenants under the Term Loan Agreement.
 
On October 31, 2007, $1.5 million of the 8% Notes were repurchased pursuant to a change in control repurchase offer as required by the 8% Notes Indenture at a purchase price equal to 101% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest. Additionally, on October 31, 2007, the remaining $148.5 million of the 8% Notes were redeemed by the Company pursuant to optional redemption procedures at a purchase price equal to the make-whole premium provided for under the 8% Notes Indenture, plus, to the extent not included in the make-whole premium, accrued and unpaid interest. The aggregate amount paid by the Company for the repurchase and redemption of the 8% Notes was approximately $171.6 million.
 
On December 14, 2007, $447.4 million of the Convertible Notes were repurchased pursuant to a change in control repurchase offer as required by the Convertible Notes Indentures at a purchase price equal to 100% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest.
 
As of March 31, 2009, the Company had approximately $1.7 billion of borrowings outstanding under the Term Loan Agreement, of which the floating interest payments on $1.147 billion has been swapped for fixed interest payments with remaining terms ranging from nine to 22 months (see Note 5).
 
Fair Values
 
As of March 31, 2009, the approximate fair values of the Company’s 6.5% Senior Subordinated Notes, 6.25% Senior Subordinated Notes, 1% Convertible Subordinated Notes and debt outstanding under its Term Loan Agreement were 88.0%, 84.5%, 91.70% and 68.96% of the face values of the debt obligations, respectively, based on broker trading prices. Due to the short remaining maturity, the carrying amount of the Zero Coupon Convertible Junior Subordinated Notes approximates fair value.


72


Table of Contents

 
FLEXTRONICS INTERNATIONAL LTD.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
Interest Expense
 
For the fiscal years ended March 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007, the Company recognized total interest expense of $202.0 million, $185.4 million and $140.6 million, respectively, on its debt obligations outstanding during the period.
 
5.   FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS
 
Due to their short-term nature, the carrying amount of the Company’s cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivable and accounts payable approximates fair value. The Company’s cash equivalents are comprised of cash and bank deposits and money market accounts. The Company’s investment policy limits the amount of credit exposure to 20% of the total investment portfolio or $10.0 million in any single issuer.
 
Foreign Currency Contracts
 
The Company transacts business in various foreign countries and is; therefore, exposed to foreign currency exchange rate risk inherent in forecasted sales, cost of sales, and assets and liabilities denominated in non-functional currencies. The Company has established risk management programs to protect against reductions in value and volatility of future cash flows caused by changes in foreign currency exchange rates. The Company tries to maintain a fully hedged position for certain transaction exposures, which are primarily, but not limited to, revenues, customer and vendor payments and inter-company balances in currencies other than the functional currency unit of the operating entity. The Company enters into short-term foreign currency forward and swap contracts to hedge only those currency exposures associated with certain assets and liabilities, primarily accounts receivable and accounts payable, and cash flows denominated in non-functional currencies. Gains and losses on the Company’s forward and swap contracts are designed to offset losses and gains on the assets, liabilities and transactions hedged, and accordingly, generally do not subject the Company to risk of significant accounting losses. The Company hedges committed exposures and does not engage in speculative transactions. The credit risk of these forward and swap contracts is minimized since the contracts are with large financial institutions.
 
As of March 31, 2009, the aggregate notional amount of the Company’s outstanding foreign currency forward and swap contracts was $1.7 billion as summarized below:
 
                         
          Foreign
    Notional
 
          Currency
    Contract Value
 
Currency
  Buy/Sell     Amount     in USD  
    (In thousands)              
 
Cash Flow Hedges
                       
EUR
    Sell       19,312     $ 26,380  
JPY
    Buy       3,522,050       35,848  
HUF
    Buy       4,647,000       20,852  
MXN
    Buy       428,000       30,214  
Other
    Buy       N/A       6,905  
                         
                      120,199  
Other Forward/Swap Contracts
                       
BRL
    Buy       117,665       57,000  
BRL
    Sell       125,923       53,896  
CAD
    Sell       125,431       99,276  
CAD
    Buy       58,165       46,830  
EUR
    Sell       361,724       485,089  
EUR
    Buy       166,012       221,374  


73


Table of Contents

 
FLEXTRONICS INTERNATIONAL LTD.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
                         
          Foreign
    Notional
 
          Currency
    Contract Value
 
Currency
  Buy/Sell     Amount     in USD  
    (In thousands)              
 
GBP
    Sell       30,784       44,222  
GBP
    Buy       11,683       16,904  
HUF
    Buy       9,152,200       41,067  
HUF
    Sell       5,618,000       25,209  
JPY
    Buy       3,836,484       39,058  
JPY
    Sell       3,616,954       37,027  
MXN
    Buy       463,205       32,700  
MXN
    Sell       314,100       22,174  
MYR
    Buy       190,746       52,623  
RMB
    Buy       240,088       35,000  
SEK
    Buy       1,121,118       138,638  
Other
    Buy       N/A       132,414  
                         
                      1,580,501  
                         
Total Notional Contract Value in USD
                  $ 1,700,700  
                         
 
As of March 31, 2009 and 2008, the fair value of the Company’s short-term foreign currency contracts was not material and included in other current assets or other current liabilities, as applicable, in the consolidated balance sheet. Certain of these contracts are designed to economically hedge the Company’s exposure to monetary assets and liabilities denominated in a non-functional currency and are not accounted for as a hedging activity pursuant to the guidance in Statement of Financial Accounting Standard No. 133, “Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities” (“SFAS 133”). Accordingly, changes in fair value of these instruments are recognized in earnings during the period of change as a component of interest and other expense, net in the consolidated statement of operations. As of March 31, 2009 and 2008, the Company also has included net deferred gains and losses, respectively, in other comprehensive income, a component of shareholders’ equity in the consolidated balance sheet, relating to changes in fair value of its foreign currency contracts that are accounted for as cash flow hedges pursuant to the guidance in SFAS 133. These deferred gains and losses were not material, and the deferred losses as of March 31, 2009 are expected to be recognized as a component of cost of sales in the consolidated statement of operations over the next twelve month period. The gains and losses recognized in earnings due to hedge ineffectiveness were not material for all fiscal years presented and are included as a component of interest and other expense, net in the consolidated statement of operations.

74


Table of Contents

 
FLEXTRONICS INTERNATIONAL LTD.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
Interest Rate Swap Agreements
 
The Company is also exposed to variability in cash flows associated with changes in short-term interest rates primarily on borrowings under its revolving credit facility and Term Loan Agreement. During fiscal years 2009 and 2008, the Company entered into interest rate swap agreements to mitigate the exposure to interest rate risk resulting from unfavorable changes in interest rates resulting from the Term Loan Agreement, as summarized below:
 
                         
Notional Amount
    Fixed Interest
    Interest Payment
       
(In millions)
    Rate Payable     Received   Term   Expiration Date
 
Fiscal 2009 Contracts:
           
$ 100.0       1.94 %   1-Month Libor   12 month   January 2010
$ 100.0       2.45 %   3-Month Libor   12 month   January 2010
$ 100.0       1.00 %   1-Month Libor   12 month   March 2010
$ 100.0       1.00 %   1-Month Libor   12 month   April 2010
Fiscal 2008 Contracts:
           
$ 250.0       3.61 %   1-Month Libor   34 months   October 2010
$ 250.0       3.61 %   1-Month Libor   34 months   October 2010
$ 175.0       3.60 %   3-Month Libor   36 months   January 2011
$ 72.0       3.57 %   3-Month Libor   36 months   January 2011
                         
$ 1,147.0                      
                         
 
During March 2009, the Company amended its two $250.0 million swaps expiring in October 2010 and one of its $100.0 million swaps expiring January 2010 from three-month to one-month Libor and reduced the fixed interest payments from 3.89% to 3.61% and from 2.42% to 1.94%, respectively.
 
These contracts receive interest payments at rates equal to the terms of the various tranches of the underlying borrowings outstanding under the Term Loan Arrangement (excluding the applicable margin), other than the two $250.0 million swaps, expiring October 2010, and the $100 million swap expiring January 2010, which receive interest at one-month Libor while the underlying borrowings are based on three-month Libor.
 
All of the Company’s interest rate swap agreements are accounted for as cash flow hedges under SFAS 133, and no portion of the swaps are considered ineffective. For fiscal years 2009 and 2008 the net amount recorded as interest expense from these swaps was not material. As of March 31, 2009 and 2008, the fair value of the Company’s interest rate swaps were not material and included in other current liabilities in the consolidated balance sheet, with a corresponding decrease in other comprehensive income. The deferred losses included in other comprehensive income will effectively be released through earnings as the Company makes fixed, and receives variable, payments over the remaining term of the swaps through October 2010.
 
6.   TRADE RECEIVABLES SECURITIZATION
 
The Company continuously sells designated pools of trade receivables under two asset backed securitization programs, including its new $300.0 million facility entered into by the Company on September 25, 2008.
 
Global Asset-Backed Securitization Agreement
 
The Company continuously sells a designated pool of trade receivables to a third-party qualified special purpose entity, which in turn sells an undivided ownership interest to two commercial paper conduits, administered by an unaffiliated financial institution. In addition to these commercial paper conduits, the Company participates in the securitization agreement as an investor in the conduit. The securitization agreement allows the operating subsidiaries participating in the securitization program to receive a cash payment for sold receivables, less a


75


Table of Contents

 
FLEXTRONICS INTERNATIONAL LTD.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
deferred purchase price receivable. The Company continues to service, administer and collect the receivables on behalf of the special purpose entity and receives a servicing fee of 1.00% of serviced receivables per annum. Servicing fees recognized during the fiscal years ended March 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007 were not material and are included in Interest and other expense, net within the Consolidated Statements of Operations. As the Company estimates the fee it receives in return for its obligation to service these receivables is at fair value, no servicing assets or liabilities are recognized.
 
Prior to October 16, 2008, the maximum investment limit of the two commercial paper conduits was $700.0 million, inclusive of $200.0 million attributable to two Obligor Specific Tranches (“OST”), which were incorporated in order to minimize the impact of excess concentrations of two major customers. Effective October 16, 2008 the securitization agreement was amended to decrease the maximum investment limit of the two commercial paper conduits to $500.0 million, inclusive of the OST, which was also reduced to $100.0 million to minimize the impact of excess concentrations of one major customer. The Company pays annual facility and commitment fees ranging from 0.16% to 0.40% (averaging approximately 0.25%) for unused amounts and an additional program fee of 0.10% on outstanding amounts.
 
The third-party special purpose entity is a qualifying special purpose entity as defined in SFAS 140, Accounting for Transfers and Servicing of Financial Assets and Extinguishments of Liabilities (“SFAS 140”) , and accordingly, the Company does not consolidate this entity pursuant to FASB Interpretation No. 46 (revised December 2003), Consolidation of Variable Interest Entities (“FIN 46(R)”). As of March 31, 2009 and 2008, approximately $422.0 million and $363.7 million of the Company’s accounts receivable, respectively, had been sold to this third-party qualified special purpose entity. The amounts represent the face amount of the total outstanding trade receivables on all designated customer accounts on those dates. The accounts receivable balances that were sold under this agreement were removed from the Consolidated Balance Sheets and are reflected as cash provided by operating activities in the Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows. The Company received net cash proceeds of approximately $298.1 million and $274.3 million from the commercial paper conduits for the sale of these receivables as of March 31, 2009 and 2008, respectively. The difference between the amount sold to the commercial paper conduits (net of the Company’s investment participation) and net cash proceeds received from the commercial paper conduits is recognized as a loss on sale of the receivables and recorded in Interest and other expense, net in the Consolidated Statements of Operations. The Company has a recourse obligation that is limited to the deferred purchase price receivable, which approximates 5% of the total sold receivables, and its own investment participation, the total of which was approximately $123.8 million and $89.4 million as of March 31, 2009 and 2008, respectively, and each is recorded in Other current assets in the Consolidated Balance Sheets as of March 31, 2009 and 2008. The amount of the Company’s own investment participation varies depending on certain criteria, mainly the collection performance on the sold receivables. As the recoverability of the trade receivables underlying the Company’s own investment participation is determined in conjunction with the Company’s accounting policies for determining provisions for doubtful accounts prior to sale into the third party qualified special purpose entity, the fair value of the Company’s own investment participation reflects the estimated recoverability of the underlying trade receivables.
 
North American Asset-Backed Securitization Agreement
 
On September 25, 2008, the Company entered into a new agreement to continuously sell a designated pool of trade receivables to an affiliated special purpose vehicle, which in turn sells an undivided ownership interest to an agent on behalf of two commercial paper conduits administered by unaffiliated financial institutions. The Company continues to service, administer and collect the receivables on behalf of the special purpose entity and receives a servicing fee of 0.50% per annum on the outstanding balance of the serviced receivables. Servicing fees recognized during the fiscal year ended March 31, 2009 were not material and are included in Interest and other expense, net within the Consolidated Statements of Operations. As the Company estimates that the fee it receives in return for its obligation to service these receivables is at fair value, no servicing assets or liabilities are recognized.


76


Table of Contents

 
FLEXTRONICS INTERNATIONAL LTD.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
The maximum investment limit of the two commercial paper conduits is $300.0 million. The Company pays commitment fees of 0.50% per annum on the aggregate amount of the liquidity commitments of the financial institutions under the facility (which is 102% of the maximum investment limit) and an additional program fee of 0.45% on the aggregate amounts invested under the facility by the conduits to the extent funded through the issuance of commercial paper.
 
The affiliated special purpose vehicle is not a qualifying special purpose entity as defined in SFAS 140, since the Company, by design of the transaction, absorbs the majority of expected losses from transfers of trade receivables into the special purpose vehicle and, as such, is deemed the primary beneficiary of this entity. Accordingly, the Company consolidates the special purpose vehicle pursuant to FIN 46(R). As of March 31, 2009, the Company transferred approximately $448.7 million of receivables into the special purpose vehicle described above. In accordance with SFAS 140, the Company is deemed to have sold approximately $173.8 million of this $448.7 million to the two commercial paper conduits as of March 31, 2009, and received approximately $173.1 million in net cash proceeds for the sale. The accounts receivable balances that were sold to the two commercial paper conduits under this agreement were removed from the Consolidated Balance Sheets and are reflected as cash provided by operating activities in the Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows, and the difference between the amount sold and net cash proceeds received was recognized as a loss on sale of the receivables, and is recorded in Interest and other expense, net in the Consolidated Statements of Operations. Pursuant to SFAS 140, the remaining trade receivables transferred into the special purpose vehicle and not sold to the two commercial paper conduits comprise the primary assets of that entity, and are included in trade accounts receivable, net in the Consolidated Balance Sheets of the Company. The recoverability of these trade receivables, both those included in the Consolidated Balance Sheets and those sold but uncollected by the commercial paper conduits, is determined in conjunction with the Company’s accounting policies for determining provisions for doubtful accounts. Although the special purpose vehicle is fully consolidated by the Company, it is a separate corporate entity and its assets are available first to satisfy the claims of its creditors.
 
The Company also sold accounts receivables to certain third-party banking institutions with limited recourse, which management believes is nominal. The outstanding balance of receivables sold and not yet collected was approximately $171.6 million and $478.4 million as of March 31, 2009 and 2008, respectively. In accordance with SFAS 140, these receivables that were sold were removed from the Consolidated Balance Sheets and are reflected as cash provided by operating activities in the Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows.
 
7.   COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES
 
As of March 31, 2009 and 2008, the gross carrying amount and associated accumulated depreciation of the Company’s property and equipment financed under capital leases, and the related obligations was not material. The Company also leases certain of its facilities under non-cancelable operating leases. These operating leases expire in various years through 2033 and require the following minimum lease payments:
 
         
    Operating
 
Fiscal Year Ending March 31,
  Lease  
    (In thousands)  
 
2010
  $ 125,986  
2011
    100,578  
2012
    78,684  
2013
    54,916  
2014
    50,994  
Thereafter
    170,776  
         
Total minimum lease payments
  $ 581,934  
         


77


Table of Contents

 
FLEXTRONICS INTERNATIONAL LTD.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
Total rent expense attributable to continuing operations amounted to $139.2 million, $94.2 million and $65.3 million in fiscal years 2009, 2008 and 2007, respectively.
 
The Company is subject to legal proceedings, claims, and litigation arising in the ordinary course of business. The Company defends itself vigorously against any such claims. Although the outcome of these matters is currently not determinable, management does not expect that the ultimate costs to resolve these matters will have a material adverse effect on its consolidated financial position, results of operations, or cash flows.
 
8.   INCOME TAXES
 
The domestic (“Singapore”) and foreign components of income from continuing operations before income taxes were comprised of the following:
 
                         
    Fiscal Year Ended March 31,  
    2009     2008     2007  
    (In thousands)  
 
Domestic
  $ (1,090,863 )   $ 268,294     $ 223,838  
Foreign
    (4,990,075 )     (202,627 )     101,115  
                         
Total
  $ (6,080,938 )   $     65,667     $    324,953  
                         
 
The provision for (benefit from) income taxes from continuing operations consisted of the following:
                         
                         
    Fiscal Year Ended March 31,  
    2009     2008     2007  
    (In thousands)  
 
Current:
                       
Domestic
  $ 3,461     $ 547     $ 3,658  
Foreign
    68,581       65,469       38,616  
                         
      72,042       66,016       42,274  
Deferred:
                       
Domestic
    895       (252 )     (13,157 )
Foreign
    (67,728 )     639,273       (25,064 )
                         
      (66,833 )     639,021       (38,221 )
                         
Provision for (benefit from) income taxes
  $      5,209     $  705,037     $   4,053  
                         


78


Table of Contents

 
FLEXTRONICS INTERNATIONAL LTD.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
The domestic statutory income tax rate was approximately 17.0% in fiscal year 2009, and approximately 18.0% and 20.0% in fiscal years 2008 and 2007, respectively. The reconciliation of the income tax expense (benefit) expected based on domestic statutory income tax rates to the expense (benefit) for income taxes from continuing operations included in the consolidated statements of operations is as follows:
 
                         
    Fiscal Year Ended March 31,  
    2009     2008     2007  
    (In thousands)  
 
Income taxes based on domestic statutory rates
  $ (1,033,760 )   $ 11,821     $ 64,992  
Effect of tax rate differential
    38,440       (314,108 )     (155,290 )
Intangible amortization
    23,098       12,924       7,949  
Goodwill impairment
    1,011,496              
Change in valuation allowance
    (50,225 )     986,338       73,160  
Other
    16,160       8,062       13,242  
                         
Provision for income taxes
  $ 5,209     $ 705,037     $ 4,053  
                         
 
The $986.3 million change in valuation allowance during fiscal year 2008 includes non-cash tax expense of $661.3 million, principally resulting from management’s re-evaluation of previously recorded deferred tax assets in the United States, which are primarily comprised of tax loss carry forwards. Management believed that the realizability of certain deferred tax assets was no longer more likely than not because it expected future projected taxable income in the United States will be lower as a result of increased interest expense resulting from the term loan entered into as part of the acquisition of Solectron. The remaining change in the valuation allowance during the 2008 fiscal year was primarily for that year’s operating losses and restructuring charges, on which the tax benefit was not more likely than not to be realized.
 
A number of countries in which the Company is located allow for tax holidays or provide other tax incentives to attract and retain business. In general, these holidays were secured based on the nature, size and location of the Company’s operations. The aggregate dollar effect on the Company’s income from continuing operations resulting from tax holidays and tax incentives to attract and retain business for the fiscal years ended March 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007 were $85.3 million, $118.0 million and $98.0 million, respectively. The effect on basic and diluted loss per share from continuing operations for the fiscal years ended March 31, 2009 and 2008 were $0.10 and $0.16, respectively, and the effect on basic and diluted earnings per share from continuing operations during fiscal year 2007 were $0.17 and $0.16, respectively. Unless extended or otherwise renegotiated, the Company’s existing holidays will expire in the fiscal years ending March 31, 2010 through fiscal 2018.


79


Table of Contents

 
FLEXTRONICS INTERNATIONAL LTD.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
The components of deferred income taxes from continuing operations are as follows:
 
                 
    As of March 31,  
    2009     2008  
    (In thousands)  
 
Deferred tax liabilities:
               
Fixed assets
  $ (2,211 )   $  
                 
Total deferred tax liabilities
    (2,211 )      
                 
Deferred tax assets:
               
Fixed assets
          19,076  
Intangible assets
    246,001       275,625  
Deferred compensation
    9,616       4,803  
Inventory valuation
    28,365       40,092  
Provision for doubtful accounts
    11,834       5,616  
Net operating loss and other carryforwards
    2,857,640       3,231,735  
Others
    188,254       34,852  
                 
      3,341,710       3,611,799  
Valuation allowances
    (3,308,966 )     (3,578,628 )
                 
Net deferred tax assets
    32,744       33,171  
                 
Net deferred tax asset
  $ 30,533     $ 33,171  
                 
The net deferred tax asset is classified as follows:
               
Current asset (classified as other current assets)
  $ 66     $ 573  
Long-term asset
    30,467       32,598  
                 
Total
  $ 30,533     $ 33,171  
                 
 
The Company has tax loss carryforwards attributable to continuing operations of approximately $8.2 billion, a portion of which begin expiring in 2010. Utilization of the tax loss carryforwards and other deferred tax assets is limited by the future earnings of the Company in the tax jurisdictions in which such deferred assets arose. As a result, management is uncertain as to when or whether these operations will generate sufficient profit to realize any benefit from the deferred tax assets. The valuation allowance provides a reserve against deferred tax assets that are not more likely than not to be realized by the Company. However, management has determined that it is more likely than not that the Company will realize certain of these benefits and, accordingly, has recognized a deferred tax asset from these benefits. The change in valuation allowance is net of certain increases and decreases to prior year losses and other carryforwards that have no current impact on the tax provision. Approximately $34.0 million of the valuation allowance relates to income tax benefits arising from the exercise of stock options, which if realized will be credited directly to shareholders’ equity and will not be available to benefit the income tax provision in any future period.
 
The amount of deferred tax assets considered realizable, however, could be reduced or increased in the near-term if facts, including the amount of taxable income or the mix of taxable income between subsidiaries, differ from management’s estimates.
 
The Company does not provide for income taxes on the undistributed earnings of its foreign subsidiaries, as such earnings are not intended by management to be repatriated in the foreseeable future. Determination of the amount of the unrecognized deferred tax liability on these undistributed earnings is not practicable.


80


Table of Contents

 
FLEXTRONICS INTERNATIONAL LTD.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
The Company adopted the provisions of FASB Interpretation No. 48, Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes , (“FIN 48”) on April 1, 2007. FIN 48 clarifies the accounting for uncertainty in income taxes recognized by prescribing a recognition threshold and measurement attribute for the financial statement recognition and measurement of a tax position taken or expected to be taken in a tax return. FIN 48 also provides guidance on de-recognition of tax benefits previously recognized and additional disclosures for unrecognized tax benefits, interest and penalties. The evaluation of a tax position in accordance with FIN 48 begins with a determination as to whether it is more-likely-than-not that a tax position will be sustained upon examination based on the technical merits of the position. A tax position that meets the more-likely-than-not recognition threshold is then measured at the largest amount of benefit that is greater than 50 percent likely of being realized upon ultimate settlement for recognition in the financial statements.
 
The Company did not recognize a change in the liability for unrecognized tax benefits as a result of the implementation of FIN 48. A reconciliation of the beginning and ending amount of unrecognized tax benefits in accordance with FIN 48 is as follows:
 
                 
    Fiscal Year Ended March 31,  
    2009     2008  
    (In thousands)  
 
Balance, beginning of fiscal year
  $ 191,147     $ 87,115  
Additions based on tax position related to the current year
    15,089       6,259  
Additions for tax positions of prior years
    37,298       124,325  
Reductions for tax positions of prior years
    (972 )     (7,079 )
Reductions related to lapse of applicable statute of limitations
    (3,276 )     (2,748 )
Settlements
    (15,547 )     (24,643 )
Other
    (2,338 )     7,918  
                 
Balance, end of fiscal year
  $ 221,401     $ 191,147  
                 
 
The Company’s unrecognized tax benefits are subject to change over the next twelve months primarily as a result of the expiration of certain statutes of limitations and as audits are settled. Although the amount of these adjustments cannot be reasonably estimated at this time, the Company is not currently aware of any material impact on its consolidated results of operations, financial condition and cash flows.
 
The Company and its subsidiaries file federal, state, and local income tax returns in multiple jurisdictions around world. With few exceptions, the Company is no longer subject to income tax examinations by tax authorities for years before 2000.
 
The entire amount of unrecognized tax benefits at March 31, 2009, may affect the annual effective tax rate if the benefits are eventually recognized. The amount that affects the annual effective tax rate will be dependent upon the period in which the benefits are recognized. A portion of the unrecognized tax benefits relating to acquisitions may not affect the effective tax rate to the extent they affect the purchase method of accounting in accordance with SFAS 141. Substantially all of these unrecognized tax benefits are classified as long-term.
 
The Company recognizes interest and penalties accrued related to unrecognized tax benefits within the Company’s tax expense. During the fiscal years ended March 31, 2009 and 2008, the Company recognized interest of approximately $5.9 million and $2.1 million, respectively, and no penalties. The Company had approximately $89.0 million and $29.5 million, and $60.3 million and $23.7 million accrued for the payment of interest and penalties, respectively, as of the fiscal years ended March 31, 2009 and 2008, respectively.


81


Table of Contents

 
FLEXTRONICS INTERNATIONAL LTD.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
9.   RESTRUCTURING CHARGES
 
Historically, the Company has initiated a series of restructuring activities intended to realign the Company’s global capacity and infrastructure with demand by its OEM customers so as to optimize the operational efficiency, which include reducing excess workforce and capacity, and consolidating and relocating certain manufacturing, design and administrative facilities to lower-cost regions.
 
The restructuring costs include employee severance, costs related to leased facilities, owned facilities that are no longer in use and are to be disposed of, leased equipment that is no longer in use and will be disposed of, and other costs associated with the exit of certain contractual agreements due to facility closures. The overall intent of these activities is that the Company shifts its manufacturing capacity to locations with higher efficiencies and, in most instances, lower costs, and better utilize its overall existing manufacturing capacity. This would enhance the Company’s ability to provide cost-effective manufacturing service offerings, which may enable it to retain and expand the Company’s existing relationships with customers and attract new business.
 
Fiscal Year 2009
 
The Company recognized restructuring charges of approximately $179.8 million during fiscal year 2009 primarily related to rationalizing the Company’s global manufacturing capacity and infrastructure as a result of deteriorating macroeconomic conditions. This global economic crisis and related decline in the Company’s customers’ products across all of the industries it serves, has caused the Company’s OEM customers to reduce their manufacturing and supply chain outsourcing and has negatively impacted the Company’s capacity utilization levels. The Company’s restructuring activities are intended to improve its operational efficiencies by reducing excess workforce and capacity. In addition to the cost reductions, these activities will result in a further shift of manufacturing capacity to locations with higher efficiencies and, in most instances, lower costs. The costs associated with these restructuring activities include employee severance, costs related to owned and leased facilities and equipment that is no longer in use and is to be disposed of, and other costs associated with the exit of certain contractual arrangements due to facility closures. The Company classified approximately $155.1 million of these charges as cost of sales and approximately $24.7 million of these charges as selling, general and administrative expenses during fiscal year 2009.


82


Table of Contents

 
FLEXTRONICS INTERNATIONAL LTD.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
The components of the restructuring charges during the first and fourth quarters of fiscal year 2009 were as follows:
 
                                         
    First
    Second
    Third
    Fourth
       
    Quarter     Quarter     Quarter     Quarter     Total  
    (In thousands)  
 
Americas:
                                       
Severance
  $ 10,540     $     $     $ 28,878     $ 39,418  
Long-lived asset impairment
                      11,699       11,699  
Other exit costs
                      5,559       5,559  
                                         
Total restructuring charges
    10,540                   46,136       56,676  
                                         
Asia:
                                       
Severance
    12,496                   32,893       45,389  
Long-lived asset impairment
    121                   40,239       40,360  
Other exit costs
    775                   10,425       11,200  
                                         
Total restructuring charges
    13,392                   83,557       96,949  
                                         
Europe:
                                       
Severance
    5,283                   18,866       24,149  
Long-lived asset impairment
                      1,174       1,174  
Other exit costs
                      837       837  
                                         
Total restructuring charges
    5,283                   20,877       26,160  
                                         
Total
                                       
Severance
    28,319                   80,637       108,956  
Long-lived asset impairment
    121                   53,112       53,233  
Other exit costs
    775                   16,821       17,596  
                                         
Total restructuring charges
  $      29,215     $        —     $        —     $   150,570     $   179,785  
                                         
 
During fiscal year 2009, the Company recognized approximately $109.0 million of employee termination costs associated with the involuntary terminations of 14,970 identified employees in connection with the charges described above. The identified involuntary employee terminations by reportable geographic region amounted to approximately 7,623, 4,832, and 2,515 for Asia, the Americas and Europe, respectively. Approximately $88.8 million of these charges were classified as a component of cost of sales.
 
During fiscal year 2009, the Company recognized approximately $53.2 million of non-cash charges for the write-down of property and equipment to management’s estimate of fair value associated with various manufacturing and administrative facility closures. Approximately $51.4 million of this amount was classified as a component of cost of sales. The restructuring charges recognized during fiscal year 2009 also included approximately $17.6 million for other exit costs, of which $14.9 million was classified as a component of cost of sales. Other exit costs were primarily comprised of contractual obligations associated with facility and equipment lease terminations of $12.5 million, and customer disengagement, facility abandonment and refurbishment costs of $5.1 million. The customer disengagement costs related primarily to inventory and other asset impairment charges resulting from customer contracts that were terminated by the Company as a result of various facility closures. The Company had disposed of the impaired assets, primarily through scrapping and write-offs, by the end of fiscal year 2009.


83


Table of Contents

 
FLEXTRONICS INTERNATIONAL LTD.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
The following table summarizes the provisions, respective payments, and remaining accrued balance as of March 31, 2009 for charges incurred in fiscal year 2009 and prior periods:
 
                                 
          Long-Lived
             
          Asset
    Other
       
    Severance     Impairment     Exit Costs     Total  
          (In thousands)        
 
Balance as of March 31, 2008
  $ 166,254     $     $ 119,439     $ 285,693  
Activities during the year:
                               
Provisions for charges incurred during the year
    108,956       53,233       17,596       179,785  
Cash payments for charges incurred in fiscal year 2009
    (42,355 )           (2,646 )     (45,001 )
Cash payments for charges incurred in fiscal year 2008
    (124,736 )           (64,624 )     (189,360 )
Cash payments for charges incurred in fiscal year 2007 and prior
    (6,906 )           (6,993 )     (13,899 )
Non-cash charges incurred during the year
          (53,233 )     (2,518 )     (55,751 )
                                 
Balance as of March 31, 2009
    101,213             60,254       161,467  
Less: Current portion (classified as other current liabilities)
    (97,088 )           (30,621 )     (127,709 )
                                 
Accrued facility closure costs, net of current portion (classified as other liabilities)
  $ 4,125     $     $ 29,633     $ 33,758  
                                 
 
As of March 31, 2009, accrued costs related to restructuring charges incurred during fiscal year 2009 were approximately $79.0 million, of which $4.8 million was classified as long term.
 
As of March 31, 2009 and 2008, accrued restructuring costs for charges incurred during fiscal year 2008 were approximately $60.2 million and $249.6 million, respectively, of which approximately $19.3 million and $50.0 million, respectively, was classified as a long-term obligation. As of March 31, 2009 and 2008, accrued restructuring costs for charges incurred during fiscal years 2007 and prior were approximately $22.2 million and $36.1 million, respectively, of which approximately $9.7 million and $16.1 million, respectively, was classified as a long-term obligation.
 
As of March 31, 2009 and 2008, assets that were no longer in use and held for sale as a result of restructuring activities totaled approximately $46.8 million and $14.3 million, respectively, representing manufacturing facilities that have been closed as part of the Company’s facility consolidations. During the 2009 fiscal year, the increase in assets held for sale of $32.5 million primarily related to site closures and facility consolidations. For assets held for sale, depreciation ceases and an impairment loss is recognized if the carrying amount of the asset exceeds its fair value less cost to sell. Assets held for sale are included in other current assets in the consolidated balance sheets.
 
Fiscal Year 2008
 
The Company recognized restructuring charges of approximately $447.7 million during fiscal year 2008 primarily resulting from the acquisition of Solectron. These costs were related to restructuring activities which included closing, consolidating and relocating certain manufacturing, design and administrative operations, eliminating redundant assets, and reducing excess workforce and capacity. These actions impacted over 25 different manufacturing and design locations and were initiated in an effort to consolidate and integrate our global capacity and infrastructure so as to optimize the Company’s operational efficiencies post-acquisition. The activities associated with these charges involved multiple actions at each location, were completed in multiple steps and were


84


Table of Contents

 
FLEXTRONICS INTERNATIONAL LTD.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
substantially completed within one year of the commitment dates of the respective activities, except for certain long-term contractual obligations. The Company classified approximately $408.9 million of these charges as a component of cost of sales during fiscal year 2008. The fiscal 2008 restructuring charge of approximately $447.7 million was net of approximately $52.9 million of customer reimbursements earned in accordance with the various agreements with Nortel. The reimbursements were included as a reduction of cost of sales during fiscal year 2008 and were included in other current assets in the Company’s Consolidated Balance Sheet as of March 31, 2008.
 
The components of the restructuring charges during the first, third and fourth quarters of fiscal year 2008 were as follows:
 
                                         
    First
    Second
    Third
    Fourth
       
    Quarter     Quarter     Quarter     Quarter     Total  
    (In thousands)  
 
Americas:
                                       
Severance
  $     $   —     $ 14,405     $ 67,670     $ 82,075  
Long-lived asset impairment
                11,802       6,876       18,678  
Other exit costs
                17,538       28,189       45,727  
                                         
Total restructuring charges
                43,745       102,735       146,480  
                                         
Asia:
                                       
Severance
                23,286       3,701       26,987  
Long-lived asset impairment
                71,471       37,702       109,173  
Other exit costs
                33,027       9,704       42,731  
                                         
Total restructuring charges
                127,784       51,107       178,891  
                                         
Europe:
                                       
Severance
    10,674             44,137       41,191       96,002  
Long-lived asset impairment
                6,796       2,931       9,727  
Other exit costs
                23,370       46,142       69,512  
                                         
Total restructuring charges
    10,674             74,303       90,264       175,241  
                                         
Total
                                       
Severance
    10,674             81,828       112,562       205,064  
Long-lived asset impairment
                90,069       47,509       137,578  
Other exit costs
                73,935       84,035       157,970  
                                         
      10,674             245,832       244,106       500,612  
Less: Customer reimbursement
                      (52,924 )     (52,924 )
                                         
Total restructuring charges
  $      10,674     $        —     $   245,832     $   191,182     $   447,688  
                                         
 
During fiscal year 2008, the Company recognized approximately $205.1 million of employee termination costs associated with the involuntary terminations of 8,932 identified employees in connection with the charges described above. The identified involuntary employee terminations by reportable geographic region amounted to approximately 5,588, 1,885,and 1,459 for Asia, the Americas, and Europe, respectively. Approximately $183.5 million of the charges were classified as a component of cost of sales.
 
During fiscal year 2008, the Company recognized approximately $137.6 million of non-cash charges for the write-down of property and equipment to management’s estimate of fair value associated with various manufacturing and administrative facility closures. Approximately $134.1 million of this amount was classified as a component of cost of sales. The restructuring charges recognized during fiscal year 2008 also included


85


Table of Contents

 
FLEXTRONICS INTERNATIONAL LTD.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
approximately $158.0 million for other exit costs, of which $144.2 million was classified as a component of cost of sales. Other exit costs were primarily comprised of contractual obligations associated with facility and equipment lease terminations of $65.7 million, customer disengagement costs of $52.4 million, facility abandonment and refurbishment costs of $39.9 million. The customer disengagement costs related primarily to inventory and other asset impairment charges resulting from customer contracts that were terminated by the Company as a result of various facility closures. The Company had disposed of the impaired assets, primarily through scrapping and write-offs, by the end of fiscal year 2008.
 
Fiscal Year 2007
 
During fiscal year 2007, the Company recognized charges of approximately $151.9 million associated with the consolidation and closure of several manufacturing facilities including the related impairment of certain long-lived assets; and other charges primarily related to the exit of certain real estate owned and leased by the Company in order to reduce its investment in property, plant and equipment. The Company classified approximately $146.8 million of these charges as a component of cost of sales during fiscal year 2007. The activities associated with these charges were substantially completed within one year of the commitment dates of the respective activities, except for certain long-term contractual obligations.
 
The components of the restructuring charges during the second and fourth quarters of fiscal year 2007 were as follows:
 
                                         
    First
    Second
    Third
    Fourth
       
    Quarter     Quarter     Quarter     Quarter     Total  
    (In thousands)  
 
Americas:
                                       
Severance
  $      —     $ 130     $      —     $     $ 130  
Long-lived asset impairment
          38,320                   38,320  
Other exit costs
          20,554                   20,554  
                                         
Total restructuring charges
          59,004                   59,004  
                                         
Asia:
                                       
Severance
                      2,484       2,484  
Long-lived asset impairment
          6,869             13,532       20,401  
Other exit costs
          15,620             11,039       26,659  
                                         
Total restructuring charges
          22,489             27,055       49,544  
                                         
Europe:
                                       
Severance
          409             23,236       23,645  
Long-lived asset impairment
          2,496             3,190       5,686  
Other exit costs
          11,850             2,128       13,978  
                                         
Total restructuring charges
          14,755             28,554       43,309  
                                         
Total
                                       
Severance
          539             25,720       26,259  
Long-lived asset impairment
          47,685             16,722       64,407  
Other exit costs
          48,024             13,167       61,191  
                                         
Total restructuring charges
  $     $ 96,248     $     $ 55,609     $ 151,857  
                                         


86


Table of Contents

 
FLEXTRONICS INTERNATIONAL LTD.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
During fiscal year 2007, the Company recognized approximately $26.3 million of employee termination costs associated with the involuntary termination of 2,155 identified employees in connection with the charges described above. The identified involuntary employee terminations by reportable geographic region amounted to approximately 1,560, 550 and 40 for Asia, Europe, and the Americas, respectively. Approximately $22.1 million was classified as a component of cost of sales.
 
During fiscal year 2007, the Company recognized approximately $64.4 million for the write-down of property and equipment to management’s estimate of fair value associated with the planned disposal and exit of certain real estate owned and leased by the Company. Approximately $63.8 million of this amount was classified as a component of cost of sales. The charges recognized during fiscal year 2007 also included approximately $61.2 million for other exit costs, of which $60.9 million was classified as a component of cost of sales, and was primarily comprised of contractual obligations amounting to approximately $27.1 million, customer disengagement costs of approximately $28.5 million and approximately $5.6 million of other costs.
 
10.   OTHER CHARGES (INCOME), NET
 
During fiscal year 2009, the Company recognized approximately $74.1 million in charges to write-down certain notes receivable from Relacom to the expected recoverable amount, and $37.5 million in charges for the other-than-temporary impairment of certain of the Company’s investments in companies that were experiencing significant financial and liquidity difficulties. Refer to Note 2, “Summary of Accounting Policies” for further discussion. These charges were partially offset by a gain of approximately $28.1 million associated with the partial extinguishment of the Company’s 1% Convertible Subordinated Notes due August 1, 2010. Refer to Note 4, “Bank Borrowings and Long-Term Debt” for additional information.
 
During fiscal year 2008, the Company recognized approximately $61.1 million in other charges related to other-than-temporary impairment and related charges on certain of the Company’s investments. Of this amount, approximately $57.6 million was for the impairment loss and other related charges attributable to the Company’s divestiture of its equity interest in Relacom, which was liquidated in January 2008. The Company received approximately $57.4 million of cash proceeds in connection with the divestiture of this investment. Refer to Note 2, “Summary of Accounting Policies” for further discussion of this investment.
 
During fiscal year 2007, the Company recognized a foreign exchange gain of $79.8 million from the liquidation of a certain international entity. The results of operations for this entity were not significant for any period presented.
 
11.   RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS
 
From July 2000 through December 2001, in connection with an investment partnership, one of the Company’s subsidiaries made loans to several of its executive officers to fund their contributions to the investment partnership. Each loan was evidenced by a full-recourse promissory note in favor of the Company. Interest rates on the notes ranged from 5.05% to 6.40% and matured on August 15, 2010. These loans were paid off in full during fiscal year 2009. The balance of these loans, including accrued interest, as of March 31, 2008 was approximately $1.4 million. There were no other loans outstanding from the Company’s executive officers as of March 31, 2009 or 2008.
 
12.   BUSINESS AND ASSET ACQUISITIONS AND DIVESTITURES
 
Business and Asset Acquisitions
 
The business and asset acquisitions described below were accounted for using the purchase method of accounting pursuant to SFAS 141, and accordingly, the fair value of the net assets acquired and the results of the acquired businesses were included in the Company’s consolidated financial statements from the acquisition dates forward. The Company has not finalized the allocation of the consideration for acquisitions completed during the 2009 fiscal year and expects to complete these allocations within one year of the respective acquisition dates.


87


Table of Contents

 
FLEXTRONICS INTERNATIONAL LTD.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
Solectron Corporation
 
On October 1, 2007, the Company completed its acquisition of 100% of the outstanding common stock of Solectron, a provider of value-added electronics manufacturing and supply chain services to OEMs. The acquisition of Solectron broadened the Company’s service offering, strengthened its capabilities in the high-end computing, communications and networking infrastructure market segments, increased the scale of its existing operations and diversified the Company’s customer and product mix.
 
The results of Solectron’s operations were included in the Company’s consolidated financial results beginning on October 1, 2007, the acquisition date.
 
The Company issued approximately 221.8 million of its ordinary shares and paid approximately $1.1 billion in cash in connection with the acquisition. The Company also assumed the Solectron Corporation 2002 Stock Plan, including all options to purchase Solectron common stock with an exercise price equal to or less than $5.00 per share of Solectron common stock outstanding under such plan. Each option assumed was converted into an option to acquire the Company’s ordinary shares, and the Company assumed approximately 7.4 million fully vested and unvested options to acquire the Company’s ordinary shares with exercise prices ranging between $5.45 and $14.41 per Flextronics ordinary share.
 
Pursuant to the purchase method of accounting, the fair value of each Flextronics ordinary share issued was $11.36, which was based on an average of the Company’s closing share prices for the five trading days beginning two trading days before and ending two trading days after September 27, 2007, the date on which the number of the Company’s ordinary shares to be issued was known. The fair value of options assumed was estimated using the Black-Scholes option-pricing formula.
 
The estimated total purchase price for the acquisition is as follows (in thousands):
 
         
Fair value of Flextronics ordinary shares issued
  $ 2,518,664  
Cash
    1,060,943  
Estimated fair value of vested options assumed
    11,282  
Direct transaction costs(1)
    26,292  
         
Total aggregate purchase price
  $ 3,617,181  
         
 
 
(1) Direct transaction costs consist of legal, accounting, financial advisory and other costs relating to the acquisition.
 
Purchase Price Allocation
 
The allocation of the purchase price to Solectron’s tangible and identifiable intangible assets acquired and liabilities assumed was based on their estimated fair values as of the date of acquisition. The excess of the purchase price over the tangible and identifiable intangible assets acquired and liabilities assumed has been allocated to goodwill.


88


Table of Contents

 
FLEXTRONICS INTERNATIONAL LTD.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
The following represents the Company’s final allocation of the total purchase price to the acquired assets and liabilities assumed of Solectron (in thousands):
 
         
Current assets:
       
Cash and cash equivalents
  $ 637,481  
Accounts receivable
    1,491,232  
Inventories
    1,716,055  
Other current assets
    255,704  
         
Total current assets
    4,100,472  
Property and equipment
    545,791  
Goodwill
    2,529,945  
Other intangible assets
    191,600  
Other assets
    129,723  
         
Total assets
    7,497,531  
Current liabilities:
       
Accounts payable
    1,521,654  
Other current liabilities
    1,492,722  
         
Total current liabilities
    3,014,376  
Long-term debt and capital lease obligations, net of current portion
    630,837  
Other liabilities
    235,137  
         
Total aggregate purchase price
  $ 3,617,181  
         
 
Tangible and Intangible Assets Acquired and Liabilities Assumed
 
The Company has estimated the fair value of tangible and intangible assets acquired and liabilities assumed, including liabilities assumed in connection with restructuring activities accounted for in accordance with Emerging Issues Task Force Issue No. 95-3 Recognition of Liabilities in Connection with a Purchase Business Combination (“EITF 95-3”). During the twelve-month period ended March 31, 2009, the Company allocated approximately $180.3 million and $114.9 million to current liabilities and other liabilities, respectively, primarily for certain liabilities assumed from Solectron and other liabilities assumed in connection with restructuring activities accounted for in accordance with EITF 95-3. Goodwill related to the acquisition increased $362.8 million during the twelve-month period ended March 31, 2009 as a result of the above and other fair value adjustments that were not significant individually or in the aggregate. As a result of the finalization of the purchase price allocation, cumulative catch-up adjustments were recorded to the condensed consolidated statements of operations resulting in a decrease to income before income taxes of approximately $4.6 million for the twelve-month period ended March 31, 2009. These adjustments primarily related to increased amortization expense of approximately $9.3 million, offset by a reduction in cost of sales for losses on non-cancelable customer contracts of approximately $4.7 million for the twelve-month period ended March 31, 2009.
 
Identifiable intangible assets
 
The Company has estimated the fair value of the acquired identifiable intangible assets, which are subject to amortization, using the income approach. No residual value is estimated for any of the intangible assets. Customer related intangibles are primarily comprised of contractual agreements, customer relationships and acquired backlog. Technology, licenses and other are primarily comprised of non-compete agreements. The following


89


Table of Contents

 
FLEXTRONICS INTERNATIONAL LTD.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
table sets forth the preliminary estimate for the components of these intangible assets and their estimated useful lives (in thousands):
 
                 
          Weighted Average
 
    Preliminary
    Useful Life
 
    Fair Value     (in Years)  
 
Customer-related
  $ 182,000       2.4  
Technology, licenses and other
    9,600       1.5  
                 
Total acquired indentifiable intangible assets
  $        191,600       2.4  
                 
 
As previously discussed, the Company wrote off all of its goodwill during the quarter ended December 31, 2008, which included goodwill related to the acquisition of Solectron. Subsequent to that write-off the Company reduced valuation allowances attributable to deferred tax assets acquired from Solectron. As a result, the Company reduced acquired customer-related intangibles by approximately $23.6 million in accordance with guidance in Emerging Issues Task Force Issue No. 93-7 Uncertainties Related to Income Taxes in a Purchase Business Combination .”
 
Long-Term Debt
 
Solectron’s outstanding debt and the related obligations were primarily comprised of $150.0 million of the 8.00% Notes and $450.0 million of the Convertible Notes. As discussed in Note 4, “Bank Borrowings and Long-Term Debt,” substantially all of the Solectron Notes were either repurchased or redeemed pursuant to the terms of the respective indenture. The fair value of the Solectron long-term debt was based on its repurchase or redemption price. Refer to Note 4 for further discussion regarding the Company’s refinancing of the Solectron Notes.
 
Pro Forma Financial Information (Unaudited)
 
The following table reflects the pro forma consolidated results of operations for the periods presented, as though the acquisition of Solectron had occurred as of the beginning of the period being reported on, after giving effect to certain adjustments primarily related to the amortization of acquired intangibles, stock-based compensation expense, and incremental interest expense, including related income tax effects. The pro forma adjustments are based upon available information and certain assumptions that the Company believes are reasonable. The pro forma financial information presented is for illustrative purposes only and is not necessarily indicative of the results of operations that would have been realized if the acquisition had been completed on the dates indicated, nor is it indicative of future operating results.
 
The pro forma consolidated results of operations do not include the effects of:
 
  •  synergies, which are expected to result from anticipated operating efficiencies and cost savings, including expected gross margin improvement in future quarters due to scale and leveraging of Flextronics’ and Solectron’s manufacturing platforms;
 
  •  potential losses in gross profit due to revenue attrition resulting from combining the two companies; and
 
  •  any costs of restructuring, integration, and retention bonuses associated with the closing of the acquisition.
 


90


Table of Contents

 
FLEXTRONICS INTERNATIONAL LTD.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
                 
    Fiscal Year Ended March 31,
    2008   2007
    (In thousands, except per share amounts)
 
Net sales
  $ 33,605,140     $ 30,093,968  
Income (loss) from continuing operations
  $ (680,606 )   $ 278,930  
Net income (loss)
  $ (680,606 )   $ 464,268  
Basic earnings (loss) per share from continuing operations
  $ (0.82 )   $ 0.34  
Diluted earnings (loss) per share from continuing operations
  $ (0.82 )   $ 0.34  
Basic earnings (loss) per share
  $ (0.82 )   $ 0.57  
Diluted earnings (loss) per share
  $ (0.82 )   $ 0.57  
 
International DisplayWorks, Inc.
 
On November 30, 2006, the Company completed its acquisition of 100% of the outstanding common stock of IDW, a manufacturer and designer of high quality liquid crystal displays, modules and assemblies for a variety of customer needs including OEM applications, in a stock-for-stock merger. The acquisition of IDW broadened the Company’s components business platform, expanded and diversified the Company’s components offerings, and increased its customer portfolio. The Company issued approximately 26.2 million shares in connection with the acquisition.
 
The aggregate purchase price was approximately $299.6 million based on the quoted market prices of the Company’s ordinary shares two days before and after the first date the exchange ratio became known, or November 22, 2006. The allocation of the purchase price to specific assets and liabilities was based upon management’s estimate of cash flow and recoverability. The allocation of purchase price was approximately $106.0 million to current assets, primarily comprised of cash and cash equivalents, marketable securities, accounts receivable and inventory, approximately $33.9 million to fixed assets, approximately $37.8 million to identifiable intangible assets, primarily related to customer relationships and contractual agreements with weighted-average useful lives of eight years, approximately $189.3 million to goodwill, and approximately $67.4 million to assumed liabilities, primarily accounts payable and other current liabilities.
 
Nortel
 
On June 29, 2004, the Company entered into an asset purchase agreement with Nortel providing for the Company’s purchase of certain of Nortel’s optical, wireless, wireline and enterprise manufacturing operations and optical design operations. The purchase of these assets has occurred in stages, with the final stage of the asset purchase occurring in May 2006 as the Company completed the acquisition of the manufacturing system house operations in Calgary, Canada.
 
Flextronics provides the majority of Nortel’s systems integration activities, final assembly, testing and repair operations, along with the management of the related supply chain and suppliers. Additionally, Flextronics provides Nortel with design services for end-to-end, carrier grade optical network products. The aggregate purchase price for the assets acquired was approximately $594.4 million, net of closing costs. Approximately $215.0 million was paid during fiscal year 2007. The allocation of the purchase price to specific assets and liabilities was based upon management’s estimates of cash flow and recoverability and was approximately $340.2 million to inventory, $40.8 million to fixed assets and other, and $118.5 million to current and non-current liabilities with the remaining amounts being allocated to intangible assets, including goodwill. The asset purchases have resulted in intangible assets of approximately $49.4 million, primarily related to customer relationships and contractual agreements with weighted-average useful lives of eight years, and goodwill of approximately $282.5 million.

91


Table of Contents

 
FLEXTRONICS INTERNATIONAL LTD.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
Hughes Software Systems Limited (also known as Flextronics Software Systems Limited)
 
In October 2004, the Company acquired approximately 70% of the total outstanding shares of Hughes Software Systems Limited (also known as Flextronics Software Systems Limited (“FSS”)). During fiscal year 2006, the Company acquired an additional 26% incremental ownership, and during fiscal year 2007, acquired an additional 3% for total cash consideration of approximately $18.1 million. In September 2006, the Company sold FSS in conjunction with the divestiture of its Software Development and Solutions business, which has been included in discontinued operations for the twelve-month period ended March 31, 2007.
 
Other Acquisitions
 
During fiscal year 2009, the Company completed six acquisitions that were not individually, or in the aggregate, significant to the Company’s consolidated results of operations and financial position. The acquired businesses complement the Company’s design and manufacturing capabilities for the computing, infrastructure, industrial and consumer digital market segments, and expanded the Company’s power supply capabilities. The aggregate cash paid for these acquisitions totaled approximately $199.7 million, net of cash acquired. The Company recorded goodwill of $118.2 million from these acquisitions during fiscal year 2009, including $6.2 million during the fiscal fourth quarter. The purchase prices for these acquisitions have been allocated on the basis of the estimated fair value of assets acquired and liabilities assumed. The Company has not finalized the allocation of the consideration for certain of its recently completed acquisitions pending the completion of valuations. The Company recognized a net increase in goodwill of $27.1 million during fiscal year 2009, including $30.1 million during the fiscal fourth quarter, for various contingent purchase price arrangements from certain historical acquisitions. The Company also paid approximately $14.8 million relating to contingent purchase price adjustments from certain historical acquisitions. The purchase price for certain acquisitions is subject to adjustments for contingent consideration, based upon the businesses achieving specified levels of earnings through fiscal year 2010. Generally, the contingent consideration has not been recorded as part of the purchase price, pending the outcome of the contingency.
 
During fiscal year 2008, the Company completed three acquisitions that were not individually, or in the aggregate, significant to the Company’s consolidated results of operations and financial position. The acquired businesses complemented the Company’s design and manufacturing capabilities for the computing and automotive market segments, and expanded the Company’s capabilities in the medical market segment, including the design, manufacturing and logistics of disposable medical devices, hand held diagnostics, drug delivery devices and imaging, lab and life sciences equipment. The aggregate cash paid for these acquisitions totaled approximately $188.5 million, net of cash acquired. The Company recorded goodwill of $264.7 million from these acquisitions. In addition, the Company paid approximately $17.2 million in cash for contingent purchase price adjustments relating to certain historical acquisitions. The purchase prices for these acquisitions have been allocated on the basis of the estimated fair value of assets acquired and liabilities assumed.
 
During fiscal year 2007, the Company completed six acquisitions that were not individually, or in the aggregate, significant to the Company’s consolidated results of operations and financial position. The acquired businesses complement the Company’s vertically-integrated service offerings and include precision machining, design and engineering services related to printed circuit boards, digital cameras, test equipment and software development. The aggregate purchase price for these acquisitions totaled approximately $142.1 million. In addition, the Company paid approximately $5.5 million in cash for contingent purchase price adjustments relating to certain historical acquisitions. Identifiable intangible assets, primarily related to customer relationships and contractual agreements with weighted-average useful lives of 4.6 years, and goodwill, resulting from these transactions as well as from purchase price adjustments for certain historical acquisitions, were approximately $41.3 million and $49.3 million, respectively, of which $7.2 million of the goodwill was related to discontinued operations. The purchase price for these acquisitions has been allocated on the basis of the estimated fair value of assets acquired and liabilities assumed.


92


Table of Contents

 
FLEXTRONICS INTERNATIONAL LTD.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
Pro forma results for the Company’s other acquisitions have not been presented as such results would not be materially different from the Company’s actual results on either an individual or an aggregate basis.
 
Divestitures
 
During the 2008 fiscal year, the Company recognized a gain of approximately $9.7 million in connection with the divesture of certain international entities, which is included in Interest and other expense, net in the Consolidated Statements of Operations. The results for these entities were not significant for any period presented.
 
In September 2006, the Company completed the sale of its Software Development and Solutions business to Software Development Group (now known as “Aricent”), an affiliate of Kohlberg Kravis Roberts & Co. The divestiture resulted in a gain of approximately $171.2 million, net of $10.0 million of estimated tax on the sale, which is included in income from discontinued operations in the consolidated statements of operations during fiscal year 2007. The Company received aggregate cash payments of approximately $688.5 million, an eight-year $250.0 million face value promissory note with an initial 10.5% paid-in-kind interest coupon fair valued at approximately $204.9 million (resulting in an effective yield of 14.8%), and retained a 15% ownership interest in Aricent, fair valued at approximately $57.1 million. As the Company does not have the ability to significantly influence the operating decisions of Aricent, the cost method of accounting for the investment is used. The aggregate net assets sold in the divestiture were approximately $704.4 million. Refer to Note 15, “Discontinued Operations” for additional information.
 
13.   SHARE REPURCHASE PLAN
 
On July 23, 2008, the Company’s Board of Directors authorized the repurchase of up to ten percent of the Company’s outstanding ordinary shares. Until the Company’s 2008 Annual General Meeting, held on September 30, 2008, the Company was authorized to repurchase up to approximately 61.0 million shares. Following shareholder approval at the 2008 Annual General Meeting, the amount authorized for repurchase was increased to approximately 80.9 million shares. The impairment of the Company’s goodwill in the quarter ended December 31, 2008 resulted in a decrease in net book value, which limits the Company’s ability to repurchase shares under the current provisions of its debt facilities. During fiscal year 2009, the Company repurchased approximately 29.8 million shares under this plan for an aggregate purchase price of $260.1 million.
 
14.   SEGMENT REPORTING
 
According to SFAS No. 131, “ Disclosures about Segments of an Enterprise and Related Information” (“SFAS 131”), operating segments are defined as components of an enterprise for which separate financial information is available that is evaluated regularly by the chief operating decision maker, or decision making group, in deciding how to allocate resources and in assessing performance. The Company’s chief operating decision maker is its Chief Executive Officer. As of March 31, 2009, the Company operates and internally manages a single operating segment, Electronics Manufacturing Services.
 
Geographic information for continuing operations is as follows:
 
                         
    Fiscal Year Ended March 31,  
    2009     2008     2007  
          (In thousands)        
 
Net sales:
                       
Asia
  $ 15,220,157     $ 15,517,113     $ 11,576,646  
Americas
    10,315,794       7,688,701       4,101,511  
Europe
    5,412,624       4,352,321       3,175,531  
                         
    $   30,948,575     $   27,558,135     $   18,853,688  
                         


93


Table of Contents

 
FLEXTRONICS INTERNATIONAL LTD.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
                 
    As of March 31,  
    2009     2008  
    (In thousands)  
 
Long-lived assets:
               
Asia
  $ 1,232,978     $ 1,388,840  
Americas
    657,125       652,444  
Europe
    443,678       424,372  
                 
    $   2,333,781     $   2,465,656  
                 
 
Revenues are attributable to the country in which the product is manufactured or service is provided.
 
For purposes of the preceding tables, “Asia” includes China, India, Indonesia, Japan, Korea, Malaysia, Mauritius, Singapore, and Taiwan; “Americas” includes Brazil, Canada, Cayman Islands, Mexico, and the United States; “Europe” includes Austria, Belgium, the Czech Republic, Denmark, Finland, France, Germany, Hungary, Ireland, Israel, Italy, the Netherlands, Norway, Poland, Romania, Scotland, South Africa, Sweden, Turkey, Ukraine, and the United Kingdom. During fiscal year 2009, there were no revenues attributable to Belgium, Cayman Islands, Korea, Scotland and South Africa. During fiscal year 2008, there were no revenues attributable to South Africa.
 
During fiscal years 2009, 2008 and 2007, net sales from continuing operations generated from Singapore, the principal country of domicile, were approximately $444.2 million, $580.3 million and $314.2 million, respectively.
 
As of March 31, 2009 and 2008, long-lived assets held in Singapore were approximately $36.5 million and $47.0 million, respectively.
 
During fiscal year 2009, China, United States, Malaysia and Mexico accounted for approximately 32%, 16%, 13% and 11% of consolidated net sales from continuing operations, respectively. No other country accounted for more than 10% of net sales in fiscal year 2009. As of March 31, 2009, China and Mexico accounted for approximately 43% and 15%, respectively, of consolidated long-lived assets. No other country accounted for more than 10% of long-lived assets as of March 31, 2009.
 
During fiscal year 2008, China, Malaysia and the United States accounted for approximately 35%, 17% and 11% of consolidated net sales from continuing operations, respectively. No other country accounted for more than 10% of net sales in fiscal year 2008. As of March 31, 2008, China and Mexico accounted for approximately 39% and 15%, respectively, of consolidated long-lived assets. No other country accounted for more than 10% of long-lived assets as of March 31, 2008.
 
During fiscal year 2007, China and Malaysia accounted for approximately 36% and 22% of consolidated net sales from continuing operations, respectively. No other country accounted for more than 10% of net sales in fiscal year 2007.
 
15.   DISCONTINUED OPERATIONS
 
Consistent with its strategy to evaluate the strategic and financial contributions of each of its operations and to focus on the primary growth objectives in the Company’s core EMS vertically-integrated business activities, the Company divested its Software Development and Solutions business in September 2006. In conjunction with the divestiture of the Software Development and Solutions business, the Company retained a 15% equity stake in the divested business. As the Company does not have the ability to significantly influence the operating decisions of the divested business, the cost method of accounting for the investment is used.
 
In accordance with SFAS No. 144, “Accounting for the Impairment or Disposal of Long-Lived Assets” (“SFAS 144”) , the divestiture of the Software Development and Solutions business qualifies as discontinued


94


Table of Contents

 
FLEXTRONICS INTERNATIONAL LTD.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
operations, and accordingly, the Company has reported the results of operations of this business in discontinued operations within the statements of operations for the 2007 fiscal year.
 
The results from discontinued operations for the fiscal year ended March 31, 2007 were as follows (in thousands):
 
         
Net sales
  $ 114,305  
Cost of sales
    72,648  
         
Gross profit
    41,657  
Selling, general and administrative expenses
    20,707  
Intangible amortization
    5,201  
Interest and other income, net
    (4,112 )
Gain on divestiture of operations
    (181,228 )
         
Income before income taxes
    201,089  
Provision for income taxes
    13,351  
         
Net income of discontinued operations
  $ 187,738  
         
 
16.   QUARTERLY FINANCIAL DATA (UNAUDITED)
 
The following table contains unaudited quarterly financial data for fiscal years 2009 and 2008. Earnings per share are computed independently for each quarter presented. Therefore, the sum of the quarterly earnings per share may not equal the total earnings per share amounts for the fiscal year.
 
                                                                 
    Fiscal Year Ended March 31, 2009     Fiscal Year Ended March 31, 2008  
    First     Second     Third     Fourth     First     Second     Third     Fourth  
    (In thousands, except per share amounts)  
 
Net sales
  $ 8,350,246     $ 8,862,516     $ 8,153,289     $ 5,582,524     $ 5,157,026     $ 5,557,099     $ 9,068,658     $ 7,775,352  
Gross profit
    456,767       417,461       297,339       108,863       280,819       313,781       317,920       263,883  
Income (loss) before income taxes
    140,373       48,531       (6,012,187 )     (257,655 )     110,376       131,350       (96,775 )     (79,284 )
Provision for (benefit from) income taxes
    10,061       10,059       2,947       (17,858 )     3,429       10,412       677,636       13,560  
Net income (loss)
    130,312       38,472       (6,015,134 )     (239,797 )     106,947       120,938       (774,411 )     (92,844 )
Earnings (loss) per share:
                                                               
Basic
  $ 0.16     $ 0.05     $ (7.43 )   $ (0.30 )   $ 0.18     $ 0.20     $ (0.94 )   $ (0.11 )
                                                                 
Diluted
  $ 0.16     $ 0.05     $ (7.43 )   $ (0.30 )   $ 0.17     $ 0.20     $ (0.94 )   $ (0.11 )
                                                                 
 
The Company recognized a non-cash goodwill impairment charge of approximately $5.9 billion during the third quarter of fiscal year 2009. Refer to Note 2, “Summary of Accounting Policies — Goodwill and Other Intangibles” for further discussion.
 
On October 1, 2007, the Company issued approximately 221.8 million of its ordinary shares and paid approximately $1.1 billion in cash in connection with the acquisition of Solectron. Refer to Note 12, “Business and Asset Acquisitions and Divestitures” for further discussion.
 
The Company recognized non-cash tax expense of $661.3 million during fiscal year 2008, as it determined the recoverability of certain deferred tax assets is no longer more likely than not. Refer to Note 8, “Income Taxes” for further discussion.
 
The Company incurred restructuring charges during the first and fourth quarters of fiscal year 2009 and during the first, third and fourth quarters of fiscal year 2008. Refer to Note 9, “Restructuring Charges” for further discussion.


95


Table of Contents

ITEM 9.    CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE
 
Not applicable.
 
ITEM 9A.    CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES
 
(a) Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures
 
Under the supervision and with the participation of the Company’s management, including the Company’s Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, the Company has evaluated the effectiveness of the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Rule 13a-15(e) under the Exchange Act) as of March 31, 2009. Based on that evaluation, the Company’s Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer concluded that, as of March 31, 2009, such disclosure controls and procedures were effective in ensuring that information required to be disclosed by the Company in reports that it files or submits under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, is (i) recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in the Securities and Exchange Commission’s rules and forms and (ii) accumulated and communicated to our management, including our principal executive officer and principal financial officer, as appropriate to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure.
 
(b) Management’s Annual Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting
 
Management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting, as such term is defined in Rule 13a-15(f) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. As of March 31, 2009, under the supervision and with the participation of management, including the Company’s Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, an evaluation was conducted of the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting based on the framework in Internal Control — Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (“COSO”). Based on that evaluation, management concluded that the Company’s internal control over financial reporting was adequately designed and operating effectively as of March 31, 2009.
 
Because of its inherent limitations, a system of internal control over financial reporting can provide only reasonable assurance and may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.
 
(c) Attestation Report of the Registered Public Accounting Firm
 
The effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of March 31, 2009 has been audited by Deloitte & Touche LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, as stated in their report which appears in this Item under the heading “Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm.”
 
(d) Changes in Internal Control Over Financial Reporting
 
There were no changes in the Company’s internal controls over financial reporting that occurred during the quarter ended March 31, 2009 that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, its internal controls over financial reporting.


96


Table of Contents

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
 
To the Board of Directors and Stockholders of
Flextronics International Ltd.
Singapore
 
We have audited the internal control over financial reporting of Flextronics International Ltd. and subsidiaries (the “Company”) as of March 31, 2009, based on criteria established in Internal Control — Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission. The Company’s management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included in the accompanying Management’s Annual Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audit.
 
We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk, and performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.
 
A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed by, or under the supervision of, the company’s principal executive and principal financial officers, or persons performing similar functions, and effected by the company’s board of directors, management, and other personnel to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.
 
Because of the inherent limitations of internal control over financial reporting, including the possibility of collusion or improper management override of controls, material misstatements due to error or fraud may not be prevented or detected on a timely basis. Also, projections of any evaluation of the effectiveness of the internal control over financial reporting to future periods are subject to the risk that the controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.
 
In our opinion, the Company maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of March 31, 2009, based on the criteria established in Internal Control — Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission.
 
We have also audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the consolidated financial statements as of and for the year ended March 31, 2009 of the Company and our report dated May 20, 2009 expressed an unqualified opinion on those financial statements.
 
DELOITTE & TOUCHE LLP
 
San Jose, California
May 20, 2009


97


Table of Contents

ITEM 9B.    OTHER INFORMATION
 
Not applicable.
 
PART III
 
ITEM 10.    DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE
 
Information with respect to this item may be found in our definitive proxy statement to be delivered to shareholders in connection with our 2009 Annual General Meeting of Shareholders. Such information is incorporated by reference.
 
ITEM 11.    EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION
 
Information with respect to this item may be found in our definitive proxy statement to be delivered to shareholders in connection with our 2009 Annual General Meeting of Shareholders. Such information is incorporated by reference.
 
ITEM 12.    SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND RELATED SHAREHOLDER MATTERS
 
Information with respect to this item may be found in our definitive proxy statement to be delivered to shareholders in connection with our 2009 Annual General Meeting of Shareholders. Such information is incorporated by reference.
 
ITEM 13.    CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS, AND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE
 
Information with respect to this item may be found in our definitive proxy statement to be delivered to shareholders in connection with our 2009 Annual General Meeting of Shareholders. Such information is incorporated by reference.
 
ITEM 14.    PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTANT FEES AND SERVICES
 
Information with respect to this item may be found in our definitive proxy statement to be delivered to shareholders in connection with our 2009 Annual General Meeting of Shareholders. Such information is incorporated by reference.


98


Table of Contents

 
PART IV
 
ITEM 15.    EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES
 
(a) Documents filed as part of this annual report on Form 10-K:
 
1.  Financial Statements. See Item 8, “Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.”
 
2.  Financial Statement Schedules. “Schedule II — Valuation and Qualifying Accounts” is included in the financial statements, see Concentration of Credit Risk in Note 2, “Summary of Accounting Policies” of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements in Item 8, “Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.”
 
3.  Exhibits. The following exhibits are filed with this annual report on Form 10-K:
 
                                 
            Incorporated by Reference        
Exhibit
              Filing
  Exhibit
  Filed
No.  
Exhibit
 
Form
 
File No.
 
Date
 
No.
 
Herewith
 
  2 .01   Share Purchase Agreement, dated as of April 13, 2006, by and among the Registrant, Software Development Group and Saras Software Systems Ltd.    8-K   000-23354   04-19-06     2 .01    
  2 .02   Amendment, dated August 28, 2006, to the Share Purchase Agreement dated April 13, 2006, by and among Flextronics International Ltd., Software Development Group and Saras Software Systems Ltd.    10-Q   000-23354   11-08-06     10 .04    
  2 .03   Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated June 4, 2007, between Flextronics International Ltd., Saturn Merger Corp. and Solectron Corporation   8-K   000-23354   06-04-07     2 .01    
  3 .01   Memorandum of Association, as amended   10-K   000-23354   05-29-07     3 .01    
  3 .02   Amended and Restated Articles of Association of Flextronics International Ltd.    8-K   000-23354   10-11-06     3 .01    
  4 .01   U.S. Dollar Indenture dated June 29, 2000 between the Registrant and U.S. Bank National Association, as successor trustee.   10-Q   000-23354   08-14-00     4 .1    
  4 .02   Indenture dated as of May 8, 2003 between Registrant and U.S. Bank National Association, as successor trustee.   10-K   000-23354   06-06-03     4 .04    
  4 .03   Amendment to Indenture (relating to the Registrant’s 6.5% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2013), dated as of July 14, 2005.   10-Q   000-23354   08-10-05     4 .03    
  4 .04   Indenture dated as of August 5, 2003 between Registrant and U.S. Bank National Association, as successor trustee.   10-Q   000-23354   08-11-03     4 .01    
  4 .05   Amendment to Indenture (relating to the Registrant’s 6.25% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2014), dated as of July 14, 2005.   10-Q   000-23354   08-10-05     4 .04    
  4 .06   Note Purchase Agreement dated as of March 2, 2003 between Registrant, acting through its branch office in Hong Kong, and Silver Lake Partners Cayman, L.P., Silver Lake Investors Cayman, L.P., Silver Lake Technology Investors Cayman, L.P. and Integral Capital Partners VI, L.P.    10-K   000-23354   06-06-03     4 .05    


99


Table of Contents

                                 
            Incorporated by Reference        
Exhibit
              Filing
  Exhibit
  Filed
No.  
Exhibit
 
Form
 
File No.
 
Date
 
No.
 
Herewith
 
  4 .07   Credit Agreement, dated as of May 9, 2007, by and among Flextronics International Ltd. and certain of its subsidiaries as borrowers, Bank of America, N.A., as Administrative Agent and Swing Line Lender, Bank of America, N.A. and The Bank of Nova Scotia, as L/C Issuers, The Bank of Nova Scotia, as Syndication Agent, Bank of China (Hong Kong) Limited, BNP Paribas, Fortis Capital Corp., Keybank National Association, Mizuho Corporate Bank, Ltd. and Sumitomo Mitsui Banking Corp., New York, as Co-Documentation Agents, Banc of America Securities LLC and The Bank of Nova Scotia, as Joint Lead Arrangers and Joint Book Managers, and the other Lenders party thereto.   8-K   000-23354   05-15-07     10 .01    
  4 .08   Indenture, dated as of November 17, 2004, between Flextronics International Ltd. and U.S. Bank National Association, as successor trustee.   8-K   000-23354   11-19-04     4 .1    
  4 .09   Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of November 17, 2004, among Flextronics International Ltd. and Credit Suisse First Boston LLC, Deutsche Bank Securities Inc., Banc of America Securities LLC, Citigroup Global Markets Inc., Lehman Brothers Inc., BNP Paribas Securities Corp., McDonald Investments Inc., RBC Capital Markets Corporation, Scotia Capital (USA) Inc., ABN AMBRO Incorporated, HSBC Securities (USA) Inc. and UBS Securities LLC, as Initial Purchasers.   8-K   000-23354   11-19-04     4 .2    
  4 .10   First Amendment to Note Purchase Agreement, dated as of July 14, 2006, by and among Flextronics International Ltd., Silver Lake Partners Cayman, L.P., Silver Lake Investors Cayman, L.P. and Silver Lake Technology Investors Cayman, L.P.    8-K   000-23354   07-18-06     4 .1    
  4 .11   Term Loan Agreement, dated as of October 1, 2007, among Flextronics International Ltd., as a Borrower, Flextronics International USA, Inc., as U.S. Borrower, Citicorp North America, Inc., as Administrative Agent, Citigroup Global Markets Inc., as Sole Lead Arranger, Bookrunner and Syndication Agent and the Lenders from time to time party thereto.   8-K   000-23354   10-05-07     10 .1    
  4 .12   Amendment No. 1 to Term Loan Agreement, dated as of October 22, 2007, among Flextronics International Ltd., as a Borrower, Flextronics International USA, Inc., as U.S. Borrower, Citicorp North America, Inc., as Administrative Agent, and the Lenders party thereto   10-Q   000-23354   02-07-08     10 .01    
  4 .13   Amendment No. 2 to Term Loan Agreement, dated as of October 22, 2007, among Flextronics International Ltd., as a Borrower, Flextronics International USA, Inc., as U.S. Borrower, Citicorp North America, Inc., as Administrative Agent, and the Lenders party thereto   10-Q   000-23354   02-07-08     10 .02    

100


Table of Contents

                                 
            Incorporated by Reference        
Exhibit
              Filing
  Exhibit
  Filed
No.  
Exhibit
 
Form
 
File No.
 
Date
 
No.
 
Herewith
 
  10 .01   Form of Indemnification Agreement between the Registrant and its Directors and certain officers.†                       X
  10 .02   Form of Indemnification Agreement between Flextronics Corporation and Directors and certain officers of the Registrant.†                       X
  10 .03   Registrant’s 1993 Share Option Plan.†   S-8   333-55850   02-16-01     4 .2    
  10 .04   Registrant’s 1997 Interim Stock Plan.†   S-8   333-42255   12-15-97     99 .2    
  10 .05   Registrant’s 1998 Interim Stock Plan.†   S-8   333-71049   01-22-99     4 .5    
  10 .06   Registrant’s 1999 Interim Stock Plan.†   S-8   333-71049   01-22-99     4 .6    
  10 .07   Flextronics International Ltd. 2001 Equity Incentive Plan, as amended.†   8-K   000-23354   10-02-08     10 .01    
  10 .08   Registrant’s 2002 Interim Incentive Plan.†   S-8   333-103189   02-13-03     4 .02    
  10 .09   Flextronics International USA, Inc. 401(k) Plan.†   S-1   33-74622   01-31-94     10 .52    
  10 .10   Registrant’s 2004 Award Plan for New Employees, as amended.†   10-K   000-23354   05-29-07     10 .09    
  10 .11   Asset Purchase Agreement, dated as of June 29, 2004, by and among the Registrant and Nortel Networks Limited.   10-Q   000-23354   08-06-04     10 .01    
  10 .12   Award agreement for Michael McNamara†   8-K   000-23354   07-13-05     10 .03    
  10 .13   Award agreement for Thomas J. Smach†   8-K   000-23354   07-13-05     10 .04    
  10 .14   Flextronics International USA, Inc. Third Amended and Restated 2005 Senior Management Deferred Compensation Plan†   10-Q   000-23354   02-05-09     10 .02    
  10 .15   Flextronics International USA, Inc. Third Amended and Restated Senior Executive Deferred Compensation Plan†   10-Q   000-23354   02-05-09     10 .01    
  10 .16   Summary of Directors’ Compensation†   10-Q   000-23354   11-07-07     10 .04    
  10 .17   Solectron Corporation 2002 Stock Plan†   S-8   333-146549   10-05-07     4 .03    
  10 .18   Award Agreement for Carrie L. Schiff under Senior Management Deferred Compensation Plan, dated June 30, 2005†   10-Q   000-23354   08-08-07     10 .03    
  10 .19   Amendment to Indemnification Agreement between Flextronics International Ltd. and Thomas J. Smach†   10-Q   000-23354   08-08-07     10 .04    
  10 .20   Description of Non-Executive Chairman’s Compensation†   10-K   000-23354   05-23-08     10 .30    
  10 .21   Award Agreement for Paul Read under Senior Management Deferred Compensation Plan, dated June 30, 2005†   10-Q   000-23354   08-05-08     10 .03    
  10 .22   Award Agreement for Paul Read under Senior Executive Deferred Compensation Plan†   10-Q   000-23354   02-05-09     10 .03    
  10 .23   Award Agreement for Michael J. Clarke under Senior Management Deferred Compensation Plan, dated July 31, 2007†                       X
  10 .24   Award Agreement for Sean P. Burke under Senior Management Deferred Compensation Plan, dated November 10, 2006†                       X

101


Table of Contents

                                 
            Incorporated by Reference        
Exhibit
              Filing
  Exhibit
  Filed
No.  
Exhibit
 
Form
 
File No.
 
Date
 
No.
 
Herewith
 
  10 .25   Amendment No. 2 to Indemnification Agreement between Flextronics International Ltd. And Thomas J. Smach†   10-Q   000-23354   08-05-08     10 .04    
  10 .26   Description of Three-Year Cash Incentive Bonus Plan Adopted in Fiscal 2009†   10-Q   000-23354   08-05-08     10 .02    
  10 .27   Separation Agreement, dated June 23, 2008, between Flextronics International USA, Inc. and Thomas J. Smach†                       X
  10 .28   Description of Annual Incentive Bonus Plan for Fiscal 2009†                       X
  10 .29   Compensation Arrangements of Executive Officers of Flextronics International Ltd.†                       X
  21 .01   Subsidiaries of Registrant.                       X
  23 .01   Consent of Deloitte & Touche LLP.                       X
  24 .01   Power of Attorney (included on the signature page to this Form 10-K)                       X
  31 .01   Certification of Chief Executive Officer pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a) of the Exchange Act                       X
  31 .02   Certification of Chief Financial Officer pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a) of the Exchange Act                       X
  32 .01   Certification of the Chief Executive Officer pursuant to Rule 13a-14(b) of the Exchange Act and 18 U.S.C. Section 1350                       X
  32 .02   Certification of the Chief Financial Officer pursuant to Rule 13a-14(b) of the Exchange Act and 18 U.S.C. Section 1350                       X
 
 
Management contract, compensatory plan or arrangement.

102


Table of Contents

 
SIGNATURES
 
Pursuant to the requirement of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Registrant has duly caused this Report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.
 
Flextronics International Ltd.
 
  By: 
/s/   MICHAEL M. MCNAMARA
Michael M. McNamara
Chief Executive Officer
 
Date: May 20, 2009
 
POWER OF ATTORNEY
 
KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS, that each person whose signature appears below constitutes and appoints jointly and severally, Michael M. McNamara and Paul Read and each one of them, his attorneys-in-fact, each with the power of substitution, for him in any and all capacities, to sign any and all amendments to this Report, and to file the same, with exhibits thereto and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, hereby ratifying and confirming all that each of said attorneys-in-fact, or his substitutes, may do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.
 
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the Registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.
 
             
Signature
 
Title
 
Date
 
         
/s/   MICHAEL M. MCNAMARA

Michael M. McNamara
  Chief Executive Officer and Director (Principal Executive Officer)   May 20, 2009
         
/s/   PAUL READ

Paul Read
  Chief Financial Officer
(Principal Financial Officer)
  May 20, 2009
         
/s/   CHRISTOPHER COLLIER

Christopher Collier
  Senior Vice President, Finance
(Principal Accounting Officer)
  May 20, 2009
         
/s/   H. RAYMOND BINGHAM

H. Raymond Bingham
  Chairman of the Board   May 20, 2009
         
/s/   JAMES A. DAVIDSON

James A. Davidson
  Director   May 20, 2009
         
/s/   ROBERT L. EDWARDS

Robert L. Edwards
  Director   May 20, 2009
         
/s/   ROCKWELL SCHNABEL

Rockwell Schnabel
  Director   May 20, 2009
         
/s/   AJAY B. SHAH

Ajay B. Shah
  Director   May 20, 2009


103


Table of Contents

             
Signature
 
Title
 
Date
 
         
/s/   WILLY SHIH, PH.D.

Willy Shih, Ph.D.
  Director   May 20, 2009
         
/s/   LIP-BU TAN

Lip-Bu Tan
  Director   May 20, 2009
             
   
/s/   WILLIAM D. WATKINS

William D. Watkins
  Director   May 20, 2009


104


Table of Contents

EXHIBIT INDEX
 
                                 
           
Incorporated by Reference
       
Exhibit
              Filing
  Exhibit
  Filed
No.  
Exhibit
 
Form
 
File No.
 
Date
 
No.
 
Herewith
 
  2 .01   Share Purchase Agreement, dated as of April 13, 2006, by and among the Registrant, Software Development Group and Saras Software Systems Ltd.    8-K   000-23354   04-19-06     2 .01    
  2 .02   Amendment, dated August 28, 2006, to the Share Purchase Agreement dated April 13, 2006, by and among Flextronics International Ltd., Software Development Group and Saras Software Systems Ltd.    10-Q   000-23354   11-08-06     10 .04    
  2 .03   Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated June 4, 2007, between Flextronics International Ltd., Saturn Merger Corp. and Solectron Corporation   8-K   000-23354   06-04-07     2 .01    
  3 .01   Memorandum of Association, as amended   10-K   000-23354   05-29-07     3 .01    
  3 .02   Amended and Restated Articles of Association of Flextronics International Ltd.    8-K   000-23354   10-11-06     3 .01    
  4 .01   U.S. Dollar Indenture dated June 29, 2000 between the Registrant and U.S. Bank National Association, as successor trustee.   10-Q   000-23354   08-14-00     4 .1    
  4 .02   Indenture dated as of May 8, 2003 between Registrant and U.S. Bank National Association, as successor trustee.   10-K   000-23354   06-06-03     4 .04    
  4 .03   Amendment to Indenture (relating to the Registrant’s 6.5% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2013), dated as of July 14, 2005.   10-Q   000-23354   08-10-05     4 .03    
  4 .04   Indenture dated as of August 5, 2003 between Registrant and U.S. Bank National Association, as successor trustee.   10-Q   000-23354   08-11-03     4 .01    
  4 .05   Amendment to Indenture (relating to the Registrant’s 6.25% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2014), dated as of July 14, 2005.   10-Q   000-23354   08-10-05     4 .04    
  4 .06   Note Purchase Agreement dated as of March 2, 2003 between Registrant, acting through its branch office in Hong Kong, and Silver Lake Partners Cayman, L.P., Silver Lake Investors Cayman, L.P., Silver Lake Technology Investors Cayman, L.P. and Integral Capital Partners VI, L.P.    10-K   000-23354   06-06-03     4 .05    
  4 .07   Credit Agreement, dated as of May 9, 2007, by and among Flextronics International Ltd. and certain of its subsidiaries as borrowers, Bank of America, N.A., as Administrative Agent and Swing Line Lender, Bank of America, N.A. and The Bank of Nova Scotia, as L/C Issuers, The Bank of Nova Scotia, as Syndication Agent, Bank of China (Hong Kong) Limited, BNP Paribas, Fortis Capital Corp., Keybank National Association, Mizuho Corporate Bank, Ltd. and Sumitomo Mitsui Banking Corp., New York, as Co-Documentation Agents, Banc of America Securities LLC and The Bank of Nova Scotia, as Joint Lead Arrangers and Joint Book Managers, and the other Lenders party thereto.   8-K   000-23354   05-15-07     10 .01    


105


Table of Contents

                                 
           
Incorporated by Reference
       
Exhibit
              Filing
  Exhibit
  Filed
No.  
Exhibit
 
Form
 
File No.
 
Date
 
No.
 
Herewith
 
  4 .08   Indenture, dated as of November 17, 2004, between Flextronics International Ltd. and U.S. Bank National Association, as successor trustee.   8-K   000-23354   11-19-04     4 .1    
  4 .09   Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of November 17, 2004, among Flextronics International Ltd. and Credit Suisse First Boston LLC, Deutsche Bank Securities Inc., Banc of America Securities LLC, Citigroup Global Markets Inc., Lehman Brothers Inc., BNP Paribas Securities Corp., McDonald Investments Inc., RBC Capital Markets Corporation, Scotia Capital (USA) Inc., ABN AMBRO Incorporated, HSBC Securities (USA) Inc. and UBS Securities LLC, as Initial Purchasers.   8-K   000-23354   11-19-04     4 .2    
  4 .10   First Amendment to Note Purchase Agreement, dated as of July 14, 2006, by and among Flextronics International Ltd., Silver Lake Partners Cayman, L.P., Silver Lake Investors Cayman, L.P. and Silver Lake Technology Investors Cayman, L.P.    8-K   000-23354   07-18-06     4 .1    
  4 .11   Term Loan Agreement, dated as of October 1, 2007, among Flextronics International Ltd., as a Borrower, Flextronics International USA, Inc., as U.S. Borrower, Citicorp North America, Inc., as Administrative Agent, Citigroup Global Markets Inc., as Sole Lead Arranger, Bookrunner and Syndication Agent and the Lenders from time to time party thereto.   8-K   000-23354   10-05-07     10 .1    
  4 .12   Amendment No. 1 to Term Loan Agreement, dated as of October 22, 2007, among Flextronics International Ltd., as a Borrower, Flextronics International USA, Inc., as U.S. Borrower, Citicorp North America, Inc., as Administrative Agent, and the Lenders party thereto   10-Q   000-23354   02-07-08     10 .01    
  4 .13   Amendment No. 2 to Term Loan Agreement, dated as of October 22, 2007, among Flextronics International Ltd., as a Borrower, Flextronics International USA, Inc., as U.S. Borrower, Citicorp North America, Inc., as Administrative Agent, and the Lenders party thereto   10-Q   000-23354   02-07-08     10 .02    
  10 .01   Form of Indemnification Agreement between the Registrant and its Directors and certain officers.†                       X
  10 .02   Form of Indemnification Agreement between Flextronics Corporation and Directors and certain officers of the Registrant.†                       X
  10 .03   Registrant’s 1993 Share Option Plan.†   S-8   333-55850   02-16-01     4 .2    
  10 .04   Registrant’s 1997 Interim Stock Plan.†   S-8   333-42255   12-15-97     99 .2    
  10 .05   Registrant’s 1998 Interim Stock Plan.†   S-8   333-71049   01-22-99     4 .5    
  10 .06   Registrant’s 1999 Interim Stock Plan.†   S-8   333-71049   01-22-99     4 .6    
  10 .07   Flextronics International Ltd. 2001 Equity Incentive Plan, as amended.†   8-K   000-23354   10-02-08     10 .01    
  10 .08   Registrant’s 2002 Interim Incentive Plan.†   S-8   333-103189   02-13-03     4 .02    
  10 .09   Flextronics International USA, Inc. 401(k) Plan.†   S-1   33-74622   01-31-94     10 .52    


106


Table of Contents

                                 
           
Incorporated by Reference
       
Exhibit
              Filing
  Exhibit
  Filed
No.  
Exhibit
 
Form
 
File No.
 
Date
 
No.
 
Herewith
 
  10 .10   Registrant’s 2004 Award Plan for New Employees, as amended.†   10-K   000-23354   05-29-07     10 .09    
  10 .11   Asset Purchase Agreement, dated as of June 29, 2004, by and among the Registrant and Nortel Networks Limited.   10-Q   000-23354   08-06-04     10 .01    
  10 .12   Award agreement for Michael McNamara†   8-K   000-23354   07-13-05     10 .03    
  10 .13   Award agreement for Thomas J. Smach†   8-K   000-23354   07-13-05     10 .04    
  10 .14   Flextronics International USA, Inc. Third Amended and Restated 2005 Senior Management Deferred Compensation Plan†   10-Q   000-23354   02-05-09     10 .02    
  10 .15   Flextronics International USA, Inc. Third Amended and Restated Senior Executive Deferred Compensation Plan†   10-Q   000-23354   02-05-09     10 .01    
  10 .16   Summary of Directors’ Compensation†   10-Q   000-23354   11-07-07     10 .04    
  10 .17   Solectron Corporation 2002 Stock Plan†   S-8   333-146549   10-05-07     4 .03    
  10 .18   Award Agreement for Carrie L. Schiff under Senior Management Deferred Compensation Plan, dated June 30, 2005†   10-Q   000-23354   08-08-07     10 .03    
  10 .19   Amendment to Indemnification Agreement between Flextronics International Ltd. and Thomas J. Smach†   10-Q   000-23354   08-08-07     10 .04    
  10 .20   Description of Non-Executive Chairman’s Compensation†   10-K   000-23354   05-23-08     10 .30    
  10 .21   Award Agreement for Paul Read under Senior Management Deferred Compensation Plan, dated June 30, 2005†   10-Q   000-23354   08-05-08     10 .03    
  10 .22   Award Agreement for Paul Read under Senior Executive Deferred Compensation Plan†   10-Q   000-23354   02-05-09     10 .03    
  10 .23   Award Agreement for Michael J. Clarke under Senior Management Deferred Compensation Plan, dated July 31, 2007†                       X
  10 .24   Award Agreement for Sean P. Burke under Senior Management Deferred Compensation Plan, dated November 10, 2006†                       X
  10 .25   Amendment No. 2 to Indemnification Agreement between Flextronics International Ltd. And Thomas J. Smach†   10-Q   000-23354   08-05-08     10 .04    
  10 .26   Description of Three-Year Cash Incentive Bonus Plan Adopted in Fiscal 2009†   10-Q   000-23354   08-05-08     10 .02    
  10 .27   Separation Agreement, dated June 23, 2008, between Flextronics International USA, Inc. and Thomas J. Smach†                       X
  10 .28   Description of Annual Incentive Bonus Plan for Fiscal 2009†                       X
  10 .29   Compensation Arrangements of Executive Officers of Flextronics International Ltd.†                       X
  21 .01   Subsidiaries of Registrant.                       X
  23 .01   Consent of Deloitte & Touche LLP.                       X
  24 .01   Power of Attorney (included on the signature page to this Form 10-K)                       X


107


Table of Contents

                                 
           
Incorporated by Reference
       
Exhibit
              Filing
  Exhibit
  Filed
No.  
Exhibit
 
Form
 
File No.
 
Date
 
No.
 
Herewith
 
  31 .01   Certification of Chief Executive Officer pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a) of the Exchange Act                       X
  31 .02   Certification of Chief Financial Officer pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a) of the Exchange Act                       X
  32 .01   Certification of the Chief Executive Officer pursuant to Rule 13a-14(b) of the Exchange Act and 18 U.S.C. Section 1350                       X
  32 .02   Certification of the Chief Financial Officer pursuant to Rule 13a-14(b) of the Exchange Act and 18 U.S.C. Section 1350                       X
 
 
Management contract, compensatory plan or arrangement.


108

Exhibit 10.01
INDEMNIFICATION AGREEMENT
     THIS INDEMNIFICATION AGREEMENT is made and entered into this ___day of ___, 2009 between Flextronics International Ltd., a Singapore corporation (the “ Company ”), and ___, a director and/or officer of the Company (the “ Indemnitee ”).
RECITALS :
     A. The Indemnitee, an officer and/or director of the Company, performs a valuable service in such capacity for Company;
     B. The Board of Directors (the “ Board ”) of the Company desires to retain highly competent individuals to serve as directors and officers or in other capacities and to protect such individuals against inordinate risks of claims and actions against them arising out of their service to and activities on behalf of the Company;
     C. The Board has determined that the difficulty in attracting and retaining such persons is detrimental to the best interests of the Company’s shareholders and that the Company should act to assure such persons that there will be increased certainty of such protection in the future;
     D. It is reasonable, prudent and necessary for the Company to contractually obligate itself to indemnify such persons to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law so that they will serve or continue to serve the Company free from undue concern that they will not be so indemnified;
     E. Section 172 of the Singapore Companies Act, Chapter 50 (the “ Act ”), permits the Company to indemnify by agreement its officers and directors; and
     G. The Indemnitee does not regard the protection available under the Company’s Articles of Association or insurance as adequate in the present circumstances, and may not be willing to serve as an officer or director without adequate protection, and the Company desires the Indemnitee to serve in such capacity. The Indemnitee is willing to serve, continue to serve and to take on additional service for or on behalf of the Company on the condition that he or she be so indemnified.
     NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of Indemnitee’s continued service as a director and/or officer of the Company after the date hereof, the parties hereto agree as follows:
      1.  Agreement to Serve . The Indemnitee will serve or continue to serve as a director and/or officer of the Company, at the will of the Company (or under separate agreement, if such agreement exists), so long as he or she is duly appointed or elected and qualified in accordance with the applicable provisions of the Articles of Association of the Company; provided , however , that the Indemnitee may at any time and for any reason resign from such position

 


 

(subject to any contractual obligation that the Indemnitee may have assumed apart from this Agreement), and the Company shall have no obligation under this Agreement to continue the Indemnitee in any such position. Nothing contained in this Agreement is intended to create any right to continued employment or other form of service for the Company by the Indemnitee.
      2.  Directors’ and Officers’ Insurance . The Company shall obtain and maintain one or more policies of directors’ and officers’ liability insurance (“ D&O Insurance ”) customary for similarly situated companies, providing directors and officers of the Company with coverage on customary terms and conditions, and to ensure the Company’s performance of its indemnification obligations under this Agreement. In all policies of D&O Insurance, the Indemnitee shall be named as an insured in such a manner as to provide the Indemnitee at least the same rights and benefits as are accorded to the most favorably insured of the Company’s Agents. The purchase, establishment and maintenance of D&O Insurance shall not in any way limit or affect the rights and obligations of the Company or the Indemnitee under this Agreement except as expressly provided herein, and the execution and delivery of this Agreement by the Company and the Indemnitee shall not in any way limit or affect the rights and obligations of the Company or any other party or parties under any such D&O Insurance.
      3.  Indemnity of Indemnitee .
          3.1 General Indemnification . Subject to Section 7 below and to the provisions of the Act, the Company shall hold harmless and indemnify the Indemnitee in accordance with the provisions of this Section 3.1 if the Indemnitee was or is made, or is threatened to be made, a party to or a participant in (as a witness or otherwise) any Proceeding by reason of the fact that he or she is or was a director and/or officer of the Company, or by reason of anything done or not done by him or her in any such capacity. Indemnitee shall be indemnified under this Section 3.1 against all Expenses and judgments, liabilities, Fines, penalties, amounts paid in settlement, and all interest, assessments and other charges paid or payable in connection with or in respect of any of the foregoing (collectively, “ Losses ”), which are actually and reasonably incurred by the Indemnitee or that may be incurred on behalf of the Indemnitee (i) in connection with any Proceeding, or any action, discovery event, claim, issue or matter therein or related thereto, if such indemnification is not against any liability which by law would otherwise attach to him or her in respect of any negligence, default, breach of duty or breach of trust of which the Indemnitee may be guilty in relation to the Company, (ii) in defending any Proceeding in which judgment is given in his or her favor or in which he or she is acquitted or (iii) in connection with any application under Sections 76A (13) or 391 or any other provision of the Act, in which relief is granted to him or her by the court.
          3.2 Additional Indemnification . Notwithstanding any limitations in Section 3.1 hereof but subject to Section 7 below, the Company shall indemnify the Indemnitee in accordance with the provisions of this Section 3.2 to the fullest extent permitted by law (including, without limitation (i) to the fullest extent authorized or permitted by the provisions of the Act as in effect as of the date of this Agreement that authorize or contemplate indemnification by the Company of the Indemnitee in his or her capacity as an Agent and (ii) to the fullest extent authorized or permitted by any amendments or additions to or replacements of such provisions which are adopted after the date of this Agreement that increase the extent to which a corporation may indemnify such a Person in such a capacity). Indemnitee shall be

2


 

indemnified under this Section 3.2 against all Expenses and Losses actually and reasonably incurred by the Indemnitee or that may be incurred on behalf of the Indemnitee in connection with any Proceeding, or any action, discovery event, claim issue or matter therein or related thereto, by reason of the fact that he or she is or was an Agent, or by reason of anything done or not done by him or her in any such capacity.
          3.3 Expenses as a Witness . Notwithstanding the foregoing, to the extent that, by reason of his or her status as an Agent, the Indemnitee is a witness in any Proceeding to which the Indemnitee is not a party, the Company shall indemnify and hold harmless the Indemnitee against all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by the Indemnitee or on his or her behalf in connection therewith.
      4.  Reliance; Partial Indemnification and Contribution .
          4.1 Reliance . The Indemnitee shall be deemed to have satisfied the applicable standard of conduct to be entitled to indemnification hereunder if in taking any action the Indemnitee relied on the records or books of account of the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company (collectively, “ Flextronics ”), including without limitation financial statements, or on information, opinions, reports or statements provided to the Indemnitee by the officers or other employees of Flextronics in the ordinary course of their duties, or on the advice of legal counsel for Flextronics, or on information or records given or reports made to Flextronics by an independent certified public accountant or by an appraiser or other expert selected by Flextronics, or by any other Person (including legal counsel, accountants and financial advisors) as to matters the Indemnitee reasonably believes are within such other Person’s professional or expert competence and who has been selected with reasonable care by or on behalf of Flextronics. In connection with any determination as to whether the Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification hereunder, the Indemnitee shall be entitled to the presumption that he or she has satisfied the applicable standard of conduct and is entitled to indemnification, and the burden of proof shall be on the Company to establish, by clear and convincing evidence, that the Indemnitee is not so entitled. The provisions of this Section 4.1 shall not be deemed to be exclusive or to limit in any way the other circumstances in which the Indemnitee may be deemed to have met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in this Agreement. In addition, the knowledge or actions, or failures to act, of any other Person serving Flextronics shall not be imputed to the Indemnitee for the purposes of determining the right to indemnification hereunder.
          4.2 Partial Indemnification . If the Indemnitee is entitled under any provision of this Agreement to indemnification by the Company for some or a portion of any Expenses or Losses incurred by him or her, but is not entitled to indemnification for all of the total amount thereof, then the Company shall nevertheless indemnify the Indemnitee for such total amount except as to the portion thereof to which the Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification. For the avoidance of doubt, if the Indemnitee is not wholly successful in any Proceeding but is successful, on the merits or otherwise, as to one or more but less than all claims, issues or matters in any Proceeding, the Company shall indemnify the Indemnitee in connection with each successfully resolved claim, issue or matter. The Indemnitee’s satisfaction of the applicable standard of conduct described in Section 4.1 with respect to a particular claim, issue or matter shall be considered a successful resolution as to such claim, issue or matter. Furthermore,

3


 

subject to the provisions of the Act, for purposes of this Agreement, and without limitation, the termination of any claim, issue or matter by dismissal with or without prejudice shall be deemed to be a successful resolution as to such claim, issue or matter. In any review or Proceeding to determine the extent of indemnification, the Company shall bear the burden to establish by clear and convincing evidence, the lack of a successful resolution of a particular claim, issue or matter and which amounts sought in indemnity are allocable to claims, issues or matters which were not successfully resolved.
          4.3 Contribution . To the fullest extent permissible under applicable law, if the indemnification and hold harmless rights provided in Section 3 are unavailable to the Indemnitee in whole or in part in respect of any Proceeding in which the Company is jointly liable with Indemnitee (or would be if joined in such Proceeding), the Company shall pay, in the first instance, the entire amount of any judgment or settlement of such Proceeding without requiring the Indemnitee to contribute to such payment, and the Company hereby waives and relinquishes any right of contribution it may have against the Indemnitee. The Company shall not enter into any settlement in any Proceeding in which the Company is jointly liable with the Indemnitee (or would be if joined in such Proceeding) unless such settlement provides for a full and final release of all claims asserted against the Indemnitee. The Company hereby agrees to fully indemnify and hold harmless the Indemnitee from any claims for contribution which may be brought by any Agent of the Company other than the Indemnitee who may be jointly liable with the Indemnitee.
      5.  Mandatory Advancement of Expenses . Subject to Section 8 below, to the fullest extent permitted by law, the Company shall advance all Expenses incurred or to be incurred by the Indemnitee in connection with any Proceeding, including in connection with the investigation, defense, settlement or appeal of any such Proceeding, or any action, discovery event, claim, issue or matter therein or related thereto, to which the Indemnitee was or is made, or is threatened to be made, a party to or a participant in (as a witness or otherwise) by reason of the fact that he or she is or was an Agent, or by reason of anything done or not done by him or her in such capacity. The Indemnitee hereby undertakes to promptly repay such amounts advanced only if, and to the extent that, it shall ultimately be determined that the Indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified by the Company under the provisions of this Agreement, the Articles of Association of the Company, the Act or otherwise. The advances to be made hereunder shall be paid from time to time, whether prior to or after the final disposition of any Proceeding, by the Company to the Indemnitee within ten (10) days following delivery of a written request therefor by the Indemnitee to the Company and the presentation to the Company of an invoice or other substantiation of the specific nature and amount of each Expense to be advanced by the Company. Such advances shall be unsecured, interest free and shall be made without regard to the Indemnitee’s ability to repay the Expenses and without regard to the Indemnitee’s ultimate entitlement to indemnification under the other provisions of this Agreement. In the event that the Company advances an amount in excess of any properly documented Expense, the Indemnitee shall return such excess to the Company within ten (10) days of (i) the discovery by the Indemnitee of the excess of such advance or (ii) the notification by the Company of its discovery of the excess of such advance. The Indemnitee’s right to advancement of Expenses hereunder is absolute and shall not be subject to any prior determination by any Person that the Indemnitee has satisfied any applicable standard of conduct for indemnification.

4


 

      6.  Notice and Other Indemnification Procedures .
          6.1 Notice and Request for Indemnification . The Indemnitee agrees to promptly notify the Company in writing upon being served with any summons, citation, subpoena, complaint, indictment, information or other notice of the commencement of or the threat of the commencement of any Proceeding, if the Indemnitee believes that indemnification with respect thereto may be sought from the Company under this Agreement. The failure of the Indemnitee to so notify the Company shall not relieve the Company of any obligation which it may have to the Indemnitee under this Agreement or otherwise. The Indemnitee shall at such time or at any time thereafter deliver to the Company a written request for indemnification in accordance with this Agreement. Any such request may be delivered at such time or times as the Indemnitee deems appropriate in his or her sole discretion. Promptly, following such request for indemnification, the Indemnitee’s entitlement to indemnification shall be determined in accordance with the terms and conditions of this Agreement.
          6.2 Notice to D&O Insurance Providers . At the time of the receipt of a notice of the commencement of a Proceeding pursuant to Section 6.1, the Company shall give prompt notice of the commencement of such Proceeding to the providers of D&O Insurance then in effect in accordance with the procedures set forth in the respective policies. The Company shall thereafter take all necessary or desirable action to cause such insurers to pay, on behalf of the Indemnitee, all amounts payable as a result of such Proceeding in accordance with the terms of such D&O Insurance policies.
          6.3 Assumption of Defense . In the event the Company shall be obligated to advance Expenses to the Indemnitee and so long as there shall not have occurred a Change in Control, the Company shall be entitled to assume the defense of such Proceeding, with counsel approved by the Indemnitee (which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld), upon the delivery to the Indemnitee of written notice of its election to do so. After delivery of such notice, approval of such counsel by the Indemnitee and the retention of such counsel by the Company, the Company will not be liable to the Indemnitee under this Agreement for any fees and Expenses of counsel subsequently incurred by the Indemnitee with respect to the same Proceeding, provided that: (a) the Indemnitee shall have the right to employ his or her own counsel in any such Proceeding at the Indemnitee’s sole expense (not to be reimbursed or otherwise indemnified or paid by the Company); (b) the Indemnitee shall have the right to employ his or her own counsel in connection with any such Proceeding, at the expense of the Company, if such counsel serves in a reviewer, observer, advice and counseling capacity and does not otherwise materially control or participate in the defense of such Proceeding; and (c) if (i) the employment of counsel by the Indemnitee has been previously authorized by the Company, (ii) the Indemnitee shall have reasonably concluded that there may be a conflict of interest between the Company and the Indemnitee in the conduct of any such defense or (iii) the Company shall not, in fact, have employed counsel to assume the defense of such Proceeding, then the fees and Expenses of the Indemnitee’s counsel shall be at the expense of the Company. The Company shall not settle any action, claim or Proceeding (in whole or in part) which would impose any Expense, Loss or limitation on the Indemnitee without the Indemnitee’s prior written consent.

5


 

      7.  Determination of Right to Indemnification .
          7.1 Payment . If the Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification under this Agreement, payment to the Indemnitee shall be made within ten (10) days following the request for indemnification under Section 6.1 and the presentation to the Company of an invoice or other substantiation of the specific nature and amount of each indemnifiable Expense or Loss, as determined necessary and appropriate by the Company. In the event that the Company pays or reimburses an amount in excess of any properly documented indemnifiable Expense or Loss, the Indemnitee shall return such excess to the Company within ten (10) days of (i) the discovery by the Indemnitee of the excess payment or reimbursement or (ii) the notification by the Company of its discovery of the excess payment or reimbursement.
          7.2 Enforcement of Agreement . Notwithstanding any other provision in this Agreement to the contrary, the Company shall indemnify the Indemnitee against all Expenses incurred by the Indemnitee in connection with any Proceeding between the Company and the Indemnitee involving the interpretation or enforcement of the rights of the Indemnitee under this Agreement, unless a court of competent jurisdiction finds that the Indemnitee’s claims and/or defenses in any such Proceeding were frivolous or made in bad faith.
      8.  Exceptions . Any other provision herein to the contrary notwithstanding, the Company shall not be obligated pursuant to the terms of this Agreement:
          8.1 Claims Initiated by Indemnitee . To indemnify the Indemnitee with respect to Proceedings or claims initiated or brought voluntarily by the Indemnitee and not by way of defense, except with respect to Proceedings specifically authorized by the Board or brought to establish or enforce a right to indemnification arising under this Agreement, the Articles of Association of the Company, the charter documents of any Subsidiary of the Company or any statute or law or otherwise;
          8.2 Amounts Covered by Insurance . To indemnify the Indemnitee for any Expenses or Losses to the extent such Expenses or Losses have been paid directly to the Indemnitee by any D&O Insurance policy or pursuant to any other agreement or otherwise, whether paid by the Company or any other Person;
          8.3 Unauthorized Settlements . To indemnify the Indemnitee hereunder for any amounts paid in settlement of a Proceeding unless the Company consents in advance in writing to such settlement, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed;
          8.4 Securities Law Actions . To indemnify the Indemnitee on account of any suit in which judgment is rendered against the Indemnitee for an accounting of profits made from the purchase or sale by the Indemnitee of securities pursuant to the provisions of Section 16(b) of the United States Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “ Exchange Act ”); or
          8.5 Sarbanes-Oxley Act . To indemnify the Indemnitee for any reimbursement by the Indemnitee of any bonus or other incentive-based or equity-based compensation or of any profits realized by the Indemnitee from the sale of securities of the Company, as required in each case under the Exchange Act (including any such reimbursements that arise from an accounting restatement pursuant to Section 304 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (the “Sarbanes-Oxley

6


 

Act” ), or the payment of profits arising from the purchase and sale by the Indemnitee of securities of the Company in violation of Section 306 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act.
      9.  Non-Exclusivity . The provisions for indemnification and advancement of Expenses set forth in this Agreement shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights which the Indemnitee may have under any provision of law, the Company’s Articles of Association, the vote of the Company’s shareholders or disinterested directors, other agreements or otherwise, both as to actions or failures to act in the Indemnitee’s official capacity and to actions or failures to act in another capacity while occupying his or her position as an Agent, and the Indemnitee’s rights hereunder shall continue after the Indemnitee has ceased acting as an Agent and shall inure to the benefit of the heirs, executors and administrators of the Indemnitee. No right or remedy herein conferred is intended to be exclusive of any other right or remedy, and every other right and remedy shall be cumulative and in addition to every other right and remedy given hereunder or now or hereafter existing at law or in equity or otherwise. The assertion or employment of any right or remedy hereunder, or otherwise, shall not prevent the concurrent assertion or employment of any other right or remedy.
      10.  Definitions . In addition to other terms defined herein, for the purposes of this Agreement, the following terms shall have the following meanings when used herein with initial capital letters:
          10.1 “ Agent ” means any Person who (i) is or was a director, officer, employee, fiduciary or other official of the Company; or (ii) is or was serving at the request of, for the convenience of, or to represent the interests of the Company as a director, officer, advisory director, trustee, manager, member, partner, employee, agent, fiduciary, or in any other similar capacity of another foreign or domestic corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise. As used herein, the term “ enterprise ” includes any employee benefit plan of the Company, its Subsidiaries, affiliates and predecessor corporations.
          10.2 A “ Change in Control ” shall be deemed to occur upon the earliest of the following events:
               (a) Any Person is or becomes the beneficial owner (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act), directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company representing twenty percent (20%) or more of the combined voting power of the Company’s then outstanding voting securities, except that any change in the relative beneficial ownership of the Company’s voting securities by any Person resulting solely from a reduction in the aggregate number of outstanding shares of voting securities shall be disregarded.
               (b) During any period of two (2) consecutive years (not including any period prior to the execution of this Agreement), individuals who at the beginning of such period constitute the board of directors of the Company, and any new director whose election by the board of directors of the Company or nomination for election by the Company’s shareholders was approved by a vote of at least two-thirds of the directors then still in office who either were directors at the beginning of the period or whose election or nomination for election was previously so approved, cease for any reason to constitute at least a majority of the members of the board of directors of the Company;

7


 

               (c) The effective date of a merger or consolidation of the Company with any other entity, other than a merger or consolidation which would result in the voting securities of the Company outstanding immediately prior to such merger or consolidation continuing to represent (either by remaining outstanding or by being converted into voting securities of the surviving entity) more than 51% of the combined voting power of the voting securities of the surviving entity outstanding immediately after such merger or consolidation and with the power to elect at least a majority of the board of directors or other governing body of such surviving entity;
               (d) The approval by the shareholders of the Company of a complete liquidation of the Company or an agreement for the sale or disposition by the Company of all or substantially all of its assets; and
               (e) There occurs any other event of a nature that would be required to be reported in response to Item 6(e) of Schedule 14A of Regulation 14A (or a response to any similar item on any similar schedule or form) promulgated under the Exchange Act, whether or not the Company is then subject to such reporting requirement.
          10.3 “Expenses ” means (i) all attorney’s fees and costs, retainers (as an advance for services to be rendered or expenses to be incurred), court costs, transcript costs, fees of experts, witness fees, travel expenses, duplicating costs, printing and binding costs, telephone charges, postage, delivery service fees, and all other disbursements or costs incurred in connection with prosecuting, defending, preparing to prosecute or defend, investigating, being or preparing to be a witness in, otherwise participating in any Proceeding, or any action, discovery event, claim issue or matter therein or related thereto, or establishing or enforcing a right to indemnification or advancement of Expenses under this Agreement or otherwise and (ii) any such Expenses incurred in connection with any appeal resulting from any Proceeding, including without limitation, the premium, security for, and other costs relating to any cost bond, supersedeas bond, or other appeal bond or its equivalent.
          10.4 “ Fines ” shall include any excise tax assessed with respect to any employee benefit plan.
          10.5 “ Person ” means any individual, corporation, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, association, other entity or organization or any group (within the meaning of Section 13(d)(3) or 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act, and the rules and regulations thereunder).
          10.6 “ Proceeding ” means any threatened, pending or completed action, suit arbitration, proceeding, alternate dispute resolution mechanism, investigation, inquiry, administrative hearing or any other actual threatened, or completed proceeding, whether brought in the right of the Company or otherwise and whether of a civil (including intentional or unintentional tort claims), criminal, administrative or investigative nature, or in any bankruptcy case or related proceeding, in which Indemnitee was, is or will be involved as a party, a witness or otherwise by reason of the fact that Indemnitee is or was an Agent, or by reason of anything done or not done by him or her in any such capacity.

8


 

          10.7 “ Subsidiary ” means, in respect of any Person, any corporation, partnership or other business entity of which more than fifty percent (50%) of the outstanding voting power of shares of capital stock or other interests (including partnership interests) entitled (without regard to the occurrence of any contingency) to vote in the election of directors, managers or trustees thereof is at the time owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by such Person, by such Person and one or more of its other subsidiaries or by one or more of such Person’s other subsidiaries.
      11.  General Provisions .
          11.1 Interpretation of Agreement . It is understood that the parties hereto intend this Agreement to be interpreted and enforced so as to provide indemnification to the Indemnitee to the fullest extent now or hereafter permitted by law, except as expressly limited herein. The Company expressly confirms and agrees that it has entered into this Agreement and assumed the obligations imposed on it hereby in order to induce the Indemnitee to serve as an Agent of the Company, and the Company acknowledges that the Indemnitee is relying upon this Agreement in serving in such capacity.
          11.2 Severability . If any provision or provisions of this Agreement shall be held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable for any reason whatsoever, then: (a) the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions of this Agreement (including, without limitation, all portions of any paragraphs of this Agreement containing any such provision held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable that are not themselves invalid, illegal or unenforceable) shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby; (b) such provision or provisions shall be deemed reformed to the extent necessary to conform to applicable law; and (c) to the fullest extent possible, the provisions of this Agreement (including, without limitation, all portions of any paragraphs of this Agreement containing any such provision held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, that are not themselves invalid, illegal or unenforceable) shall be construed so as to give effect to the intent manifested by the provision held invalid, illegal or unenforceable and to give effect to the intent manifested hereby.
          11.3 Duration of Agreement . This Agreement shall continue until and terminate upon the later of (a) ten (10) years after the date that the Indemnitee shall have ceased to serve as an Agent, or (b) one (1) year after the final termination of any Proceeding then pending in respect of which the Indemnitee is granted rights of indemnification or advancement of Expenses hereunder and of any Proceeding commenced by the Indemnitee pursuant to enforce the Indemnitee’s rights under this Agreement.
          11.4 Modification and Waiver . No supplement, modification or amendment of this Agreement shall be binding unless executed in writing by both of the parties hereto. No waiver of any of the provisions of this Agreement shall be deemed to be or shall constitute a waiver of any other provision hereof (whether or not similar), nor shall such waiver constitute a continuing waiver.
          11.5 Subrogation . In the event of any payment under this Agreement, the Company shall be subrogated to the extent of such payment to all of the rights of recovery of the Indemnitee, who shall execute all papers required and take all action necessary to secure such

9


 

rights, including execution of such documents as are necessary to enable the Company to bring suit to enforce such rights.
          11.6 Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed by facsimile and in one or more counterparts, each of which shall for all purposes be deemed to be an original and all of which shall together constitute one and the same agreement.
          11.7 Entire Agreement . Except as expressly set forth in this Agreement, this Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes all prior agreements and understandings, oral, written and implied, between the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof.
          11.8 Successors and Assigns . The terms of this Agreement shall bind, and shall inure to the benefit of, the successors and assigns of the parties hereto. The Company shall require and cause any successor (whether direct or indirect by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise) to all, substantially all or a substantial part, of the business and/or the assets of the Company, by written agreement in form and substance satisfactory to the Indemnitee, expressly to assume and agree to perform this Agreement in the same manner and to the same extent that the Company would be required to perform if no such succession had taken place.
          11.9 Notice . All notices, requests, demands and other communications under this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed duly given if (i) delivered by hand and signed for by the party addressee, (ii) mailed by certified or registered mail, with postage prepaid, on the third business day after the mailing date or (iii) sent by prepaid overnight mail, signature required for delivery on the next business day:
               (a) If to the Indemnitee, at the address indicated on the signature page of this Agreement, or such other address as Indemnitee shall provide in writing to the Company; and
                (b)  If to the Company, to
                      Flextronics International Ltd.
                      One Marina Boulevard, #28-00
                      Singapore 018989
                      Attention: Chief Financial Officer
                      With a copy to:
                      Flextronics International USA, Inc.
                      305 Interlocken Parkway
                      Broomfield, CO 80021
                      Attention: General Counsel
or to any other address as may have been furnished by the Company to the Indemnitee in writing.
          11.10 Governing Law . This Agreement shall be governed exclusively by and construed according to the laws of Singapore.

10


 

          11.11 Injunctive Relief . The Company and the Indemnitee agree herein that a monetary remedy for breach of this Agreement, at some later date, may be inadequate, impracticable and difficult to prove, and further agree that such breach may cause the Indemnitee irreparable harm. Accordingly, the parties hereto agree that the Indemnitee may enforce this Agreement by seeking injunctive relief and/or specific performance hereof, without any necessity of showing actual damage or irreparable harm and that by seeking injunctive relief and/or specific performance, the Indemnitee shall not be precluded from seeking or obtaining any other relief to which he or she may be entitled, and shall not be required to post bonds or make any other undertaking in connection therewith.
          11.12 Miscellaneous . The section headings of this Agreement are inserted for convenience only and shall not be deemed to constitute a part of this Agreement or to affect the construction thereof.
[The remainder of this page is intentionally left blank.]

11


 

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement on and as of the day and year first above written.
         
  FLEXTRONICS INTERNATIONAL LTD.
 
 
  By:      
    Name:      
    Title:      
 
         
  INDEMNITEE
 
 
  By:      
    Name:      
    Address:
 
 
 
 
 
 
[SIGNATURE PAGE TO INDEMNIFICATION AGREEMENT]

12

EXHIBIT 10.02
INDEMNIFICATION AGREEMENT
     THIS INDEMNIFICATION AGREEMENT (this “ Agreement ”) is made and entered into this ___day of ___, 2009, between Flextronics Corporation (the “ Company ”), a Delaware corporation and a direct, wholly-owned Subsidiary of Flextronics International Ltd., a Singapore corporation (“ FIL ”), and ___, a director and/or officer of the Company and/or FIL (the “ Indemnitee ”).
RECITALS
     A. The Indemnitee, an officer and/or director of FIL, performs a valuable service in such capacity for FIL. The Company, as a direct, wholly-owned Subsidiary of FIL, and FIL, as its stockholder, derives a significant benefit from such service;
     B. The Board of Directors (the “ Board ”) of the Company desires to retain highly competent individuals to serve as directors, officers, employees and agents of the Company and to protect such individuals against inordinate risks of claims and actions against them arising out of their services to and activities on behalf of the Company;
     C. It is reasonable, prudent and necessary for the Company to contractually obligate itself to indemnify, and to advance expenses on behalf of, individuals who serve as directors and officers of the Company or who serve as directors, officers, employees or agents of FIL or another entity at the request of the Company, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law so that they will serve or continue to serve the Company or such other entity free from undue concern that they will not be so indemnified;
     D The Singapore Companies Act, Chapter 50, imposes certain restrictions on the ability of FIL to indemnify and advance expenses to its officers and directors, which restrictions are greater than those imposed by the applicable laws of the State of Delaware;
     E. Section 145 of the Delaware General Corporation Law (the “ Law ”), empowers the Company to indemnify by agreement its officers, directors, employees and agents, and persons who serve, at the request of the Company, as directors, officers, employees or agents of other corporations or enterprises, and expressly provides that the indemnification provided by the Law is not exclusive; and
     F. The Indemnitee does not regard the protection available under the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation and By-Laws, FIL’s Articles of Association, the Indemnitee’s indemnification agreement with FIL or insurance as adequate in the present circumstances, and may not be willing to serve the Company, or another entity at the request of the Company, as a director, officer, employee or agent without adequate protection, and the Company desires the Indemnitee to serve in such capacity. The Indemnitee is willing to serve, continue to serve and to take on additional service for or on behalf of FIL and/or the Company or another such entity on the condition that he or she be so indemnified.

 


 

      NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and the other covenants and agreements contained herein, and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto, intending to be legally bound, hereby agree as follows:
      1.  Agreement to Serve . The Indemnitee will serve or continue to serve at the request of the Company as a director and/or officer of FIL and/or a director and/or officer of the Company or another Subsidiary of FIL, at the will of the Company (or under separate agreement, if such agreement exists), so long as he or she is duly appointed or elected and qualified in accordance with the applicable provisions of the charter documents of FIL, the Company or such other Subsidiary, as the case may be; provided , however , that the Indemnitee may at any time and for any reason resign from such position (subject to any contractual obligation that the Indemnitee may have assumed apart from this Agreement), and FIL, the Company and any such Subsidiary shall have no obligation under this Agreement to continue the Indemnitee in any such position. Nothing contained in this Agreement is intended to create any right to continued employment or other form of service for the Company, FIL or any Subsidiary by the Indemnitee.
      2.  Directors’ and Officers’ Insurance . The Company shall obtain and maintain one or more policies of directors’ and officers’ liability insurance (“ D&O Insurance ”) customary for similarly situated companies, providing Agents of the Company with coverage on customary terms and conditions, and to ensure the Company’s performance of its indemnification obligations under this Agreement. In all policies of D&O Insurance, the Indemnitee shall be named as an insured in such a manner as to provide the Indemnitee at least the same rights and benefits as are accorded to the most favorably insured of the Company’s Agents. The purchase, establishment and maintenance of D&O Insurance shall not in any way limit or affect the rights and obligations of the Company or the Indemnitee under this Agreement except as expressly provided herein, and the execution and delivery of this Agreement by the Company and the Indemnitee shall not in any way limit or affect the rights and obligations of the Company or any other party or parties under any such D&O Insurance.
      3.  Mandatory Indemnification . Subject to Section 8 below:
          3.1 Indemnity in Proceedings Other than Proceedings by or in the Right of the Company . The Company shall indemnify and hold harmless Indemnitee in accordance with the provisions of this Section 3.1 if the Indemnitee was or is made, or is threatened to be made, a party to or a participant in (as a witness or otherwise) any Proceeding (other than a Proceeding by or in the right of the Company to procure a judgment in its favor) by reason of the fact that he or she is or was an Agent, or by reason of anything done or not done by him or her in such capacity. The Indemnitee shall be indemnified under this Section 3.1 against all Expenses and judgments, liabilities, Fines, penalties, amounts paid in settlement, and all interest, assessments and other charges paid or payable in connection with or in respect of any of the foregoing (collectively, “ Losses ”) actually and reasonably incurred by the Indemnitee or that may be incurred on behalf of the Indemnitee in connection with such Proceeding, or any action, discovery event, claim, issue or matter therein or related thereto, if the Indemnitee acted in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company and, with respect to any criminal Proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe that his or her conduct was unlawful;

2


 

          3.2 Indemnity in Proceedings by or in the Right of the Company . The Company shall indemnify and hold harmless the Indemnitee in accordance with the provisions of this Section 3.2 if the Indemnitee was or is made, or is threatened to be made, a party to or a participant in (as a witness or otherwise) any Proceeding by or in the right of the Company to procure a judgment in its favor by reason of the fact that he is or was an Agent, or by reason of anything done or not done by him or her in such capacity. The Indemnitee shall be indemnified under this Section 3.2 against all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by him or her in connection with such Proceeding, or any action, discovery event, claim, issue or matter therein or related thereto, if he or she acted in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company; provided , however , that no indemnification shall be made under this Section 3.2 (i) in respect of any claim, issue or matter as to which the Indemnitee shall have been finally adjudged to be liable to the Company, unless and only to the extent that the court in which the proceeding is or was pending shall have determined upon application that, in view of all of the circumstances of the case, the Indemnitee is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnity for Expenses and then only to the extent that the court shall determine;
          3.3 Additional Indemnification . Notwithstanding any limitations in Sections 3.1 or 3.2 hereof, the Company shall indemnify and hold harmless the Indemnitee in accordance with the provisions of this Section 3.3 to the fullest extent permitted by law (including, without limitation (i) to the fullest extent authorized or permitted by the provisions of the Law as in effect as of the date of this Agreement that authorize or contemplate indemnification by the Company of the Indemnitee in his or her capacity as an Agent and (ii) to the fullest extent authorized or permitted by any amendments or additions to or replacements of such provisions which are adopted after the date of this Agreement that increase the extent to which a corporation may indemnify such a Person in such a capacity). The Indemnitee shall be indemnified under this Section 3.3 against all Expenses and Losses actually and reasonably incurred by the Indemnitee or that may be incurred on behalf of the Indemnitee in connection with any Proceeding, or any action, discovery event, claim, issue or matter therein or related thereto, by reason of the fact that he or she is or was an Agent, or by reason of anything done or not done by him or her in such capacity; and
          3.4 Expenses as a Witness . Notwithstanding the foregoing, to the extent that, by reason of his or her status as an Agent, the Indemnitee is a witness in any Proceeding to which the Indemnitee is not a party, the Company shall indemnify and hold harmless the Indemnitee against all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by the Indemnitee or on his or her behalf in connection therewith.
      4. Good Faith; Partial Indemnification and Contribution .
          4.1 Good Faith . For the purposes of any determination of “good faith” hereunder, the Indemnitee shall be deemed to have acted in good faith if in taking such action the Indemnitee relied on the records or books of account of the Company, FIL or any Subsidiary of FIL (collectively, “ Flextronics ”), including without limitation financial statements, or on information, opinions, reports or statements provided to the Indemnitee by the officers or other employees of Flextronics in the ordinary course of their duties, or on the advice of legal counsel for Flextronics, or on information or records given or reports made to Flextronics by an

3


 

independent certified public accountant or by an appraiser or other expert selected by Flextronics, or by any other Person (including legal counsel, accountants and financial advisors) as to matters the Indemnitee reasonably believes are within such other Person’s professional or expert competence and who has been selected with reasonable care by or on behalf of Flextronics. In connection with any determination as to whether the Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification hereunder, the Indemnitee shall be entitled to the presumption that he or she has satisfied the applicable standard of conduct and is entitled to indemnification, and the burden of proof shall be on the Company to establish, by clear and convincing evidence, that the Indemnitee is not so entitled. The provisions of this Section 4.1 shall not be deemed to be exclusive or to limit in any way the other circumstances in which the Indemnitee may be deemed to have met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in this Agreement. In addition, the knowledge or actions, or failures to act, of any other Person serving Flextronics shall not be imputed to the Indemnitee for the purposes of determining his or her right to indemnification hereunder.
          4.2 Partial Indemnification . If the Indemnitee is entitled under any provision of this Agreement to indemnification by the Company for some or a portion of any Expenses or Losses incurred by him or her, but is not entitled to indemnification for all of the total amount thereof, then the Company shall nevertheless indemnify the Indemnitee for such total amount except as to the portion thereof to which the Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification. For the avoidance of doubt, if the Indemnitee is not wholly successful in any Proceeding but is successful, on the merits or otherwise, as to one or more but less than all claims, issues or matters in any Proceeding, the Company shall indemnify the Indemnitee in connection with each successfully resolved claim, issue or matter. The Indemnitee’s satisfaction of the applicable standard of conduct described in Section 4.1 with respect to a particular claim, issue or matter shall be considered a successful resolution as to such claim, issue or matter. Furthermore, subject to the provisions of the Law, for purposes of this Agreement, and without limitation, the termination of any claim, issue or matter by dismissal with or without prejudice shall be deemed to be a successful resolution as to such claim, issue or matter. In any review or Proceeding to determine the extent of indemnification, the Company shall bear the burden to establish, by clear and convincing evidence, the lack of a successful resolution of a particular claim, issue or matter and which amounts sought in indemnity are allocable to claims, issues or matters which were not successfully resolved.
          4.3 Contribution . To the fullest extent permissible under applicable law, if the indemnification and hold harmless rights provided in Section 3 are unavailable to the Indemnitee in whole or in part in respect of any Proceeding in which the Company is jointly liable with Indemnitee (or would be if joined in such Proceeding), the Company shall pay, in the first instance, the entire amount of any judgment or settlement of such Proceeding without requiring the Indemnitee to contribute to such payment, and the Company hereby waives and relinquishes any right of contribution it may have against the Indemnitee. The Company shall not enter into any settlement in any Proceeding in which the Company is jointly liable with the Indemnitee (or would be if joined in such Proceeding) unless such settlement provides for a full and final release of all claims asserted against the Indemnitee. The Company hereby agrees to fully indemnify and hold harmless the Indemnitee from any claims for contribution which may be brought by any Agent of the Company other than the Indemnitee who may be jointly liable with the Indemnitee.

4


 

      5.  Mandatory Advancement of Expenses . Subject to Section 8 below, to the fullest extent permitted by law, the Company shall advance all Expenses incurred or to be incurred by the Indemnitee in connection with any Proceeding, including in connection with the investigation, defense, settlement or appeal of any such Proceeding, or any action, discovery event, claim, issue or matter therein or related thereto, to which the Indemnitee was or is made, or is threatened to be made, a party to or a participant in (as a witness or otherwise) by reason of the fact that he or she is or was an Agent, or by reason of anything done or not done by him or her in such capacity. The Indemnitee hereby undertakes to promptly repay such amounts advanced only if, and to the extent that, it shall ultimately be determined that the Indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified by the Company under the provisions of this Agreement, the Certificate of Incorporation or By-Laws of the Company, the Law or otherwise. The advances to be made hereunder shall be paid from time to time, whether prior to or after the final disposition of any Proceeding, by the Company to the Indemnitee within ten (10) days following delivery of a written request therefor by the Indemnitee to the Company and the presentation to the Company of an invoice or other substantiation of the specific nature and amount of each Expense to be advanced by the Company. Such advances shall be unsecured, interest free and shall be made without regard to the Indemnitee’s ability to repay the Expenses and without regard to the Indemnitee’s ultimate entitlement to indemnification under the other provisions of this Agreement. In the event that the Company advances an amount in excess of any properly documented Expense, the Indemnitee shall return such excess to the Company within ten (10) days of (i) the discovery by the Indemnitee of the excess of such advance or (ii) the notification by the Company of its discovery of the excess of such advance. The Indemnitee’s right to advancement of Expenses hereunder is absolute and shall not be subject to any prior determination by any Person that the Indemnitee has satisfied any applicable standard of conduct for indemnification.
      6.  Notice and Other Indemnification Procedures .
          6.1 Notice and Request for Indemnification . The Indemnitee agrees to promptly notify the Company in writing upon being served with any summons, citation, subpoena, complaint, indictment, information or other notice of the commencement of or the threat of the commencement of any Proceeding, if the Indemnitee believes that indemnification with respect thereto may be sought from the Company under this Agreement. The failure of the Indemnitee to so notify the Company shall not relieve the Company of any obligation which it may have to the Indemnitee under this Agreement or otherwise. The Indemnitee shall at such time or at any time thereafter deliver to the Company a written request for indemnification in accordance with this Agreement. Any such request may be delivered at such time or times as the Indemnitee deems appropriate in his or her sole discretion. Promptly following such request for indemnification, the Indemnitee’s entitlement to indemnification shall be determined in accordance with the terms and conditions of this Agreement, including, as applicable, Section 7 hereof.
          6.2 Notice to D&O Insurance Providers . At the time of the receipt of a notice of the commencement of a Proceeding pursuant to Section 6.1 hereof, the Company shall give prompt notice of the commencement of such Proceeding to the providers of D&O Insurance then in effect in accordance with the procedures set forth in the respective policies. The Company shall thereafter take all necessary or desirable action to cause such insurers to pay, on behalf of

5


 

the Indemnitee, all amounts payable as a result of such Proceeding in accordance with the terms of such D&O Insurance policies.
          6.3 Assumption of Defense . In the event the Company shall be obligated to advance Expenses to the Indemnitee and so long as there shall not have occurred a Change in Control, the Company shall be entitled to assume the defense of such Proceeding, with counsel approved by the Indemnitee (which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld), upon the delivery to the Indemnitee of written notice of its election to do so. After delivery of such notice, approval of such counsel by the Indemnitee and the retention of such counsel by the Company, the Company will not be liable to the Indemnitee under this Agreement for any fees and Expenses of counsel subsequently incurred by the Indemnitee with respect to the same Proceeding, provided that: (a) the Indemnitee shall have the right to employ his or her own counsel in any such Proceeding at the Indemnitee’s sole expense (not to be reimbursed or otherwise indemnified or paid by the Company); (b) the Indemnitee shall have the right to employ his or her own counsel in connection with any such Proceeding, at the expense of the Company, if such counsel serves in a reviewer, observer, advice and counseling capacity and does not otherwise materially control or participate in the defense of such Proceeding; and (c) if (i) the employment of counsel by the Indemnitee has been previously authorized by the Company, (ii) the Indemnitee shall have reasonably concluded that there may be a conflict of interest between the Company and the Indemnitee in the conduct of any such defense or (iii) the Company shall not, in fact, have employed counsel to assume the defense of such Proceeding, then the fees and Expenses of the Indemnitee’s counsel shall be at the expense of the Company. The Company shall not settle any action, claim or Proceeding (in whole or in part) which would impose any Expense, Loss or limitation on the Indemnitee without the Indemnitee’s prior written consent.
      7.  Procedure Upon Application for Indemnification .
          7.1 Determination of Right to Indemnification . A determination, if required by applicable law, with respect to the Indemnitee’s entitlement to indemnification pursuant to this Agreement shall be made in the specific case by one of the following methods, which shall be at the election of the Indemnitee:
               (a) By a majority vote of all of the directors who are not parties to the Proceeding for which indemnification is being sought, even if less than a quorum;
               (b) By a committee of disinterested directors designated by a majority of the disinterested directors, even if less than a quorum;
               (c) By Independent Counsel in a written opinion to the Board, a copy of which shall be delivered to the Indemnitee;
               (d) By the stockholder of the Company; or
               (e) By the court in which the Proceeding is or was pending.
     The Indemnitee shall reasonably cooperate with the Person or Persons making such determination with respect to the Indemnitee’s entitlement to indemnification, including

6


 

providing upon reasonable advance request any documentation or information which is not privileged or otherwise protected from disclosure and which is reasonably available to the Indemnitee and which is reasonably necessary to such determination.
          7.2 Payment . If the Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification under this Agreement, payment to the Indemnitee shall be made within ten (10) days following the request for indemnification under Section 6.1 (or, if a determination is required by applicable law, following such determination) and the presentation to the Company of an invoice or other substantiation of the specific nature and amount of each indemnifiable Expense or Loss, as determined necessary and appropriate by the Company. In the event that the Company pays or reimburses an amount in excess of any properly documented indemnifiable Expense or Loss, the Indemnitee shall return such excess to the Company within ten (10) days of (i) the discovery by the Indemnitee of the excess payment or reimbursement or (ii) the notification by the Company of its discovery of the excess payment or reimbursement.
          7.3 Appeals . If the forum selected in accordance with Section 7.1 hereof is not a court, then after the final decision of such forum is rendered, the Company or the Indemnitee shall have the right to apply to the court having jurisdiction of such matter and the parties, the court in which the Proceeding giving rise to the Indemnitee’s claim for indemnification is or was pending or any other court of competent jurisdiction, for the purpose of appealing the decision of such forum, provided that such right is executed within [sixty (60)] days after the final decision of such forum is rendered. If the forum selected in accordance with Section 7.1 hereof is a court, then the rights of the Company or the Indemnitee to appeal any decision of such court shall be governed by the applicable laws and rules governing appeals of the decision of such court.
          7.4 Independent Counsel . In the event the determination of entitlement to indemnification is to be made by Independent Counsel pursuant to Section 7.1 hereof, the Independent Counsel shall be selected as provided in this Section 7.4. The Independent Counsel shall be selected by the Indemnitee (unless the Indemnitee shall request that such selection be made by the Board), and the Indemnitee shall give written notice to the Company advising it of the identity of the Independent Counsel so selected. If the Independent Counsel is selected by the Board, the Board shall give written notice to the Indemnitee advising him or her of the identity of the Independent Counsel so selected. In either event, the Indemnitee or the Company, as the case may be, may, within ten (10) days after receipt of such written notice, deliver to the Company or the Indemnitee, as the case may be, a written objection to such selection if the Independent Counsel does not meet the requirements set forth in the definition of Independent Counsel. In such event, the objection shall set forth with particularity the factual basis for such objection and the Person so selected shall not serve as Independent Counsel unless the objection is withdrawn or a court of competent jurisdiction has determined that such objection is without merit. If, within twenty (20) days of the election by the Indemnitee under Section 7.1, no Independent Counsel has been selected and not objected to, either the Company or the Indemnitee may petition a court of competent jurisdiction for resolution of any objection to a selection of Independent Counsel or for the appointment of Independent Counsel by the court, and such Person with respect to whom all objections are so resolved or the Person so appointed shall act as Independent Counsel under Section 7.1. The Company shall pay all fees and Expenses of Independent Counsel and agrees to fully indemnify and hold harmless such

7


 

Independent Counsel against any and all Expenses and Losses arising out of or relating to this Agreement.
          7.5 Enforcement of Agreement . Notwithstanding any other provision in this Agreement to the contrary, the Company shall indemnify the Indemnitee against all Expenses incurred by the Indemnitee in connection with the exercise or defense of his or her rights under this Section 7 and against all Expenses incurred by the Indemnitee in connection with any Proceeding between the Company and the Indemnitee involving the interpretation or enforcement of the rights of the Indemnitee under this Agreement, unless a court of competent jurisdiction finds that the Indemnitee’s claims and/or defenses in any such Proceeding were frivolous or made in bad faith.
      8.  Exceptions . Any other provision herein to the contrary notwithstanding, the Company shall not be obligated pursuant to the terms of this Agreement:
          8.1 Claims Initiated by Indemnitee . To indemnify or advance Expenses to the Indemnitee with respect to Proceedings or claims initiated or brought voluntarily by the Indemnitee and not by way of defense, except with respect to Proceedings specifically authorized by the Board or brought to establish or enforce a right to indemnification and/or advancement of Expenses arising under this Agreement, the charter documents of the Company, or any statute or law or otherwise;
          8.2 Amounts Covered by Insurance . To indemnify or advance Expenses to the Indemnitee for any Expenses or Losses to the extent such Expenses or Losses have been paid directly to the Indemnitee by any D&O Insurance policy or pursuant to any other agreement or otherwise, whether paid by the Company or any other Person;
          8.3 Unauthorized Settlements . To indemnify the Indemnitee hereunder for any amounts paid in settlement of a Proceeding unless the Company consents in advance in writing to such settlement, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed;
          8.4 Securities Law Actions . To indemnify the Indemnitee on account of any suit in which judgment is rendered against the Indemnitee for an accounting of profits made from the purchase or sale by the Indemnitee of securities pursuant to the provisions of Section 16(b) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act” ); or
          8.5 Sarbanes-Oxley Act . To indemnify the Indemnitee for any reimbursement by the Indemnitee of any bonus or other incentive-based or equity-based compensation or of any profits realized by the Indemnitee from the sale of securities, as required in each case under the Exchange Act (including any such reimbursements that arise from an accounting restatement pursuant to Section 304 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (the “Sarbanes-Oxley Act” ), or the payment of profits arising from the purchase and sale by the Indemnitee of securities in violation of Section 306 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act.
      9. Non-Exclusivity . The provisions for indemnification and advancement of Expenses set forth in this Agreement shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights which the Indemnitee may have under any provision of law, the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation or By-Laws, the vote of the Company’s stockholder or disinterested directors, other agreements or

8


 

otherwise, both as to actions or failures to act in the Indemnitee’s official capacity and to actions or failures to act in another capacity while occupying his or her position as an Agent, and the Indemnitee’s rights hereunder shall continue after the Indemnitee has ceased acting as an Agent of the Company and shall inure to the benefit of the heirs, executors and administrators of the Indemnitee. No right or remedy herein conferred is intended to be exclusive of any other right or remedy, and every other right and remedy shall be cumulative and in addition to every other right and remedy given hereunder or now or hereafter existing at law or in equity or otherwise. The assertion or employment of any right or remedy hereunder, or otherwise, shall not prevent the concurrent assertion or employment of any other right or remedy.
      10.  Definitions . In addition to the other terms defined herein, for the purposes of this Agreement, the following terms have the following meanings when used herein with initial capital letters:
          10.1 “ Agent ” means any Person who (i) is or was a director, officer, employee, fiduciary or other official of the Company; or (ii) is or was serving at the request of, for the convenience of, or to represent the interests of the Company or FIL as a director, officer, advisory director, trustee, manager, member, partner, employee, agent, fiduciary, or in any other similar capacity of another foreign or domestic corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, including, without limitation, serving as a director and/or officer of FIL. As used herein, the term “ enterprise ” includes any employee benefit plan of the Company, its Subsidiaries, affiliates and predecessor corporations. A Person who acted in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably believed to be in the best interests of the participants and beneficiaries of an employee benefit plan shall be deemed to have acted in a manner “in the best interests of the Company” as referred to in this Agreement.
          10.2 A “ Change in Control ” shall be deemed to occur upon the earliest of the following events:
               (a) Any Person is or becomes the beneficial owner (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act), directly or indirectly, of securities of FIL representing twenty percent (20%) or more of the combined voting power of FIL’s then outstanding voting securities, except that any change in the relative beneficial ownership of FIL’s voting securities by any Person resulting solely from a reduction in the aggregate number of outstanding shares of voting securities shall be disregarded.
               (b) During any period of two (2) consecutive years (not including any period prior to the execution of this Agreement), individuals who at the beginning of such period constitute the board of directors of FIL, and any new director whose election by the board of directors of FIL or nomination for election by FIL’s shareholders was approved by a vote of at least two-thirds of the directors then still in office who either were directors at the beginning of the period or whose election or nomination for election was previously so approved, cease for any reason to constitute at least a majority of the members of the board of directors of FIL;
               (c) The effective date of a merger or consolidation of FIL with any other entity, other than a merger or consolidation which would result in the voting securities of FIL outstanding immediately prior to such merger or consolidation continuing to represent

9


 

(either by remaining outstanding or by being converted into voting securities of the surviving entity) more than 51% of the combined voting power of the voting securities of the surviving entity outstanding immediately after such merger or consolidation and with the power to elect at least a majority of the board of directors or other governing body of such surviving entity;
               (d) The approval by the shareholders of FIL of a complete liquidation of FIL or an agreement for the sale or disposition by FIL of all or substantially all of its assets; and
               (e) There occurs any other event of a nature that would be required to be reported in response to Item 6(e) of Schedule 14A of Regulation 14A (or a response to any similar item on any similar schedule or form) promulgated under the Exchange Act, whether or not FIL is then subject to such reporting requirement.
          10.3 “ Expenses ” means (i) all attorney’s fees and costs, retainers (as an advance for services to be rendered or expenses to be incurred), court costs, transcript costs, fees of experts, witness fees, travel expenses, duplicating costs, printing and binding costs, telephone charges, postage, delivery service fees, and all other disbursements or costs incurred in connection with prosecuting, defending, preparing to prosecute or defend, investigating, being or preparing to be a witness in, otherwise participating in any Proceeding, or any action, discovery event, claim issue or matter therein or related thereto, or establishing or enforcing a right to indemnification or advancement of Expenses under this Agreement, Section 317 of the Law or otherwise and (ii) any such Expenses incurred in connection with any appeal resulting from any Proceeding, including without limitation, the premium, security for, and other costs relating to any cost bond, supersedeas bond, or other appeal bond or its equivalent.
          10.4 “ Fines ” shall include any excise tax assessed with respect to any employee benefit plan.
          10.5 “ Independent Counsel ” means a law firm, or a member of a law firm, that is experienced in matters of Delaware corporation law and, unless otherwise consented to in writing by the Company and the Indemnitee, neither presently is, nor in the past five years has been, retained to represent: (i) Flextronics or the Indemnitee in any matter material to either such party (other than with respect to matters concerning the Indemnitee under this Agreement, or of other indemnitees under similar indemnification agreements), or (ii) any other party to the Proceeding giving rise to a claim for indemnification hereunder. Notwithstanding the foregoing, unless otherwise consented to in writing by the Company and the Indemnitee, the term “Independent Counsel” shall not include any person who, under the applicable standards of professional conduct then prevailing, would have a conflict of interest in representing either the Company or the Indemnitee in an action to determine Indemnitee’s rights under this Agreement.
          10.6 “ Person ” means any individual, corporation, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, association, other entity or organization or any group (within the meaning of Section 13(d)(3) or 14(d)(2) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder).

10


 

          10.7 “ Proceeding ” means any threatened, pending or completed action, suit arbitration, proceeding, alternate dispute resolution mechanism, investigation, inquiry, administrative hearing or any other actual threatened, or completed proceeding, whether brought in the right of the Company or otherwise and whether of a civil (including intentional or unintentional tort claims), criminal, administrative or investigative nature, or in any bankruptcy case or related proceeding, in which the Indemnitee was, is or will be involved as a party, a witness or otherwise by reason of the fact that the Indemnitee is or was an Agent.
          10.8 “ Subsidiary ” means, in respect of any Person, any corporation, partnership or other business entity of which more than fifty percent (50%) of the outstanding voting power of shares of capital stock or other interests (including partnership interests) entitled (without regard to the occurrence of any contingency) to vote in the election of directors, managers or trustees thereof is at the time owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by such Person, by such Person and one or more of its other subsidiaries or by one or more of such Person’s other subsidiaries.
      11.  General Provisions .
          11.1 Interpretation of Agreement . It is understood that the parties hereto intend this Agreement to be interpreted and enforced so as to provide indemnification and advancement of Expenses to the Indemnitee to the fullest extent now or hereafter permitted by law, except as expressly limited herein. The Company expressly confirms and agrees that it has entered into this Agreement and assumed the obligations imposed on it hereby in order to induce the Indemnitee to serve as an Agent, and the Company acknowledges that the Indemnitee is relying upon this Agreement in serving as an Agent.
          11.2 Severability . If any provision or provisions of this Agreement shall be held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable for any reason whatsoever, then: (a) the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions of this Agreement (including, without limitation, all portions of any paragraphs of this Agreement containing any such provision held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable that are not themselves invalid, illegal or unenforceable) shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby; (b) such provision or provisions shall be deemed reformed to the extent necessary to conform to applicable law; and (c) to the fullest extent possible, the provisions of this Agreement (including, without limitation, all portions of any paragraphs of this Agreement containing any such provision held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, that are not themselves invalid, illegal or unenforceable) shall be construed so as to give effect to the intent manifested by the provision held invalid, illegal or unenforceable and to give effect to the intent manifested hereby.
          11.3 Duration of Agreement . This Agreement shall continue until and terminate upon the later of (a) ten (10) years after the date that the Indemnitee shall have ceased to serve as an Agent, or (b) one (1) year after the final termination of any Proceeding then pending in respect of which the Indemnitee is granted rights of indemnification or advancement of Expenses hereunder and of any Proceeding commenced by the Indemnitee pursuant to enforce the Indemnitee’s rights under this Agreement.

11


 

          11.4 Modification and Waiver . No supplement, modification or amendment of this Agreement shall be binding unless executed in writing by both of the parties hereto. No waiver of any of the provisions of this Agreement shall be deemed to be or shall constitute a waiver of any other provision hereof (whether or not similar), nor shall such waiver constitute a continuing waiver.
          11.5 Subrogation . In the event of any payment under this Agreement, the Company shall be subrogated to the extent of such payment to all of the rights of recovery of the Indemnitee, who shall execute all papers required and take all action necessary to secure such rights, including execution of such documents as are necessary to enable the Company to bring suit to enforce such rights.
          11.6 Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed by facsimile and in one or more counterparts, each of which shall for all purposes be deemed to be an original and all of which shall together constitute one and the same agreement.
          11.7 Entire Agreement . Except as expressly set forth in this Agreement, this Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes all prior agreements and understandings, oral, written and implied, between the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof.
          11.8 Successors and Assigns . The terms of this Agreement shall bind, and shall inure to the benefit of, the successors and assigns of the parties hereto. The Company shall require and cause any successor (whether direct or indirect by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise) to all, substantially all or a substantial part, of the business and/or the assets of the Company, by written agreement in form and substance satisfactory to the Indemnitee, expressly to assume and agree to perform this Agreement in the same manner and to the same extent that the Company would be required to perform if no such succession had taken place.
          11.9 Notice . All notices, requests, demands and other communications under this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed duly given if (i) delivered by hand and signed for by the party addressee, (ii) mailed by certified or registered mail, with postage prepaid, on the third business day after the mailing date or (iii) sent by prepaid overnight mail, signature required for delivery on the next business day:
               (a) If to the Indemnitee, at the address indicated on the signature page of this Agreement, or such other address as Indemnitee shall provide in writing to the Company; and
               (b)  If to the Company, to

                    Flextronics Corporation
                    305 Interlocken Parkway
                    Broomfield, CO 80021
                    Attention: General Counsel
or to any other address as may have been furnished by the Company to the Indemnitee in writing.

12


 

          11.10 Governing Law . This Agreement shall be governed exclusively by and construed according to the laws of the State of Delaware, without giving effect to any conflict of laws principle which would result in the application of the laws of any other jurisdiction.
          11.11 Consent to Jurisdiction . The Company and the Indemnitee each hereby irrevocably and unconditionally (i) consent to the jurisdiction of the courts of the State of Delaware for all purposes in connection with any action or Proceeding that arises out of or relates to this Agreement, (ii) waive any objection to the laying of venue of any such action or Proceeding in such courts and (iii) waive, and agree not to plead or to make, any claim that any such action or Proceeding brought in such courts has been brought in an improper or inconvenient forum.
          11.12 Injunctive Relief . The Company and the Indemnitee agree herein that a monetary remedy for breach of this Agreement, at some later date, may be inadequate, impracticable and difficult to prove, and further agree that such breach may cause the Indemnitee irreparable harm. Accordingly, the parties hereto agree that the Indemnitee may enforce this Agreement by seeking injunctive relief and/or specific performance hereof, without any necessity of showing actual damage or irreparable harm and that by seeking injunctive relief and/or specific performance, the Indemnitee shall not be precluded from seeking or obtaining any other relief to which he or she may be entitled, and shall not be required to post bonds or make any other undertaking in connection therewith.
          11.13 Miscellaneous . The section headings of this Agreement are inserted for convenience only and shall not be deemed to constitute a part of this Agreement or to affect the construction thereof.
[The remainder of this page is intentionally left blank.]

13


 

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have entered into this Agreement effective as of the date first written above.
         
  FLEXTRONICS CORPORATION
 
 
  By:      
    Name:      
    Title:      
 
         
  INDEMNITEE
 
 
  By:      
    Name:      
    Address:
 

 
 
 
 
[SIGNATURE PAGE TO INDEMNIFICATION AGREEMENT]

14

Exhibit 10.23
July 31, 2007
Mr. Michael Clarke
President FlexInfastructure
Flextronics International USA, Inc.
2090 Fortune Drive
San Jose, CA 95131
Award Agreement for Michael Clarke Deferred Compensation Plan
Dear Michael:
     I am pleased to confirm that Flextronics International USA, Inc. (the “Company”) has agreed to provide you with a deferred long term incentive bonus in return for services to be rendered in the future as an employee of the Company (the “Deferred Bonus”). The Deferred Bonus will equal an amount up to thirty percent (30%) of your annual base salary in effect on July 1, 2008, and on July 1 st of each subsequent year. Thus, on July 1, 2008, subject to the limitations below, and on each subsequent July 1 st on which you are eligible to earn the Deferred Bonus, you will earn a Deferred Bonus up to 30% of your annual base salary in effect on that day.
     Before each July 1 st , the Company will make a determination, in its sole and absolute discretion , of your eligibility to earn all or any portion of the Deferred Bonus for that July 1 st . From time to time, the Company may, in its sole and absolute discretion, make additional contributions to your Deferred Bonus. The Company will make an initial discretionary contribution to your Deferred Bonus of $366,355 as soon as practical after July 31, 2007. The Company reserves the right to amend or terminate the Deferred Bonus at any time for all amounts of the Deferred Bonus that have not been earned on the date of the amendment or termination. If your employment with the Company is terminated for any reason, you will no longer be eligible to earn the Deferred Bonus.
     The Deferred Bonus will not be paid currently to you. Instead, the amount of the Deferred Bonus will be credited to the account (the “Deferral Account”) established on your behalf under the Flextronics International USA, Inc. Amended and Restated 2005 Senior Management Deferred Compensation Plan (the “Deferred Compensation Plan”). (This agreement will constitute the Award Agreement referred to in Section 3 of your Deferral Agreement entered into pursuant to the Deferred Compensation Plan.)
     The Deferred Account will vest as follows: One-third of the unvested balance of the Deferral Account will vest on the first July 1 st that occurs at least one year after the day that (i) the sum of your age and your years of service with the Company equals or exceeds 60 and (ii) you have fulfilled at least five years of service with the Company (the “First Vesting Day”). One-half of the remaining unvested balance of the Deferral Account will vest one year after the First Vesting Day (the “Second Vesting Day”). Accordingly, 2/3 rds of the Deferral Account will be vested on the Second Vesting Day (assuming no accelerated vesting has occurred as a result

 


 

Mr. Michael Clarke
July 31, 2007
Page 2
of a Change of Control, as addressed below). The remaining unvested portion of the Deferral Account will vest one year after the Second Vesting Day (the “Third Vesting Day”). Thus, the Deferred Account will be 100% vested on the Third Vesting Day.
     In particular, we understand that, on July 1, 2007 you will be 52 years old and will have 1 year of service with the Company, so that the sum of your age and years of service will be 53. Therefore, if you remain continuously employed with the Company until July 1, 2012, that day will be the first July 1 st that occurs at least one year after the day on which your years of service plus your age will equal or exceed 60. Accordingly, that day will be the First Vesting Day, and 1/3 rd of the unvested balance of your Deferral Account will vest on that day. One-half of the remaining unvested balance of your Deferral Account will vest on July 1, 2013, i.e., the Second Vesting Day; and the remaining unvested portion of your Deferral Account will vest on July 1, 2014, i.e. , the Third Vesting Day.
     Any amounts of the Deferred Bonus that are earned when any portion of your Deferral Account has already vested will vest as if they had been earned before any portion was vested. That is, the percentage of any such Deferred Bonus that equals the vested percentage of your Deferral Account on the earning day will be credited to the vested portion of the Deferral Account, and the remainder will be credited to the unvested portion of your Deferral Account, which will vest in accordance with the normal vesting schedule. The entire amount of any Deferred Bonus earned on or after the Third Vesting Day will be credited to the vested portion of the Deferral Account when earned, since the Deferral Account will be 100% vested on and after that date.
     Special vesting rules apply in the event of your death or a “Change in Control” as defined in the Deferred Compensation Plan. Specifically, your account shall be 100% vested upon your death, if you are employed with the Company at that time. Upon a “Change in Control” as defined in the Deferred Compensation Plan, if you are still employed with the Company you will be deemed to have vested in that percentage of any unvested portion of the Deferred Account equal to the number of complete months during which you have remained continuously employed with the company during the seven-year period from July 1, 2007 through July 1, 2014 divided by 84. Any portion of your Deferral Account that remains unvested after a Change in Control shall continue to vest in accordance with the schedule described above. For example, if a Change of Control occurs on July 1, 2010, and you are still employed with the Company, then 3/7 ths of your Deferral Account will vest on the Change in Control; 1/3 rd of the 4/7 ths portion of your Deferral Account that remained unvested immediately after the Change in Control will vest on the First Vesting Day (so that 13/21 sts will then be vested); an additional 1/2 of the 8/21 sts portion of your Deferral Account that remained unvested immediately after the First Vesting Day will vest on the Second Vesting Day (so that 17/21 sts will then be vested); and the remaining unvested portion of your Deferral Account will vest on the Third Vesting Day. If, instead, a Change of Control occurs on July 1, 2012, and you are still employed with the Company, 1/3 rd of your account will have vested prior to the Change of Control; 47.62% of your account balance will vest on Change of Control (5/7 ths times your 2/3 rds unvested account balance) so that 80.95% of your account balance will be vested; on July 1, 2013, an additional 9.53% will vest (1/2 times 19.05% unvested account balance immediately after Change of Control) so that a total of 90.48% will be vested; and on July 1, 2014, the remaining 9.52% will vest so that 100% of your account balance will be vested.

 


 

Mr. Michael Clarke
July 31, 2007
Page 3
     If your employment with the Company is terminated for any reason before the entire Deferred Bonus has vested, the unvested percentage of your Deferral Account (as determined at the end of the day of your termination) will be terminated and forfeited for no consideration. For example, if your employment is terminated before the First Vesting Day, you will be entirely unvested on that date, and your entire Deferral Account will be forfeited; and if your employment is terminated on or after the First Vesting Day but before the Second Vesting Day, you will be 1/3 rd vested on that date, and 2/3 rds of your entire Deferral Account will be forfeited. (These examples assume that no Change in Control occurs at any relevant time and your employment is not terminated by reason of death.)
     After your separation from service with the Company, you will receive a distribution of any vested balance (less applicable tax withholdings) in accordance with the provisions of the Deferred Compensation Plan and your Deferral Agreement.
      You understand and acknowledge that your account balance under the Deferred Compensation Plan will be reachable by the Company’s general creditors upon the insolvency of the Company. You also understand and acknowledge that you will not be entitled to accelerate distributions from the Deferred Compensation Plan except in the event of your Disability or Unforeseeable Emergency as defined under the Deferred Compensation Plan.
     The Deferred Bonus will be in addition to any rights that you have under any other agreement with the Company. Any Deferred Bonus will not be deemed to be salary or other compensation for the purpose of computing benefits under any employee benefit plan or other arrangement of the Company for the benefit of its employees.
     If a future change in law would, in the judgment of the Compensation Committee or Plan Administrator, likely accelerate taxation to you of amounts that would be credited to your account under the Deferred Compensation Plan in the future, you and the Company will attempt to amend the Deferred Compensation Plan to satisfy the requirements of the change in law and, unless and until such an amendment is agreed to, the Company will cease to credit Deferred Bonuses to your account established under the Deferred Compensation Plan.
     The Deferred Bonus does not give you any right to be retained by the Company, and does not affect the right of the Company to dismiss any employee. The Company may withhold from any payment of the Deferred Bonus as may be required pursuant to applicable law.
     Enclosed are:
  (1)   Flextronics International USA, Inc. Amended and Restated 2005 Senior Management Deferred Compensation Plan;
 
  (2)   Deferral Agreement Form for 2006 and Beneficiary Form; and
 
  (3)   Summary of the 2005 Amended and Restated Deferred Compensation Plan.
By signing below, you represent that you have read and understand these documents and have had adequate opportunity to ask any questions about the documents. You understand that

 


 

Mr. Michael Clarke
July 31, 2007
Page 4
although the Company has attempted to structure a plan to accomplish the tax results discussed in the documents, the Company cannot warrant that the tax effect on you will be as expected. You also understand that the Company and its representatives are not attempting to give you tax advice. We strongly advise you to seek any tax advice from your own tax adviser.
     If any provision of this agreement is determined to be unenforceable, the remaining provisions shall nonetheless be given effect. This agreement shall be construed in accordance with the laws of the State of California without regard to conflict of law rules.
Sincerely,
FLEXTRONICS INTERNATIONAL USA, INC.
By:  /s/ Thomas J. Smach _
    Thomas J. Smach,
Chief Financial Officer
Accepted and agreed on this 31 st day of July, 2007.
/s/ Michael Clarke
Michael Clarke

 

Exhibit 10.24
November 10, 2006
Mr. Sean P. Burke
Senior Vice President, Computing
Flextronics International USA, Inc.
2090 Fortune Drive
San Jose, California 95131
Award Agreement for Deferred Compensation Plan
Dear Sean:
     I am pleased to confirm that Flextronics International USA, Inc. (the “Company”) has agreed to provide you with a deferred long term incentive bonus in return for services to be rendered in the future as an employee of the Company (the “Deferred Bonus”). The Deferred Bonus will equal thirty percent (30%) of your annual base salary in effect on July 1, 2007, and on July 1 st of each subsequent year. Thus, on July 1, 2007, subject to the limitations below, and on each subsequent July 1 st on which you are eligible to earn the Deferred Bonus, you will earn a Deferred Bonus equal to 30% of your annual base salary in effect on that day.
     Before July 1 st of each subsequent year, the Company will make a determination, in its sole and absolute discretion, of your eligibility to earn the Deferred Bonus for that July 1 st . From time to time, the Company may, in its sole and absolute discretion, make additional contributions to your Deferred Bonus. The Company will make an initial discretionary contribution to your Deferred Bonus of $400,000 on November 10, 2006. The Company reserves the right to amend or terminate the Deferred Bonus at any time for all amounts of the Deferred Bonus that have not been earned on the date of the amendment or termination. If your employment with the Company is terminated for any reason, you will no longer be eligible to earn the Deferred Bonus.
     The Deferred Bonus will not be paid currently to you. Instead, the amount of the Deferred Bonus will be credited to the account (the “Deferral Account”) established on your behalf under the Flextronics International USA, Inc. Amended and Restated 2005 Senior Management Deferred Compensation Plan (the “Deferred Compensation Plan”). (This agreement will constitute the Award Agreement referred to in Section 3 of your Deferral Agreement entered into pursuant to the Deferred Compensation Plan.)
     The Deferred Account will vest as follows: One-third of the unvested balance of the Deferral Account will vest on the first July 1 st that occurs at least one year after the day that (i) the sum of your age and your years of service with the Company equals or exceeds 60 and (ii) you have fulfilled at least five years of service with the Company (the “First Vesting Day”). One-half of the remaining unvested balance of the Deferral Account will vest one year after the First Vesting Day (the “Second Vesting Day”). Accordingly 2/3 rds of the Deferral Account will be vested on the Second Vesting Day (assuming no accelerated vesting has occurred as a result of a Change of Control, as addressed below). The remaining unvested portion of the Deferral

 


 

Sean P. Burke
November 10, 2006
Page 2
Account will vest one year after the Second Vesting Day (the “Third Vesting Day”). Thus, the Deferred Account will be 100% vested on the Third Vesting Day.
     In particular, we understand that, on July 1, 2007 you will be 45 years old and will have 1 year of service with the Company, so that the sum of your age and years of service will be 46. Therefore, if you remain continuously employed with the Company until July 1, 2015, that day will be the first July 1 st that occurs at least one year after the day on which your years of service plus your age will equal or exceed 60. Accordingly, that day will be the First Vesting Day, and 1/3 rd of the unvested balance of your Deferral Account will vest on that day. One-half of the remaining unvested balance of your Deferral Account will vest on July 1, 2016, i.e., the Second Vesting Day; and the remaining unvested portion of your Deferral Account will vest on July 1, 2017, i.e. , the Third Vesting Day.
     Any amounts of the Deferred Bonus that are earned when any portion of your Deferral Account has already vested will vest as if they had been earned before any portion was vested. That is, the percentage of any such Deferred Bonus that equals the vested percentage of your Deferral Account on the earning day will be credited to the vested portion of the Deferral Account, and the remainder will be credited to the unvested portion of your Deferral Account, which will vest in accordance with the normal vesting schedule. The entire amount of any Deferred Bonus earned on or after the Third Vesting Day will be credited to the vested portion of the Deferral Account when earned, since the Deferral Account will be 100% vested on and after that date.
     Special vesting rules apply in the event of your death or a “Change of Control” as defined in the Deferred Compensation Plan. Specifically, your account shall be 100% vested upon your death, if you are employed with the Company at that time. Upon a “Change of Control” as defined in the Deferred Compensation Plan, if you are still employed with the Company you will be deemed to have vested in that percentage of any unvested portion of the Deferred Account equal to the number of complete months during which you have remained continuously employed with the company during the ten-year and eight-month period (treating November, 2006 as a full month) from November 10, 2006 through July 1, 2017 divided by 128. Any portion of your Deferral Account that remains unvested after a Change of Control shall continue to vest in accordance with the schedule described above. For example, if a Change of Control occurs on July 1, 2010, and you are still employed with the Company, then 11/32 nds of your Deferral Account will vest on the Change of Control; 1/3 rd of the 21/32 nds portion of your Deferral Account that remained unvested immediately after the Change of Control will vest on the First Vesting Day (so that 18/32 nds will then be vested); an additional 1/2 of the 14/32 nds portion of your Deferral Account that remained unvested immediately after the First Vesting Day will vest on the Second Vesting Day (so that 25/32 nds will then be vested); and the remaining unvested portion of your Deferral Account will vest on the Third Vesting Day.
     If your employment with the Company is terminated for any reason before the entire Deferred Bonus has vested, the unvested percentage of your Deferral Account (as determined at the end of the day of your termination) will be terminated and forfeited for no consideration. For example, if your employment is terminated before the First Vesting Day, you will be entirely unvested on that date, and your entire Deferral Account will be forfeited; and if your employment is terminated on or after the First Vesting Day but on or before the Second Vesting Day, you will be 1/3 rd vested on that date, and 2/3 rds of your entire Deferral Account will be

 


 

Sean P. Burke
November 10, 2006
Page 3
forfeited. (These examples assume that no Change of Control occurs at any relevant time and your employment is not terminated by reason of death.)
     After your separation from service with the Company, you will receive a distribution of any vested balance (less applicable tax withholdings) in accordance with the provisions of the Deferred Compensation Plan and your Deferral Agreement.
      You understand and acknowledge that your account balance under the Deferred Compensation Plan will be reachable by the Company’s general creditors upon the insolvency of the Company. You also understand and acknowledge that you will not be entitled to accelerate distributions from the Deferred Compensation Plan except in the event of your Disability or Unforeseeable Emergency as defined under the Deferred Compensation Plan.
     The Deferred Bonus will be in addition to any rights that you have under any other agreement with the Company. Any Deferred Bonus will not be deemed to be salary or other compensation for the purpose of computing benefits under any employee benefit plan or other arrangement of the Company for the benefit of its employees.
     If a future change in law would, in the judgment of the Compensation Committee or Plan Administrator, likely accelerate taxation to you of amounts that would be credited to your account under the Deferred Compensation Plan in the future, you and the Company will attempt to amend the Deferred Compensation Plan to satisfy the requirements of the change in law and, unless and until such an amendment is agreed to, the Company will cease to credit Deferred Bonuses to your account established under the Deferred Compensation Plan.
     The Deferred Bonus does not give you any right to be retained by the Company, and does not affect the right of the Company to dismiss any employee. The Company may withhold from any payment of the Deferred Bonus as may be required pursuant to applicable law.
     Enclosed are:
  (1)   Flextronics International USA, Inc. Amended and Restated 2005 Senior Management Deferred Compensation Plan;
 
  (2)   Deferral Agreement Form for 2005 and Beneficiary Form; and
 
  (3)   Summary of the Amended and Restated 2005 Deferred Compensation Plan.
By signing below, you represent that you have read and understand these documents and have had adequate opportunity to ask any questions about the documents. You understand that although the Company has attempted to structure a plan to accomplish the tax results discussed in the documents, the Company cannot warrant that the tax effect on you will be as expected. You also understand that the Company and its representatives are not attempting to give you tax advice. We strongly advise you to seek any tax advice from your own tax adviser.

 


 

Sean P. Burke
November 10, 2006
Page 4
     If any provision of this agreement is determined to be unenforceable, the remaining provisions shall nonetheless be given effect. This agreement shall be construed in accordance with the laws of the State of California without regard to conflict of law rules.
Sincerely,
FLEXTRONICS INTERNATIONAL USA, INC.
By:  /s/ Thomas J. Smach
    Thomas J. Smach,
Chief Financial Officer
Accepted and agreed on this 10 th day of November, 2006.
/s/ Sean P. Burke
Sean P. Burke

 

ADDRESS
Exhibit 10.27
June 23, 2008
Mr. Thomas J. Smach
4504 Spruce Ridge Drive
Manlius, New York 13104
      Re: Separation
Dear Tom:
     This letter, upon your signature, will constitute the separation agreement between you, on the one hand, and Flextronics International USA, Inc., a wholly owned subsidiary of Flextronics International Ltd (“ FIL ”), and its and their affiliates, parents, subsidiaries, and related entities, on the other hand (collectively referred to herein as “ Flextronics ” or the “ Company ”) (the “ Letter Agreement ”).
1. Executive’s Relationship with the Company . You acknowledge that you have been employed by the Company as the Chief Financial Officer. Your full-time employment with the Company will be terminated effective June 30, 2008 (“ Employment Termination Date ”).
2. Payments. You will be paid your earned salary and accrued personal time off pay through your Employment Termination Date, subject to standard payroll deductions and withholdings. You are entitled to this payment regardless of whether or not you sign this Agreement. You will be paid your bonus for the June 30, 2008 ending quarter in accordance with the U.S. Quarterly Bonus Plan Guidelines, without any holdback. You will not be eligible for a bonus for September 30, 2008 ending quarter, or thereafter. You will not be eligible for the FY09 Special Bonus.
Provided that you have signed and you do not revoke the Release attached as Exhibit A to this Letter Agreement eight (8) days after you sign, you will be entitled to severance equivalent to Seven Hundred Thousand Dollars (US$700,000) (the “ Severance Payment ”). The Severance Payment will be paid in lump sum and will be grossed up to cover any statutory taxes in accordance with the appropriate taxing jurisdictions in which you are liable for tax.
3. Health Coverage. Following your Employment Termination Date, you will continue to be entitled to health coverage for yourself and your eligible dependents as provided in Section 3 of Amendment No. 1 to Senior Executive Severance Agreement, dated as of November 21, 1999, by and between you and the DII Group, Inc. (the “ Amendment ”), which amends Section 4(d) of
FLEXTRONICS LOGO

 


 

the Senior Executive Severance Agreement, dated as of January 1, 1997 (the “ Severance Agreement ”). For clarity, Section 4(d) of the Severance Agreement as amended by Section 3 of the Amendment reads in full as follows:
“(d) In addition, until the Executive reaches ages 65, the Corporation shall continue to provide health and medical benefits equivalent to the benefits provided for the Executive prior to Termination, provided that if the Executive is ineligible (e.g., by operation of law or the terms of the applicable plan) to continue to participate in any such plan, the Corporation will provide the Executive with a comparable level of compensation or benefit, provided further that the health and medical benefits provided in this paragraph shall be reduced to the extent, if any, that the Executive receives comparable benefits from another employer. The Corporation shall also make additional payments to the Executive, on an after-tax basis, equal to the Executive’s actual federal, state and local tax liability resulting from the benefits provided under this Section 4(d).”
You shall notify the Company immediately if you receive benefits from another employer.
4. Deferred Compensation — You are a participant in the Company’s Second Amended and Restated Senior Executive Deferred Compensation Plan, as amended (“ Deferred Compensation ”) by and between you and the Company (the “ Deferred Compensation Plan ”). The Deferred Compensation was credited to a brokerage account at that time, and has been invested in various funds based on your election.
Subject to the Company’s confirmation that you are in compliance with paragraph 10 below during the Standstill Period and further provided that you have signed and you do not revoke the Release attached as Exhibit A to this Letter Agreement within eight (8) days after you sign, the Company will accelerate the vesting of your Deferred Compensation, which would otherwise terminate unvested as of the Employment Termination Date, and the Deferred Compensation Plan is hereby amended as follows:
     a. An amount equal to one hundred percent (100%) of the unvested balance of the Deferred Compensation on the Employment Termination Date, less One Million US Dollars (US$1,000,000) (the “ Holdback ”) will vest on June 30, 2008 and be paid to you in accordance with your Distribution Election on your 2007 Deferral Agreement Form, or your 2009 Deferral Agreement Form, if applicable, and the terms of the Deferred Compensation Plan, if (and only if) you have complied with your obligations under paragraph 10 of this Letter Agreement. The total balance of the Deferred Compensation as of the Employment Termination Date less the Holdback is referred to as the “ Initial Installment ”. As of May 15, 2008, the total balance of your account under the Deferred Compensation Plan was approximately Four Million Nine Hundred Forty-Two Thousand Two Hundred Eighty Two US Dollars (US$4,942,282); of that amount approximately One Million Nine Hundred Fifty Seven Thousand Eight Hundred Eighty US Dollars (US$1,957,880) was unvested. The actual amount accelerated will vary based on the portfolio performance.
     b. The Holdback amount will vest on December 31, 2009 and be paid to you in accordance with your Distribution Election on your 2007 Deferral Agreement Form, or your 2009 Deferral Agreement Form, if applicable, and the terms of the Deferred Compensation Plan,

2


 

if (and only if) you have complied with your obligations under paragraph 10 of this Letter Agreement. Any substantial breach of any such obligation on or before such date will result in the cancellation and permanent forfeiture of the entire Holdback Amount. Once vested, the Holdback will be paid to you in accordance with the provisions of the Deferred Compensation Plan.
All payments will be made in accordance with the terms of the Deferred Compensation Plan. The distribution of the balance of the Deferred Compensation will be made pursuant to the Deferred Compensation Plan.
The Initial Installment and the Holdback will continue to be subject to the terms and conditions of the Deferred Compensation Plan as modified by this Agreement. In each instance when the Deferred Compensation is split into a portion to be transferred to Executive and a portion to be retained by the Company (i.e., the initial split into the Holdback and the Initial Installment and release of the Initial Installment as provided in subparagraph (a) above and upon the release of the Holdback on December 31, 2009 under subparagraph (b) above), the Deferred Compensation will be split into accounts in a manner which ensures that the sums retained by the Company are invested in a manner consistent with prevailing arrangements as between you and the Company as at the Effective Date.
Except as otherwise expressly set forth in this paragraphs 4(a) and 4(b), you acknowledge that you are not entitled to any additional amounts under the Deferred Compensation Plan.
     c. You are a participant in The DII Group Deferred Compensation Plan by and between you and Flextronics Holding USA, Inc. (fka The DII Group, Inc. (the “ DII Deferred Compensation Plan ”)). The DII Deferred Compensation was credited to a brokerage account, and has been invested in various funds based on your election. The distribution of the balance of the DII Deferred Compensation will be made pursuant to the DII Deferred Compensation Plan.
5. Equity Compensation — You have been granted stock options and share bonus awards pursuant to the Flextronics International Ltd 1993 Share Option Plan; the Flextronics International Ltd. 2001 Equity Incentive Plan; and the Flextronics International Ltd. 2002 Interim Incentive Plan (collectively, the “ Share Option and Incentive Plans ”) as provided in the applicable option grant forms issued to you pursuant to each of the Share Option and Incentive Plans. The Share Option and Incentive Plans are incorporated herein by reference. Your options that will be vested as of the Employment Termination Date are listed on Exhibit B , which is attached hereto and incorporated herein by reference. You acknowledge and agree that by their terms, the options will no longer be exercisable after the “Last Date to Exercise” as indicated in Exhibit B .
In addition, Share Bonus Award numbers 028041 and 028049 were granted on April 17, 2006 (the “ April Awards ”) and Share Bonus Award numbers 29357 and P29378 were granted on May 1, 2007 (the “ May Awards ”).
In consideration of the covenants set forth in paragraph 10, 11, and 12, the Company will accelerate the vesting of an aggregate of two hundred sixteen thousand six hundred sixty-six

3


 

(216,666) Share Bonus Awards, including thirty-three thousand three hundred thirty-three (33,333) shares subject to each of the April Awards and seventy-five thousand (75,000) shares subject to each of the May Awards. The Share Bonus Awards will accelerate on June 30, 2008. You acknowledge and agree that upon release of the Share Bonus Awards as provided in this paragraph, you will be responsible for payroll taxes, which will be due and payable to Flextronics by you within three (3) business days of the vesting occurrence.
You have been granted option number 017226 to purchase three hundred thousand shares (300,000) shares, of which two hundred fifty thousand (250,000) shares are exercisable and option number 01725 to purchase four hundred twenty thousand (420,000) shares, pursuant to option grant forms issued under the Share Option and Incentive Plans (collectively, the “ July Options ”).
In consideration for your agreement as set forth herein, the Company hereby agrees to waive the requirement that stock options must be exercised within ninety (90) days of the date of Termination or cessation of Service (as defined in the Share Option and Incentive Plans) with regard to the July Options, so that the July Options will expire on December 31, 2008. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in no event shall this modification extend the exercisability of the Options later than such date as would cause such options to be subject to Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.
You acknowledge that you are not entitled to any additional grants of stock options or share bonus awards in your capacity as an employee of Flextronics.
6. Other Matters.
      a.  You have returned by June 30, 2008 to Flextronics all Flextronics property, including documents, keys, hardware, software, credit cards, vehicles and any other property of Flextronics and any written or electronic information you have about Flextronics practices, procedures, trade secrets, customer lists, or product marketing. You may retain your computer after the Company’s IT personnel have removed all Flextronics’s confidential information and any software programs that Flextronics is not legally authorized to transfer to you. You may retain your mobile phone and telephone number and Flextronics will transfer the mobile phone account to you personally effective June 30, 2008.
      b.  You will pay all amounts due and payable under any loans that the Company may have made to you on or before June 30, 2008.
7. General Release of Employment-Related Matters — In consideration for the covenants and release set forth in this Letter Agreement, you on your own behalf and on the behalf your heirs, executors, administrators, successors, attorneys, and assigns shall release and discharge each of FIL, Flextronics or in these capacities only, any of its or their respective affiliates (collectively referred to as the “ Flextronics Group ”) and in these capacities only, any predecessor divisions or entities, their respective past and present officers, directors, shareholders, partners, attorneys, agents, employees, and their respective insurance companies, successors and assigns (hereinafter “ Flextronics Releasees ”), from any and all claims, of any and every kind, nature and character,

4


 

known and unknown, suspected and unsuspected, including any and all claims for attorneys’ fees and costs which you either may now have, or have ever had, against the Flextronics Releasees, which arise in whole or in part from your employment relationship with Flextronics, the termination of that relationship, any other employment-related dealings of any kind between you and the Flextronics Group and/or any past or present officer, director, agent or employees of the Flextronics Group and/or with respect to any other obligation (contractual or otherwise), event, matter, claim, damages or injury arising prior to the execution of this Letter Agreement by all parties, other than claims for indemnification and defense and for the obligations of the Flextronics Group owed to you under this Agreement.
This release covers, but is not limited to: any and all claims, rights, demands, and causes of action for wrongful termination, intentional or negligent infliction of emotional distress, defamation, breach of any employment contract or employment agreement, breach of the covenant of good faith and fair dealing, claim for reinstatement or rehire, claims for reimbursement of taxes, additions to tax or interest and penalties on tax, failure to pay wages, commissions, benefits, paid time off (PTO), severance or other compensation of any sort, discrimination, right to paid or unpaid leave, and/or violation of any and all statutes, rules, regulations or ordinances whether state, federal or local. Nothing in this release shall affect your right, if any, to obtain unemployment benefits or any obligation set forth in this Letter Agreement. This release does not extend to any of the obligations of the Flextronics Group arising out of this Letter Agreement. This release does not extend to any act or omission of the Flextronics Group taken after the Effective Date with respect to any employee benefit plans of the Flextronics Group, including but not limited to, non-qualified deferred compensation plans.
These claims include, but are not limited to, claims arising under federal, state and local statutory or common law, such as the Age Discrimination in Employment Act, Title VII of the Civil Rights Act of 1964 as amended, the California Fair Employment and Housing Act and any other state employment discrimination statutes, and the laws of contract and tort.
This Agreement is intended to satisfy the requirements of the Older Workers’ Benefit Protection Act. You hereby acknowledge that you are waiving and releasing any rights you have or may have under the Age Discrimination in Employment Act of 1967 (“ ADEA ”) and that this waiver and release is knowing and voluntary. You and Flextronics agree that this waiver and release does not apply to any rights or claims that may arise under ADEA after the Effective Date of this Agreement. In addition, this Agreement does not prohibit you from challenging the validity of this Agreement’s waiver and release of claims under ADEA. You acknowledge that a portion of the consideration given for this waiver is in addition to anything of value to which you were already entitled for salary and PTO up to the Employment Termination Date. You further acknowledge by this writing that you have been advised that (a) you should consult with an attorney prior to executing this Agreement; (b) you have at least twenty-one (21) days within which to consider this Agreement; (c) you have at least seven (7) days following the execution of this Agreement by the parties to revoke the Agreement; and (d) this Agreement shall not be effective until the revocation period has expired.
You acknowledge that, except as expressly provided in this Agreement, you will receive no other salary, wages, advances, insurances, bonuses, commissions, stock, stock options, equity

5


 

participation, vacation pay, PTO, benefits, or other monies or benefits from the Company at any time, and you agree that you are entitled to no other salary, wages, advances, benefits, insurances, bonuses, commissions, stock, stock options, equity participation, vacation pay, PTO or other monies of any nature from the Company after the Separation Date. Your rights and obligations under any applicable Company 401(k) plan shall be in accordance with the written terms of that plan and applicable law.
You also waive and release and promise never to assert any such claims, even if you do not believe that you have such claims. You therefore waive your rights under section 1542 of the Civil Code of California, which states:
A GENERAL RELEASE DOES NOT EXTEND TO CLAIMS WHICH THE CREDITOR DOES NOT KNOW OR SUSPECT TO EXIST IN HIS OR HER FAVOR AT THE TIME OF EXECUTING THE RELEASE WHICH IF KNOWN TO HIM OR HER MUST HAVE MATERIALLY AFFECTED HIS OR HER SETTLEMENT WITH THE DEBTOR.
You agree that, except as provided in paragraph 2 above, you shall bear full responsibility for any tax liability owed by you that may arise with respect to the payment of amounts payable under this Agreement and any actions contemplated under this Agreement, and you agree that you shall indemnify and hold the Company harmless from any such tax liability, including, but not limited to, any taxes, penalties and/or interest that are assessed by any tax authority in connection with such payment or actions. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company shall indemnify and hold you harmless from any tax liability, including, but not limited to, any taxes penalties and/or interest that are assessed by any tax authority and any costs associated with an audit or legal challenge in connection with any reimbursement payment made to you by the Company during or within one month following your employment.
You acknowledge and agree that you have not relied on any express or implied representation of the Company or any of its lawyers, agents or representatives as to the tax consequences of any payment provided pursuant to this Agreement.
Notwithstanding anything herein, if (i) on the date of Executive’s separation from service, within the meaning of Code Section 409A, Employee is a specified employee within the meaning of such Code Section and Treasury Regulations thereunder, and (ii) as a result of such termination, Employee would receive any payment that, absent the application of this paragraph, would be subject to interest and additional tax imposed pursuant to Code Section 409A(a) as a result of the application of Code Section 409A(2)(B)(i) of the Code, then, any portion of such payment that would otherwise be subject to such interest and additional tax shall be deferred and shall not be paid until the date that is the earlier of (1) six (6) months after Employee’s separation from service, or (2) your death or (3) such other date as will cause such payment not to be subject to such interest and additional tax. It is the intention of the parties that payments or benefits payable under this Agreement not be subject to the additional tax imposed pursuant to Section 409A of the Code.

6


 

Nothing in this Agreement, including the preceding provisions of this Section 7, shall be construed as superseding, altering or reducing any contractual rights to severance benefits, health benefits, deferred compensation, or other payments that (in each case) are specifically provided to Executive in any other agreement between Executive and the Company, its affiliates or the DII Group, including any such rights specifically provided to Executive in the Senior Executive Severance Agreement, dated as of November 21, 1999, by and between Executive and the DII Group, Inc., as amended or in the Deferred Compensation Plan or the DII Deferred Compensation Plan, except to the extent that the provisions of this Agreement expressly address any such right.
     8.  No Legal Action — You represent that you have not filed a legal action with any local, state or federal agency or court relating in any manner to any claim released herein, and that if any such governmental agency or court assumes jurisdiction of any complaint or charge against Flextronics Releasees on behalf of yourself, relative to any claim released herein, you will request such agency or court to withdraw from the matter.
     9.  Confidentiality — You acknowledge and agree that you will remain bound by the confidentiality obligations set forth below (the “ Confidentiality Agreement ”).
You agree that any original works of authorship, products, software, and/or applications that you created or developed for the Flextronics Group while in the employ of FIL, Flextronics, or any other subsidiary of FIL, is the sole property of the Flextronics Group. You further acknowledge and agree that you shall not, without the prior written consent of the Chief Executive Officer of FIL, disclose or use for any purpose (except in furtherance of the business of the Flextronics Group) any Confidential Information of the Flextronics Group.
Confidential Information shall mean any and all proprietary or confidential information of the Flextronics Group or any of its vendors or customers, whether or not developed by you, including without limitation the following:
(i) Any and all technical information, including, without limitation, product data and specifications, know-how, formulae, source code, or other software information, test results, processes, inventions, research projects or product development.
(ii) Any and all business information, including, without limitation, cost information, profits, profit margins, sales information, costs, overhead, accounting and unpublished financial information, business plans, markets, marketing methods, vendor or customer lists, including without limitation, a vendor’s or customer’s specific needs, advertising and operating strategies.
(iii) Any and all employee information, including, without limitation, salaries, and specific strengths, weaknesses and skills of employees of the Flextronics Group.
     10.  Non Solicitation and Non Hire.

7


 

     a.  Non-Solicitation and Non Hire of Employees . You recognize the highly competitive nature of the business of the Company and acknowledge that you have been exposed to confidential information regarding its employees. You understand and agree that the relationship between Flextronics and each of its employees constitutes a valuable asset of Flextronics, that information related to employees’ skills and compensation is kept confidential, and may not be disclosed or converted for your use or any third party for any reason whatsoever. You will not, without the prior written consent of the Chief Executive Officer of the Company , either directly or indirectly recruit, hire, solicit, assist others in recruiting or hiring, attempt to recruit or hire, or refer to others concerning employment, any person who is an employee of the Flextronics Group, or induce or attempt to induce any such employee to terminate his employment with the Flextronics Group through December 31, 2009 (the “ Standstill Period ”).
     b.  Non-Solicitation of Customers and Vendors . You understand and agree that the relationship between Flextronics and each of its customers or vendors constitutes a valuable asset of Flextronics, that information related to customers is kept confidential and may not be disclosed or converted for your use or any third party for any reason whatsoever. Accordingly, you shall not, without the prior written consent of the Chief Executive officer of the Company and throughout the Standstill Period, directly or indirectly, on behalf of yourself or any third party, solicit any customer or vendor with whom you have had direct and material contact during the course of your employment.
     c.  Scope of Non-Solicitation and Non-Hire Agreements . You acknowledge that the Standstill period and the scope and period of restrictions are fair and reasonable and are reasonably required for the protection of Flextronics.
     d. It is the desire of the parties that the provisions of this paragraph 10 shall be enforced to the fullest extent permissible under applicable law. If any particular provision or portion of this paragraph 10 shall be adjudicated to be invalid or unenforceable, this Letter Agreement shall be deemed amended to revise those provisions or portions to the minimum extent necessary to render them enforceable. Such amendment shall apply only with respect to the operation of this paragraph 10 in the particular jurisdiction in which such adjudication was made.
     e. You acknowledge that any breach of the covenants of this paragraph 10 will result in immediate and irreparable injury to Flextronics and, accordingly, consent to the application of injunctive relief and Flextronics may be entitled to the forfeiture of the Holdback as described in paragraph 4 above. Flextronics will not be entitled to legal remedies, including but not limited to monetary damages, other than forfeiture of the Holdback, in the event of any breach of the covenants of this paragraph 10.
     11.  Disclosures — You will not, unless required or otherwise permitted by law, disclose to others any information regarding the following:
     (a) Any information regarding Flextronics’ practices, procedures, trade secrets, customer lists, or product marketing.

8


 

     (b) The terms of this Letter Agreement, the benefit being paid under it or the fact of its payment, except that you may disclose this information to your spouse or domestic partner, attorney, accountant or other professional advisor to whom you must make the disclosure in order for them to render professional services to you. You will instruct them, however, to maintain the confidentiality of this information just as you must.
     12.  Slander — For a period of three years following your Employment Termination Date, you agree to refrain from any disparagement, criticism, defamation, slander of the Company, and/or tortious interference with the contracts and relationships of Company, unless such statements are made truthfully in response to a subpoena or other legal process. In the event that you breach this provision, the Company will be entitled to recover the benefit paid under this Letter Agreement and to obtain all other relief provided by law or equity.
For a period of three years following your Employment Termination Date, Flextronics agrees that its executive officers will refrain from disparagement, criticism, defamation, or slander of you, unless such statements are made truthfully in response to a subpoena or other legal process. In response to inquiries from prospective employers about you, Flextronics will provide no information other than your dates of employment and positions held with Flextronics.
     13.  Review Period — As explained above in paragraph 7, you have up to twenty-one (21) days from the date of this letter, to accept the terms of this Letter Agreement, although you may accept it at any time within those twenty-one (21) days. You are advised to consult an attorney about this Letter Agreement.
     To accept this Letter Agreement, please date and sign this letter, and return it to me. (An extra copy for your files is attached.) Once you accept this Letter Agreement, you will still have an additional seven days in which to revoke your acceptance. To revoke, you must send me a written statement of revocation. You also agree to execute on or after the Employment Termination Date, the release attached hereto as Exhibit A .
Sincerely,
Flextronics International USA, Inc.
/s/ Michael M. McNamara
Michael M. McNamara
Chief Executive Officer
Attachments: Ex. A — Release; Duplicate Letter; Ex. B — Closing Statement as of June 30, 2008

9


 

     By signing this letter, I acknowledge that I have had the opportunity to review this Letter Agreement carefully with an attorney of my choice, that I understand the terms of the agreement, and that I voluntarily agree to them.
         
     
Dated: 6/23/08   /s/ Thomas J. Smach    
  Thomas J. Smach   
     

10


 

         
Exhibit A
Release
I, Thomas J. Smach, hereby waive and release and promise never to assert any claims against Flextronics International USA, Inc., even if I do not believe that I have such claims, other than claims for indemnification and defense and for the obligations of the Flextronics Group owed to me under this Agreement. I therefore waive my rights under section 1542 of the Civil Code of California, which states:
      A GENERAL RELEASE DOES NOT EXTEND TO CLAIMS WHICH THE CREDITOR DOES NOT KNOW OR SUSPECT TO EXIST IN HIS OR HER FAVOR AT THE TIME OF EXECUTING THE RELEASE WHICH IF KNOWN TO HIM OR HER MUST HAVE MATERIALLY AFFECTED HIS OR HER SETTLEMENT WITH THE DEBTOR.
This Agreement is intended to satisfy the requirements of the Older Workers’ Benefit Protection Act. You hereby acknowledge that you are waiving and releasing any rights you have or may have under the Age Discrimination in Employment Act of 1967 (“ADEA”) and that this waiver and release is knowing and voluntary. You and Flextronics agree that this waiver and release does not apply to any rights or claims that may arise under ADEA after the Effective Date of this Agreement. In addition, this Agreement does not prohibit you from challenging the validity of this Agreement’s waiver and release of claims under ADEA. You acknowledge that a portion of the consideration given for this waiver is in addition to anything of value to which you were already entitled for salary and PTO up to the Employment Termination Date. You further acknowledge by this writing that you have been advised that (a) you should consult with an attorney prior to executing this Agreement; (b) you have at least twenty-one (21) days within which to consider this Agreement; (c) you have at least seven (7) days following the execution of this Agreement by the parties to revoke the Agreement; and (d) this Agreement shall not be effective until the revocation period has expired.
Dated: 6/23/08
         
     
  /s/ Thomas J. Smach    
  Thomas J. Smach   
     

11


 

         
Tom Smach
Final Statement — Exhibit B
Exercisable Options
                                                                         
    Grant     Plan/             Shares     Shares     Shares     Vesting     Total     Last Date  
Number   Date     Type     Price     Granted     Exercised     Exercisable     Stop Date     Price     To Exercise  
026806
    5/13/2005     2001/NQ   $ 12.3700       500,000       0       500,000       7/1/2008     $ 6,185,000.00       5/13/2015  
012822
    9/21/2001     1993/NQ   $ 13.9800       100,000       0       100,000       7/1/2008     $ 1,398,000.00       9/21/2011  
028040
    4/17/2006     2001/NQ   $ 11.2300       400,000       0       216,667       7/1/2008     $ 2,433,170.41       4/17/2016  
023595
    8/23/2004     2001/NQ   $ 11.5300       500,000       0       479,167       7/1/2008     $ 5,524,795.51       8/23/2014  
017260
    7/1/2002     2002/NQ   $ 7.9000       300,000       50,000       250,000       7/1/2008     $ 1,975,000.00       12/31/2008  
017259
    7/1/2002     2002/NQ   $ 7.9000       420,000       0       420,000       7/1/2008     $ 3,318,000.00       12/31/2008  
 
                                                               
 
  TOTALS                     2,220,000       50,000       1,965,834             $ 20,833,965.92          
Releasable Restricted Stock Awards
                                                         
    Grant     Plan/             Shares     Shares     Shares     Shares  
Number   Date     Type     Price     Granted     Released     Accelerated     Cancelled  
028041
    4/17/2006     2002/RSA   $ 0.0000       100,000       66,667       33,333       0  
028049
    4/17/2006     2002/RSA   $ 0.0000       100,000       66,667       33,333       0  
29357
    5/1/2007     2001/RSA   $ 0.0000       150,000       37,500       75,000       37,500  
P29378
    5/1/2007     2001/RSA   $ 0.0000       150,000       37,500       75,000       37,500  
 
                                               
 
  TOTALS                     500,000       208,334       216,666       75,000  

 

Exhibit 10.28
Description of Annual Incentive Bonus Plan for Fiscal Year 2009
     Through our annual incentive bonus plan, we seek to provide pay for performance by linking incentive awards to company and business unit performance.
     Key features of the bonus plan in fiscal 2009 are as follows:
    performance targets are based on key company and business unit financial metrics
 
    performance targets are measured on a quarterly basis in the cases of the first two fiscal quarters and a quarterly and/or six month basis in the cases of the third and fourth fiscal quarters
 
    the financial goals vary based on each executive’s responsibilities, with a substantial weighting on business unit financial metrics for business unit executives
 
    certain performance measures are calculated on a non-GAAP basis and exclude after-tax intangible amortization, stock-based compensation expense, gains and losses from divestitures, and certain restructuring and other charges, subject to approval of the Committee. We exclude these items in order to arrive at more meaningful period-to-period comparisons of our ongoing operating results
 
    bonuses are based entirely on achievement of financial performance objectives; there is no individual performance component
 
    each executive’s target bonus is set at a percentage of base salary, based on the level of the executive’s responsibilities
    the CEO’s target bonus is set at 150% of base salary and the CFO’s target bonus is set at 100% of base salary
 
    for executives other than the CEO and CFO, the target bonus is set at a range of between 60% and 80% of base salary
    actual payouts for each bonus component generally range from 50% of target to a maximum of 300% of target (200% in the cases of the CEO and CFO)
 
    for the third and fourth fiscal quarters, the plan provided a minimum payout of 50% of target for certain company financial metrics

Exhibit 10.29
Compensation Arrangements of Certain Executive Officers of Flextronics International Ltd.
Note: The following summary of compensation arrangements does not include all previously-reported compensation arrangements or awards granted under previously-disclosed incentive plans. Disclosures with respect to compensation for Named Executive Officers for the 2008 fiscal year are included in the Company’s definitive proxy statement for the Company’s 2008 Annual General Meeting of Shareholders, and disclosures with respect to compensation for Named Executive Officers for the 2009 fiscal year will be included in the Company’s definitive proxy statement for the Company’s 2009 Annual General Meeting of Shareholders.
Compensation for Michael McNamara (Chief Executive Officer)
     On June 2, 2008, the Board approved an annual base salary for Mr. McNamara of $1,250,000 for fiscal year 2009. In addition, Mr. McNamara will participate in the Company’s annual incentive bonus plan and three-year cash incentive bonus plan.
Compensation for Paul Read (Chief Financial Officer)
     On June 2, 2008, the Board approved an annual base salary for Mr. Read of $600,000 effective May 15, 2008. In addition, Mr. Read will participate in the Company’s annual incentive bonus plan and three-year cash incentive bonus plan.
Compensation for Michael J. Clarke
     On April 30, 2008, the Board approved an annual base salary for Mr. Clarke, President of the Company’s Infrastructure division, of CDN$550,000 for fiscal year 2009. In addition, Mr. Clarke will participate in the Company’s annual incentive bonus plan and three-year cash incentive bonus plan.
Compensation for Sean P. Burke
     On April 30, 2008, the Board approved an annual base salary for Mr. Burke, President, of the Company’s Computing division, of $450,000 for fiscal year 2009. In addition, Mr. Burke will participate in the Company’s annual incentive bonus plan and three-year cash incentive bonus plan.
Compensation for Carrie Schiff
     On April 30, 2008, the Board approved an annual base salary for Ms. Schiff, Senior Vice President and General Counsel, of $425,000 for fiscal year 2009. In addition, Ms. Schiff will participate in the Company’s annual incentive bonus plan and three-year cash incentive bonus plan.

Exhibit 21.01
SUBSIDIARIES OF REGISTRANT
     
Name of Subsidiary   Jurisdiction of Organization
 
Solectron Argentina Distribution S.R.L.
  Argentina
Solectron Australia Pty Limited
  Australia
Solectron Global Services Australia Pty Limited
  Australia
Flextronics Holding GmbH
  Austria
Flextronics International GmbH
  Austria
Flextronics International GmbH & Co. Nfg. KG
  Austria
Hotman Handelsgesellschaft mbH
  Austria
Solectron Belgium NV
  Belgium
Flextronics Bermuda Ltd.
  Bermuda
Flextronics Global Procurement Ltd.
  Bermuda
Chatham Technologies Do Brasil Ltda
  Brazil
C-MAC do Brasil Ltda.
  Brazil
Flextronics Fabricação de Equipamentos do Brasil Ltda.
  Brazil
Flextronics Industrial, Comercial, Servicos e Exportadora do Brasil Ltda.
  Brazil
Flextronics Instituto de Tecnologia de Amazonia
  Brazil
Flextronics international Da Amazonia Ltda.
  Brazil
Flextronics International Equipamentos E Servicos Ltda.
  Brazil
Flextronics International Tecnologia Ltda
  Brazil
Masa da Amazônia Ltda.
  Brazil
Masa FlexPower Ltda.
  Brazil
Multek Brasil Ltda.
  Brazil
Patch Serviços Ltda.
  Brazil
Portus Participacoes Ltda
  Brazil
International Displayworks Ltd.
  British Virgin Islands
Flextronics Computing (California) Corporation
  California
Flextronics Design PDG, Inc.
  California
Flextronics Distribution, Inc.
  California
Flextronics Foundation
  California
Flextronics International Distribution US Inc.
  California
Flextronics International Holding LLC.
  California
Flextronics International PA, Inc.
  California
Flextronics International USA, Inc.
  California
Flextronics Logistics USA, Inc.
  California
Flextronics Photonics Wave Optics, Inc.
  California
Flextronics SA Inc.
  California
Horizon Medical, Inc.
  California
KMOS Semiconductor, Inc.
  California
Multilayer Technology, Inc.
  California
Peripheral Imaging Corporation
  California
C-MAC Kanata Inc.
  Canada
Flextronics Automotive Inc.
  Canada
Flextronics Canada Holdings Inc.
  Canada
Flextronics Canada ULC
  Canada
Flextronics EMS Canada Inc.
  Canada
Flextronics Global Services Canada Inc.
  Canada

 


 

     
Name of Subsidiary   Jurisdiction of Organization
 
Flextronics International Distribution Canada Limited Partnership
  Canada
Flextronics Cayman (SLR) Limited
  Cayman Islands
Flextronics Cayman Ltd
  Cayman Islands
Flextronics Global Finance Holdings Ltd.
  Cayman Islands
Flextronics Global Finance Ltd.
  Cayman Islands
Flextronics Global Holdings II Ltd.
  Cayman Islands
Flextronics Global Holdings LP
  Cayman Islands
Flextronics International Sales Ltd.
  Cayman Islands
Flextronics Ireland (Cayman) Limited
  Cayman Islands
Flextronics Ireland Holdings
  Cayman Islands
Flextronics Puerto Rico Limited
  Cayman Islands
Flextronics Tecnologia Do Brasil Ltd.
  Cayman Islands
Vista Point Technologies (Cayman) Ltd.
  Cayman Islands
Distribuidora Solectron Chile Limitada
  Chile
Avail Medical Products (Shenzhen) Co., Ltd
  China
Flextronics (China) Electronics Technology Co., Ltd.
  China
Flextronics (Nanjing) Technology Co., Ltd
  China
Flextronics (Shanghai) Co., Ltd
  China
Flextronics (Shanghai) Electronic Equipment Repair Services Co., Ltd.
  China
Flextronics (Shanghai) Technology Co., Ltd
  China
Flextronics Computer (Shanghai) Co., Ltd
  China
Flextronics Electron (Shanghai) Co., Ltd.
  China
Flextronics Electronic Manufacturing (Shenzhen) Co. Limited
  China
Flextronics Electronics Technology (Shenzhen) Co., Ltd.
  China
Flextronics Electronics Technology (Suzhou) Co., Ltd.
  China
Flextronics Enclosure (Shenzhen) Ltd.
  China
Flextronics Enclosure (Zhuhai) Co., Ltd
  China
Flextronics Enclosure Systems (Changzhou) Ltd.
  China
Flextronics Enclosure Systems (Shenzhen) Ltd.
  China
Flextronics Global Enclosures (Shanghai) Co., Ltd.
  China
Flextronics Industrial (Shenzhen) Co Ltd
  China
Flextronics Industrial (Zhuhai) Co., Ltd.
  China
Flextronics Industrial Dongguan Limited
  China
Flextronics Information Technology (Shen Zhen) Co.,Ltd
  China
Flextronics Logistics (Shanghai) Co., Ltd.
  China
Flextronics Logistics (Zhuhai) Co., Limited
  China
Flextronics Manufacturing (Shanghai) Co., Ltd.
  China
Flextronics Manufacturing (Zhuhai) Co., Ltd
  China
Flextronics Plastic (Shanghai) Co., Ltd.
  China
Flextronics Plastic Manufacturing (Shenzhen) Co. Limited
  China
Flextronics Plastic Technology (ShenZhen) Ltd.
  China
Flextronics Plastics (Zhuhai) Co., Ltd
  China
Flextronics R&D (Shenzhen) Co., Ltd
  China
Flextronics Shanghai (Mauritius) Co., Ltd.
  China
Flextronics Technology (Shanghai) Co., Ltd.
  China
Flextronics Technology (ShenZhen) Co., Ltd
  China
Flextronics Technology (Suzhou) Co., Ltd
  China
Flextronics Technology (Wujiang) Co., Ltd.
  China
Flextronics Technology (Zhuhai) Co. Ltd.
  China
Flextronics Trading (Shanghai) Co., Ltd.
  China

 


 

     
Name of Subsidiary   Jurisdiction of Organization
 
Forest Keyboard Manufacturing (ShenZhen) Ltd.
  China
Multek (FTZ) Limited
  China
Multek China Limited
  China
Multek Electronics Limited
  China
Multek Industries Limited
  China
Multek Technology (Zhuhai) Co Limited
  China
Multek Zhuhai Limited
  China
Nanjing Flextronics Panda Mobile Terminals Co., Ltd
  China
Power Systems Technologies (BeiJing) Company Limited
  China
Power Systems Technologies (Shenzhen) Company Limited
  China
Solectron-Wong’s (Huizhou) Industries Co., Ltd.
  China
Vista Point Electronic Technologies (Zhuhai) Co., Ltd
  China
Vista Point Technologies (Beijing) Ltd.
  China
Vista Point Technologies (ShenZhen) Ltd.
  China
Flextronics Aerospace & Defense Services Inc
  Colorado
Flextronics AP, LLC
  Colorado
Flextronics Holdings Texas LLC
  Colorado
Flextronics Manufacturing Texas LLC
  Colorado
Vista Point Technologies (Colorado), LLC
  Colorado
FLX Cyprus II Limited
  Cyprus
FLX Cyprus Limited
  Cyprus
Flextronics Czech s.r.o
  Czech Republic
Flextronics Design S.R.O
  Czech Republic
Flextronics International s.r.o.
  Czech Republic
Avail Medical Products, Inc.
  Delaware
Centrex Precision Plastics, Inc.
  Delaware
ColdWatt, Inc.
  Delaware
Flextronics America, LLC
  Delaware
Flextronics Corporation
  Delaware
Flextronics Enclosure Systems, Inc.
  Delaware
Flextronics Europe Holdings LLC
  Delaware
Flextronics Federal Systems, Inc.
  Delaware
Flextronics Funding LLC
  Delaware
Flextronics Holding USA, Inc.
  Delaware
Flextronics Holdings, Ltd.
  Delaware
Flextronics International Cayman LLC
  Delaware
Flextronics International Technology LLC
  Delaware
Flextronics Mexico Holdings II LLC
  Delaware
Flextronics Mexico Holdings LLC
  Delaware
Flextronics Mexico, Inc.
  Delaware
Flextronics Semiconductor, Inc.
  Delaware
Flextronics USA, Inc.
  Delaware
Glouple Ventures 2000-I, LLC
  Delaware
Glouple Ventures 2000-II, LLC
  Delaware
Multek Flexible Circuits, Inc.
  Delaware
Multek Texas, Inc.
  Delaware
Navox Corporation
  Delaware
Pacific Device, Inc.
  Delaware
Precision Optical Systems, Inc.
  Delaware
Tessflex, LLC
  Delaware

 


 

     
Name of Subsidiary   Jurisdiction of Organization
 
Vista Point Technologies (USA) Inc.
  Delaware
Vista Point Technologies (USA-IDW) Inc.
  Delaware
Flextronics International Denmark A/S
  Denmark
Flextronics Holding Finland Oy
  Finland
Flextronics International Finland Oy
  Finland
Flextronics ODM Finland Oy
  Finland
Kiinteisto Oy Flex Finland
  Finland
Chatham Technologies Holding France SAS
  France
Flextronics Chateaudun S.N.C.
  France
Flextronics Holding France S.A.
  France
Flextronics International France S.A.
  France
Flextronics Laval S.N.C.
  France
Flextronics St-Etienne S.N.C.
  France
Grolleau SAS
  France
Solectron France societe par actions simplifiee
  France
Flextronics Germany Holding GmbH
  Germany
Flextronics International Germany GmbH & Co. KG
  Germany
Flextronics Investments Holding GmbH
  Germany
Flextronics Network Services GmbH
  Germany
Flextronics Verwaltungs GmbH
  Germany
Multilayer Technology Geschaeftsfuehrungs-GmbH
  Germany
Multilayer Technology GmbH & Co. KG
  Germany
Power Systems Technologies GmbH
  Germany
Sidler Automotive GmbH & Co. KG
  Germany
Solectron GmbH
  Germany
Solectron Grundbesitz Gmbh
  Germany
Solectron Holding Deutschland Gmbh
  Germany
Antak International Limited
  Hong Kong
Astron Group Limited
  Hong Kong
Charter Pacific Industries Limited
  Hong Kong
Flex-Comp Limited
  Hong Kong
Flextronics Electronics (H.K.) Limited
  Hong Kong
Flextronics Enclosures (Hong Kong) Ltd.
  Hong Kong
Flextronics Global Services (Hong Kong) Limited
  Hong Kong
Flextronics Industries (H.K.) Limited
  Hong Kong
Flextronics Link (HK) Limited
  Hong Kong
Flextronics Logistics (Hong Kong) Ltd
  Hong Kong
Flextronics Manufacturing (H.K.) Ltd.
  Hong Kong
Flextronics Plastic (Asia Pacific) Limited
  Hong Kong
M&S System Limited
  Hong Kong
Multek Hong Kong Limited
  Hong Kong
Power Systems Technologies Far East Limited
  Hong Kong
Power Systems Technologies Services Company Limited
  Hong Kong
Sequel Technology Limited
  Hong Kong
The Dii Group Asia Limited
  Hong Kong
Vastbright PCB (Holding) Limited
  Hong Kong
Vista Point Technologies (Hong Kong) Limited
  Hong Kong
Vista Point Technologies Manufacturing (HK) Limited
  Hong Kong
Broadway Industrial Hungary Kft.
  Hungary
Flextronics Budapest Kft.
  Hungary

 


 

     
Name of Subsidiary   Jurisdiction of Organization
 
Flextronics International Kft.
  Hungary
Flextronics Logistics Kft
  Hungary
Flextronics Vagyonkezelo es Befektetesi Korlotolt Felelossegu Tarsasag
  Hungary
Vista Point Technologies (Hungary) Kft.
  Hungary
Flextronics Metal Specialties, Inc.
  Illinois
Papason, L.L.C.
  Illinois
ColdWatt India Private Limited
  India
FlexPower India Private Limited
  India
Flextronics Design Consumer Electronics (India) Private Limited
  India
Flextronics Design Private Limited
  India
Flextronics Technologies (India) Pvt Ltd.
  India
Solectron EMS India Limited
  India
Solectron India Private Limited
  India
PT Flextronics Technology Indonesia
  Indonesia
Calmwaters Limited
  Ireland
Doonside Company
  Ireland
Flextronics International Cork B.V. (Irish Branch)
  Ireland
Flextronics International Ireland Limited
  Ireland
Flextronics Ireland
  Ireland
Flextronics Ireland (Cayman) Limited (Irish Branch)
  Ireland
Flextronics LMS Limited
  Ireland
Flextronics Logistics Limited
  Ireland
Flextronics Research & Development Limited
  Ireland
IEC Holdings Limited
  Ireland
Irish Express Cargo Limited
  Ireland
Irish Express Cargo Technology Software Limited
  Ireland
Irish Express Logistics Limited
  Ireland
Lightning Metal Specialities E.M.F. Limited
  Ireland
Nakufreight Limited
  Ireland
Stelton Limited
  Ireland
Flextronics (Israel) Ltd.
  Israel
Flextronics OTM Ltd.
  Israel
Flextronics Semiconductor Ltd.
  Israel
Flextronics Design SRL
  Italy
Flextronics Italy S.P.A
  Italy
Flextronics S.R.L
  Italy
Flextronics Aichi K.K.
  Japan
Flextronics Computing Technology Japan Co., Ltd.
  Japan
Flextronics Design Japan K.K.
  Japan
Flextronics Digital Design Japan, Ltd
  Japan
Flextronics International Japan Co., Ltd
  Japan
Flextronics Japan K.K.
  Japan
Flextronics Technologies Japan K.K.
  Japan
Flextronics Design Korea Ltd.
  Korea, Republic of
Flextronics Computing Sales and Marketing (L) Ltd.
  Labuan
Flextronics Design Labuan Ltd.
  Labuan
Flextronics Industries Marketing (L) Ltd.
  Labuan
Flextronics International Aguascalientes (L) Ltd.
  Labuan
Flextronics International Latin America (L) Ltd.
  Labuan
Flextronics International PS (L) Limited
  Labuan

 


 

     
Name of Subsidiary   Jurisdiction of Organization
 
Flextronics Marketing (L) Ltd.
  Labuan
Flextronics Mechanicals Marketing (L) Ltd.
  Labuan
Flextronics Sales & Marketing North Asia (L) Ltd.
  Labuan
Avail Medical Products Europe S.a.r.l.
  Luxembourg
Flextronics ODM Luxembourg SA
  Luxembourg
Flextronics (Luxembourg Branch)
  Luxembourg
Vista Point Technologies (Lux) S.a r.l.
  Luxembourg
EX Flex Sdn Bhd
  Malaysia
Flextronics (Malaysia) Sdn. Bhd.
  Malaysia
Flextronics Ind. (Malaysia) Sdn. Bhd.
  Malaysia
Flextronics Logistics (Malaysia) Sdn. Bhd.
  Malaysia
Flextronics Manufacturing (Penang) Sdn. Bhd.
  Malaysia
Flextronics Plastics (M) Sdn. Bhd.
  Malaysia
Flextronics Technology (Malaysia) Sdn. Bhd.
  Malaysia
Flextronics Technology (Penang) Sdn. Bhd.
  Malaysia
Flextronics Technology (Shah Alam) Sdn. Bhd.
  Malaysia
Flextronics Technology Sdn. Bhd.
  Malaysia
Vista Point Technologies (Malaysia) Sdn. Bhd
  Malaysia
Flextronics Automotive Sales and Marketing, Ltd.
  Mauritius
Flextronics China (Mauritius) Electronics Technology Co., Ltd.
  Mauritius
Flextronics Computing Mauritius Limited
  Mauritius
Flextronics Electronics (Mauritius) Limited
  Mauritius
Flextronics Enclosure Shenzhen (Mauritius) Ltd.
  Mauritius
Flextronics Enclosure Systems Shenzhen (Mauritius) Ltd
  Mauritius
Flextronics Enclosure Zhuhai (Mauritius) Co., Ltd.
  Mauritius
Flextronics Global Enclosures Shanghai (Mauritius) Co., Ltd
  Mauritius
Flextronics Industrial Ltd.
  Mauritius
Flextronics Industrial Shenzhen (Mauritius) Co Ltd.
  Mauritius
Flextronics Industrial Zhuhai (Mauritius) Co., Ltd.
  Mauritius
Flextronics Industries (Mauritius) Limited
  Mauritius
Flextronics Information Technology Shen Zhen (Mauritius) Co., Ltd.
  Mauritius
Flextronics International Asia-Pacific Ltd
  Mauritius
Flextronics International Management Services Ltd.
  Mauritius
Flextronics Logistics Shanghai (Mauritius) Co., Ltd.
  Mauritius
Flextronics Logistics Zhuhai (Mauritius) Co., Limited
  Mauritius
Flextronics Manufacturing Shanghai (Mauritius) Co., Ltd.
  Mauritius
Flextronics Manufacturing Zhuhai (Mauritius) Co., Ltd.
  Mauritius
Flextronics Mauritius (L) Limited
  Mauritius
Flextronics Mauritius Holdings Limited
  Mauritius
Flextronics Mauritius Limited
  Mauritius
Flextronics Medical Sales and Marketing, Ltd
  Mauritius
Flextronics Plastic Shanghai (Mauritius) Co., Ltd.
  Mauritius
Flextronics Plastic Technology ShenZhen (Mauritius) Ltd.
  Mauritius
Flextronics Plastics Zhuhai (Mauritius) Co., Ltd.
  Mauritius
Flextronics R&D Shenzhen (Mauritius) Co., Ltd
  Mauritius
Flextronics Resources Limited
  Mauritius
Flextronics Sales & Marketing (A-P) Ltd.
  Mauritius
Flextronics Sales & Marketing (China) Ltd.
  Mauritius
Flextronics Sales and Marketing Consumer Digital Ltd.
  Mauritius

 


 

     
Name of Subsidiary   Jurisdiction of Organization
 
Flextronics Shanghai Electronic Equipment Repair Service (Mauritius) Co., Ltd.
  Mauritius
Flextronics SMI (China) Ltd
  Mauritius
Flextronics Technology Nanjing (Mauritius) Co., Ltd
  Mauritius
Flextronics Technology Shanghai (Mauritius) Co., Ltd.
  Mauritius
Flextronics Technology ShenZhen (Mauritius) Co., Ltd
  Mauritius
Flextronics Technology Suzhou (Mauritius) Co., Ltd
  Mauritius
Flextronics Technology Wujiang (Mauritius) Ltd
  Mauritius
Flextronics Technology Zhuhai (Mauritius) Co., Ltd
  Mauritius
Flextronics Telecom Systems Ltd
  Mauritius
Forest Keyboard Manufacturing ShenZhen (Mauritius) Co., Ltd
  Mauritius
Multek Technologies Limited
  Mauritius
Power Systems Technologies Ltd.
  Mauritius
Vista Point Electronic Technologies Zhuhai (Mauritius) Co., Ltd
  Mauritius
Vista Point Technologies (Mauritius) Ltd
  Mauritius
Availmed Servicios, S.A. de C.V.
  Mexico
Availmed, S.A. de C.V.
  Mexico
Flextronics Aguascalientes Servicios, S.A. de C.V.
  Mexico
Flextronics Guadalajara Group, S.de R.L. de C.V.
  Mexico
Flextronics Holdings Mexico, S.A. de C.V.
  Mexico
Flextronics Logistics S.A. de C.V.
  Mexico
Flextronics Manufacturing Aguascalientes, S.A. de C.V.
  Mexico
Flextronics Manufacturing Juarez S. de R.L. de C.V.
  Mexico
Flextronics Manufacturing Mex, S.A. de C.V.
  Mexico
Flextronics Plastics S.A. de C.V.
  Mexico
Flextronics Real Estate Puebla S. de R.L. de C.V.
  Mexico
Flextronics Servicios Guadalajara, S.A. de C.V.
  Mexico
Flextronics Servicios Mexico, S. de R.L. de C.V.
  Mexico
Flextronics Technologies Mexico, S. de R.L. de C.V.
  Mexico
Grupo Flextronics S.A. de C.V.
  Mexico
Parque de Tecnologia Electronica, S.A. de C.V.
  Mexico
Solectron Global Services Mexico, S.A. de C.V.
  Mexico
Solectron Servicios Chihuahua, S.A. de C.V.
  Mexico
Chatham International Holdings B.V.
  Netherlands
DII Europe B.V.
  Netherlands
DII International Holdings CV
  Netherlands
Flextronics Central Europe B.V.
  Netherlands
Flextronics Europe Holdings CV
  Netherlands
Flextronics International Cork B.V.
  Netherlands
Flextronics International Europe B.V.
  Netherlands
Flextronics International Netherlands BV
  Netherlands
Flextronics Logistics B.V.
  Netherlands
Flextronics Manufacturing Europe B.V.
  Netherlands
Flextronics Netherlands BV
  Netherlands
Flextronics ODM Netherlands NV
  Netherlands
Flextronics International N.V.
  Netherlands Antilles
Flextronics Nevada, Inc.
  Nevada
Instrumentation Engineering, Inc.
  New Jersey
Flextronics International Norway AS
  Norway
Flextronics (Canada) Inc.
  Ontario
Flextronics Canada Design Services, Inc.
  Ontario

 


 

     
Name of Subsidiary   Jurisdiction of Organization
 
Flextronics Photonics PPT, Inc.
  Oregon
Solectron Phillipines Inc.
  Philippines
Flextronics International Poland Sp z.o.o.
  Poland
Flextronics Logistics Poland SP. z.o.o.
  Poland
Flextronics Romania SRL
  Romania
Limited Liability Company ‘Flextronics Rus’
  Russian Federation
Flextronics China Holding (Singapore) Pte. Ltd.
  Singapore
Flextronics Design Asia Pte. Ltd.
  Singapore
Flextronics Distribution Centre (Singapore) Pte. Ltd.
  Singapore
Flextronics Global Enclosures (Singapore) Pte. Ltd.
  Singapore
Flextronics Global Services (Singapore) Pte. Ltd.
  Singapore
Flextronics Holding (Singapore) Pte. Ltd.
  Singapore
Flextronics Industries Singapore Ltd.
  Singapore
Flextronics International (Singapore Group) Pte. Ltd.
  Singapore
Flextronics International Holdings Pte. Ltd.
  Singapore
Flextronics International Ltd.
  Singapore
Flextronics International Singapore Pte. Ltd.
  Singapore
Flextronics Investment Holding (Singapore) Pte. Ltd.
  Singapore
Flextronics Investments (Singapore) Pte. Ltd.
  Singapore
Flextronics Manufacturing (Singapore) Pte. Ltd.
  Singapore
Flextronics Mechanicals Singapore Pte. Ltd.
  Singapore
Flextronics Mould Manufacturing Pte. Ltd
  Singapore
Flextronics Plastics (Singapore) Pte. Ltd.
  Singapore
Flextronics Services (Singapore) Pte. Ltd.
  Singapore
Flextronics Technology (Singapore) Pte. Ltd.
  Singapore
Morino Electroplating (S) Pte Ltd
  Singapore
Vista Point Technologies (Singapore) Pte. Ltd.
  Singapore
Flextronics South Africa (Proprietary) Limited
  South Africa
Flextronics Design SL
  Spain
Flextronics International Ostersund AB
  Sweden
Flextronics International Sweden AB
  Sweden
Flextronics Network Services Holding Sweden AB
  Sweden
Flextronics Network Services Sweden AB
  Sweden
Flextronics Ostersund AB
  Sweden
Swedform Enclosure Systems AB
  Sweden
Swedform Holdings AB
  Sweden
Wavebreaker AB
  Sweden
Flextronics ODM Luxembourg SA, Swiss
  Switzerland
Flextronics International Taiwan Ltd.
  Taiwan, Province Of China
Flextronics Logistics, Inc.
  Tennessee
Flextronics Semiconductor Design, Inc.
  Tennessee
Flextronics Computing (Texas) Corporation
  Texas
Flextronics Systems Texas Ltd.
  Texas
MCE Industries (Thailand) Ltd.
  Thailand
Flextronics LLC — T.O.V. (Fabrik Flextronics GmbH)
  Ukraine
Radioplant of Beregovo / Beregivskiy Radiozavod
  Ukraine
Torchprilad (Limited Liability Company Firm -Tochprylad)
  Ukraine
Blue Star Engineering Ltd
  United Kingdom
Express Cargo Forwarding Limited
  United Kingdom
Flextronics (UK) Design Services Limited
  United Kingdom

 


 

     
Name of Subsidiary   Jurisdiction of Organization
 
Flextronics Computing (U.K) Limited
  United Kingdom
Flextronics Europe Ltd
  United Kingdom
Flextronics Global Services (Manchester) Limited
  United Kingdom
Flextronics International (UK) Ltd
  United Kingdom
Flextronics Limited
  United Kingdom
Flextronics Marplace (Number 382) Limited
  United Kingdom
Flextronics Quartz Ltd
  United Kingdom
Flextronics Scotland Ltd
  United Kingdom
Flextronics UK Limited
  United Kingdom
Revhold Limited
  United Kingdom
Solectron Engineering Limited
  United Kingdom
Solectron Network Systems Limited
  United Kingdom
BW Highsonic Industrial Limited
  Virgin Islands (British)
Central Colour Production Limited
  Virgin Islands (British)
Cmac-Wong’s Industries Holdings Ltd
  Virgin Islands (British)
Flextronics Holdings (BVI) Limited
  Virgin Islands (British)
The DII Group (BVI) Co. Limited
  Virgin Islands (British)

 

Exhibit 23.01
CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
We consent to the incorporation by reference in Registration Statement Nos. 333-130253, 333-121814, 333-120291, 333-118499, 333-114970, 333-109542, 333-89944, 333-70492, 333-68238, 333-60968, 333-56230, 333-55530, 333-46770, 333-46200, and 333-41646 on Form S-3 and Nos. 333-157210, 333-146549, 333-146548, 333-143331, 333-143330, 333-126419, 333-121302, 333-120056, 333-119387, 333-110430, 333-103189, 333-101327, 333-75526, 333-69452, 333-60270, 333-57680, 333-55850, 333-55528, and 333-46166 on Form S-8 of our reports dated May 20, 2009, relating to the consolidated financial statements of Flextronics International Ltd. and subsidiaries (“the Company”) and the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting, appearing in the Annual Report on Form 10-K of the Company for the year ended March 31, 2009.
DELOITTE & TOUCHE LLP
San Jose, California
May 20, 2009

EXHIBIT 31.01
CERTIFICATION OF PRINCIPAL EXECUTIVE OFFICER PURSUANT TO
SECTION 302
OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002
I, Michael M. McNamara, certify that:
  1.   I have reviewed this Annual Report on Form 10-K of Flextronics International Ltd.;
 
  2.   Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;
 
  3.   Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;
 
  4.   The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:
  a.   Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;
 
  b.   Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;
 
  c.   Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and
 
  d.   Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and
  5.   The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):
  a.   All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and
 
  b.   Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.
Date: May 20, 2009
/s/ Michael M. McNamara
 
Michael M. McNamara
Chief Executive Officer, Flextronics International Ltd.

 

EXHIBIT 31.02
CERTIFICATION OF PRINCIPAL FINANCIAL OFFICER PURSUANT TO
SECTION 302
OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002
I, Paul Read, certify that:
  1.   I have reviewed this Annual Report on Form 10-K of Flextronics International Ltd.;
 
  2.   Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;
 
  3.   Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;
 
  4.   The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:
  a.   Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;
 
  b.   Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;
 
  c.   Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and
 
  d.   Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and
  5.   The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):
  a.   All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and
 
  b.   Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.
Date: May 20, 2009
/s/ Paul Read
 
Paul Read
Chief Financial Officer, Flextronics International Ltd.

EXHIBIT 32.01
CERTIFICATION OF CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER PURSUANT TO
18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350
AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO SECTION 906
OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002
I, Michael M. McNamara, Chief Executive Officer of Flextronics International Ltd. (the “Company”), hereby certify to the best of my knowledge, pursuant to 18 U.S.C Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that:
  the Annual Report on Form 10-K of the Company for the fiscal year ended March 31, 2009, as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “Report”), fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and
 
  the information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.
Date: May 20, 2009
/s/ Michael M. McNamara
 
Michael M. McNamara
Chief Executive Officer
(Principal Executive Officer)

 

EXHIBIT 32.02
CERTIFICATION OF CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER PURSUANT TO
18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350
AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO SECTION 906
OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002
I, Paul Read, Chief Financial Officer of Flextronics International Ltd. (the “Company”), hereby certify to the best of my knowledge, pursuant to 18 U.S.C Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that:
  the Annual Report on Form 10-K of the Company for the fiscal year ended March 31, 2009, as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “Report”), fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and
 
  the information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.
Date: May 20, 2009
/s/ Paul Read
 
Paul Read
Chief Financial Officer
(Principal Financial Officer)